Home

LISTSERV Maestro 4.0 User's Manual - L-Soft

1. 288 18 5 31 TODA E 245 d anaa ce Ree ent Le OE n eR Re RR Red AR teed Rei n 289 18 5 32 ToMillis s erea ga ha epa RR hin 290 18 5 39 IsSupplied xe eR e ERR ER e ree ee Rr adag A e edem 291 18 5 34 SecondaryValue 292 18 6 Date and Time Patterns 0 0 eh 293 18 6 1 Date and Time Formats 0c nes 293 18 6 2 Presentation Description 295 18 6 3 Predefined Locales nsss sis esaa akini a saaa manka eene 296 18 7 Quote Escaping Rules 0 0 teens 297 Section 19 Action Tracking 00 cee eee eee eee 299 191 adele oh 299 19 2 Adding Action Tags isse bas Lec eee he be Re cC 299 19 3 Adding Action Tracking Code to Your Web Pages 300 19 4 Action Tracking Example 0 0 RR In 301 LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual yli Table of Contents Appendixes Appendix A 24 Hour Clock Time Conversion Table 303 Appendix B Email and International Character Sets 305 LISTSERV Maestro and International Character Sets 306 Merging Fields with International Character Sets 307 International Character Set Recipient Names in the Mail TO Header
2. 138 9 2 Running Test Reports lt m 140 9 3 Authorizing the Delivery for a Standard Job 142 9 4 Authorizing the Delivery of an A B Split Job 145 9 5 Authorizing the Delivery of an A B Split Job with Sampling 145 9 6 Triggering the Delivery of an Email Job 146 9 6 1 Triggering the Delivery Manually 146 9 6 2 Triggering the Delivery 147 9 7 Re authorizing Auto Repeat Jobs 150 Working with Existing Jobs Section 10 Open Jobs 0s ls no E Dex RE REI EUER RE NU NE E Rode OR ce 153 10 1 Advanced Filter Settings 0 0 0 0 cect eh 154 10 2 Multiple Job ACIOnS i244 sir Rh eR Re ead ER UR RR dem Ru wee Ets 155 10 3 The Open Job Journal 156 Section 11 Ongoing Jobs sseseleeeeeeeee ehh nnn nnn 159 11 1 Advanced Filter Settings 161 11 2 Auto Repeat Jobs and Delivery Failures 162 11 3 Multiple Job Actions csse ecirar akanena a a a 163 The Ongoing Job Journal 2 0 2 tt eee eee 164 Section 12 Completed Jobs 0 0 c eee ees 165
3. 87 6 6 Creating HTML Messages 88 6 6 1 Uploading an HTML Message 90 6 6 2 Alternative Text for HTML Messages 91 6 6 3 Conditional Content ssssslseeseeseees hn 92 6 6 4 Previewing Blocked HTML 1 93 6 7 Adding Attachments eee eae 94 6 8 Setting the Language Character Set 0 0 ccc tenes 95 6 9 Merge Fields and Conditional Blocks llli 96 6 9 T Merge Flelds cxi e Ea eee x gh eoo eter ates Pie aos uude 96 6 9 2 Conditional Blocks voi aiaa i ai aeaa a hn 97 6 10 Using Merged Parameters within URLS 98 6 10 1 URL encoding of Parameters 100 6 11 Enabling RSS Abstract Support 0 0 ees 102 Section 7 Tracking iseci ienei ek eda Po Re elk ew seta RE ER dE een 105 74 Defining Tracking ue te BOA dalle eo ERE 105 7 2 Switching Tracking On 0 2 res 106 7 9 Tracking Details e RR uU n RA NENE 106 7 3 1 Defining Tracking URLs I 108 7 3 2 About Link Aliases nh 110 TA ypes of Tracking ceed a wan eique a a de rue te
4. Source Screen for Define Database Connection Recipients Details for Maestro Selects from a Database with Additional Recipient Data 4 64 4 eee doe ee eed Rr RE A RE RE RR RA e Recipients Details for LISTSERV Maestro Selects from a Database without Additional Recipient Define Recipient Summary Define Recipients from LISTSERV Connected Database Recipient Details for LISTSERV Selects Recipients from a Database Define Recipients Summary Screen with New Link Previewing Recipient Count The Message Content Icon Bar Selecting a Message Template Filling Out Placeholder Values Defining a Multiple Value Placeholder Enabling Forward to a Friend Entering a Preamble 000 eee eee Drop In Content Settings Creating a Plain Text Message Creating an HTML Message HTML Editor Toolbat eR mn eR eR Rex E A Creating an HTML Message The Conditional Content Settings Scr
5. 218 Example Excel Data Table 219 The Recipient Datasets Screen 221 The Recipient Target Groups Screen 222 Managing User Defined Templates 225 The Manage Sender Profiles Screen 226 The Edit Sender Profile Screen with Advanced Sender Information Settings 227 The Edit Sender Profile Screen with DomainKeys Settings 228 The Manage Drop In Content Elements Screen 230 Edit Drop In Content Element Text 231 Edit Drop In Content Element File 231 Edit Drop In Content Element URL 232 Edit Drop In Content Element Database 233 Changing User Password 0 000 cc cece tenet eee 240 Plain Text Message with Conditional Blocks 259 Resulting Recipient Plain Text Message 260 Resulting Recipient Plain Text Message 260 The Recipient Action Tracking Screen 300 LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual xii List of Figures Action Tag Code c eee ad Re tes done oe te
6. LISTSERV Maestro 4 0 User s Manual www l soft com LI 2010 MAESTRO L Soft Sweden AB Information in this document is subject to change without notice Companies names and data used in examples herein are fictitious unless otherwise noted L Soft does not endorse or approve the use of any of the product names or trademarks appearing in this document Permission is granted to copy this document at no charge and in its entirety if the copies are not used for commercial advantage the source is cited and the present copyright notice is included in all copies Recipients of such copies are equally bound to abide by the present conditions Prior written permission is required for any commercial use of this document in whole or in part and for any partial reproduction of the contents of this document exceeding 50 lines of up to 80 characters or equivalent The title page table of contents and index if any are not considered to be part of the document for the purposes of this copyright notice and can be freely removed if present Copyright 2010 L Soft Sweden AB All Rights Reserved Worldwide LISTSERV is a registered trademark licensed to L Soft Sweden AB and L Soft international Inc ListPlex CataList and EASE are service marks of L Soft international Inc The Open Group Motif OSF 1 UNIX and the X device are registered trademarks of The Open Group in the United State and other countries Digital A
7. To set the delivery time for each sampling variant click on its Job ID in the Sampling Delivery section The A B Split Job Delivery Settings screen opens From this screen you can schedule the delivery of the main variant job to take place immediately after authorization once you trigger it or at a future date and time relative to a selected time zone 8 2 5 About Auto Repeat Jobs Auto repeat jobs are made up of a sequence of identical jobs based on the first job created in the series and scheduled to be delivered at regular programmable intervals Various settings control the auto repeat sequence and these sequences can be used in many ways 8 2 5 1 Specifying the Delivery Time The delivery time of auto repeat jobs is defined using the following rules e first job in the auto repeat sequence will be delivered at the date and time specified in the basic options of the Schedule Delivery screen Each subsequent copy of the original job will then be delivered a certain amount of time after the previous delivery which is defined in the Delay interval between repeated deliveries advanced option LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 130 Section 8 Sender and Delivery Options Here are some examples f Deliver immediately when authorized is specified and a repeat interval of 12 hours is used for the first job and that job is authorized at 9 15h then the initial job would be delivered at 9 15
8. 309 LISTSERV Maestro and Bi Directional Character Sets 310 Appendix C About Comma Separated Format Recipient Files 311 Appendix D Email Related RFCs eseeseeseeeeeeeere nnn nnne 315 Appendix E LISTSERV Maestro and AOL 317 AOL Alternative Text for HTML 317 AOL and Conditional Content 0 0 00 ee rn 318 Appendix Using Netscape or Mozilla Browsers with a Linux Client 321 FON OIO 321 HTML Upload arde scettr doo A R C CR RR CR oe LR RR og dn 321 Appendix G Tips for Creating a Successful Email Marketing Campaign 323 Glossary and Index Glossary of Terms srci e rette RAE ER tee ee RERUM E Ron 325 hp ccr 331 LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual viii List of Figures LISTSERV Maestro Login Screen 3 Toolbar EE 5 The Dashboard exe eme xem ox ER Xe Roe e RE 16 Refreshing the Dashboard 17 The Edit the Dashboard Name Screen 17 The Hide Show Default Section Screen 18 Renaming the Dashboard Report 19
9. 241 16 3 Profile Field Updates URL ulsslleeseleeeele ere 242 16 4 View in Browser URL e m rn 242 16 5 Multiple Selection Fields 0 00 00 ccc n 243 16 6 Combining System Drop Ins with Conditional Blocks 249 16 7 Formula Calculation 0 0 00 ete 250 16 8 Escaping Quote 5 252 16 9 Checking Whether or Not a User Defined Drop In is Empty 252 Section 17 Using Conditional Blocks eseeeseeeeee enne 255 17 1 Syntax for Conditional Blocks ee 255 17 2 Nesting Conditional Blocks 256 17 3 Conditional Operators sasaaa aaaea rn 257 17 4 Testing Conditional 258 Section 18 Calculation Formulas II nnn 261 18 1 Bata Types uu rem bee ae eer gU c it eed adonde ede 261 18 2 Automatic Type Conversion 261 18 9 EXpreSslols Osten e Dek Nb are Ra enr hos E Rer eta 262 18 3 1 Constant Number Expressions 262 18 3 2 Constant Text Literal Expressions 263 18 3 3 Constant Boolean Expressions 263 18 3 4 Standard Merge Field Exp
10. LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 315 User s Manual Appendix D Email Related RFCs LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 316 Appendix E LISTSERV Maestro and AOL HTML messages but can receive AOL Rich Text messages AOL Rich Text is a specialized email format that uses a sub set of HTML tags to create text formatting Rich Text is not compatible with newer AOL email clients and sending Rich Text formatted mail to newer AOL clients will cause formatting errors Images cannot be embedded in Rich Text but Rich Text can contain links to image files located on another server R ecipients who use older AOL email clients version 5 0 and older cannot receive AOL Alternative Text for HTML Messages To include recipients using older AOL email clients create an AOL alternative message to be sent with the HTML message To add an AOL Rich Text alternative to an HTML message follow these steps 1 Click the HTML icon on the Define Message Screen 1 Select the HTML Mail option and then check Include AOL format alternative Click OK This activates two additional tabs AOL Preview and AOL Code on the Define Message screen 2 Click on the AOL Code tab to add the alternative AOL message The message can be uploaded pasted or keyed directly into the box 3 Click the AOL Preview tab to see what the message looks like to recipients All for matting will be displayed bold or italic text for examp
11. Web Browsing and Swimming from a multiple selection listed named HOBBIES The drop in Multi HOBBIES separated by will replaced with Cycling Poker Windsurfing Bird Watching Web Browsing Swimming in the body of the message Note that there is no space after the comma separator since none was included in the separator string of the directive If the drop in is rewritten as follows note the space after the comma Multi HOBBIES separated by then the replacement text in the message body would look like this Cycling Poker Windsurfing Bird Watching Web Browsing Swimming For the sake of the example assume that the above string would be too long for the 800 characters threshold which would be overstepped by Bird Watching The replacement would then be abbreviated with the standard ellipsis token like this Cycling Poker Windsurfing If this is not acceptable a custom ellipsis token can be created Multi HOBBIES separated by more and others LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 245 Section 16 Advanced Use of System Drop Ins The replacement text in the message body would then look like this Cycling Poker Windsurfing and others To provide even more information the COUNT parameter can be added Multi HOBBIES separated by more and COUNT more The replacement text in the message body would the
12. For target groups based on any of the above When personal tracking is used LISTSERV Maestro creates a profile for each individual mail recipient and stores this information in the system database The creation of this profile takes place during the delivery of the mail as the job is being transferred to LISTSERV With a large recipient list the additional work of creating profile entries in the database will make the transfer to LISTSERV noticeably slower If general statistics are required without the need to trace events back to individuals use unique tracking instead because the processing time is much faster New Permission Based Personal Tracking When tracking permission has been granted then the Personal Tracking option changes to the Permission Based Personal Tracking option When this option is selected then Any recipients with a yes or true value in the Tracking Permission column will be tracked with Personal Tracking and the other recipients will be tracked with Unique Tracking Any change to the Tracking Permission field will be logged in the changelog if enabled Anonymous Tracking A unique ID is assigned to each recipient that cannot be followed back to identifying information about the individual recipient but that is associated with non identifying demographic information such as age gender or zip postal code It is the responsibility of the user to analyze the data and determine what
13. 124 Scheduling the Delivery of an A B Split Job 125 The A B Split Job Details Screen for an A B Split Job with Sampling 126 Scheduling the Delivery of all Sampling Variant Jobs 126 Scheduling the Delivery of the Main Variant Job 127 Setting Individual Delivery Settings for Each Variant Job 128 The A B Split Job Details Screen with Individual Sampling Variants 128 Setting Individual Delivery Settings for Each Sampling Variant Job 129 The A B Split Job Details Screen with Individual Sampling Variants 130 The Delivery Test Screen 135 Delivery Test Results 0 ee ren 137 Spam Checker Link at the Delivery Test Screen 138 Spam Checked on Delivery Test Screen 139 Example of a Spam Rating Result 139 Test Reports i ied IA ee emp dep eu ebay eR PEG Gh geal CE Peng 140 Authorizing Delivery irnn usr RI Hn 144 Authorizing the Delivery of an A B Split Job 145 Authorizing the Delivery of an A B Split Job with Sampling 146 Manually Triggering the Delivery of an A B Split Job 147 Triggering the D
14. 41 The Source Screen for Recipient Target Groups 43 Multiple Parameters Recipient Target Group 44 Define Recipients from a LISTSERV List 45 Source Details for LISTSERV List Topics 47 Source Details for a Special Message for a LISTSERV List 48 Summary for LISTSERV Lists 0 000 cc cee rn 49 Determine Recipients Based on Reaction to the Job 50 Source Details for Reaction to a Previous Job 51 Recipients Details for Uploaded File without Additional Recipient Data 53 Recipients Details for Reaction to a Previous Job with Additional Recipient Data 54 The Source Screen for an Uploaded Text File Define Recipients 57 The Source Details Screen for an Uploaded Text File 58 Source Details for an Uploaded Text File Specify Details Manually Section 59 LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual List of Figures Recipients Details for Uploaded File without Additional Recipient Data Recipients Details for Uploaded text File with Additional Recipient Data The Summary Screen for an Uploaded Text Elimination of Duplicate Recipients Screen Source for Select Database Plugin
15. Our company motto is the customer is always right 16 9 Checking Whether or Not a User Defined Drop In is Empty LISTSERV Maestro contains a system drop in that allows you to check if a given user drop in actually has a non empty content or not The system drop in itself will always be replaced either by the text true or false without the quotes depending on if the referenced user drop in has a non empty content or not A non empty content is a content with at least one non whitespace character in it l e all content which is either totally empty or which contains only whitespace characters like space tab linebreaks etc is interpreted as empty This system drop in is usually used in a conditional block where its result which is always either true or false is used in the condition to decide if a conditional block shall be included in the mail or not That way it is for example possible to include a certain block only if a given user drop is actually non empty or the other way round include a certain block only if the user drop in is empty The name of this drop in is a directive with the following syntax HasContent NAME Where NAME is the name of the user drop in to check do not specify the name of another system drop in The directive is case sensitive and it requires this exact syntax the correct spelling of the user drop in name and the correct drop in enclosing tags LISTSERV Maestro versi
16. Tracking Events The number of tracking events collected so far gt Dataset The number of datasets This item is clickable Hosted Lists The total number of hosted lists in all datasets Hosted Recipients The total number of hosted recipients dataset members in all datasets Remaining Quota If enabled the remaining delivery quota for your account not visible for unlimited quota Recently Visited This section provides shortcuts to the most recently used jobs reports etc making it easy for you to resume work in one area if you interrupted it to visit another area The areas visited may also be available in the Back To menu on the Toolbar LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual sji Section 2 Understanding the LISTSERV Maestro Interface Jobs Due Next This section contains a list of jobs that are currently open and that are due next for authorization This section does not show any jobs that have a Authorize Due By date configured Current and Upcoming Deliveries This section contains a list of jobs that are currently being delivered and that are scheduled for an upcoming delivery From this section you can also view any failed jobs that have yet to be closed or re opened Recent Deliveries This section contains a list of jobs that have been recently delivered and jobs that have attempted delivery but failed Note The administrator has the option to show a summary of all
17. X Note Once a report is created it can be added to the Dashboard for quick access For more information see Section 2 2 2 1 Adding Reports to the Dashboard 9 3 Authorizing the Delivery for a Standard Job In order for an email job to be delivered final authorization is required After all previous requirements have been met define recipients define message define tracking define sender delivery test and delivery settings a job may be authorized for delivery The job owner always has permission to authorize a job as do any other team members that have been granted permission To authorize an email job delivery click on the Authorize Delivery icon on the Workflow Diagram or click the Authorize Delivery button at the top of the Summary Diagram The Authorize Delivery screen opens LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 142 Section 9 Testing and Authorizing Delivery The Job Summary section lists all the selections that make up the email job Above the Authorize Delivery Now and Cancel buttons is a message that summarizes the selections made for the delivery If this is an auto repeat job the auto repeat sequence time delay will be listed as well as other notes on the screen Normal jobs will have a shorter message summarizing the delivery schedule The Details link in the Content section will display a copy of the message alternative text attachments and tracking information The message can b
18. A job refers to all of the elements that make up the creation scheduling delivery and tracking of customized email messages Throughout the LISTSERV Maestro documentation job email job and mailing are used interchangeably and represent the same thing the summation of the multiple functions that make up the definition and distribution of customized email messages Next The LISTSERV Maestro Interface contains two main features that enable users to easily navigate from one area to another These two features are the Toolbar and Dashboard The following sections describe each in detail T he first thing to understand is that LISTSERV Maestro s functionality centers on 2 1 The Toolbar The Toolbar contains menus and icons that give you quick access to the different functions in LISTSERV Maestro Figure 2 1 The Toolbar Mail Jab Report Recipient Warehouse Utility LISTSERV Back To Preferences Logout The Mail Job menu lets you create a new job view a list of open jobs jobs that you have not finished setting up the criteria for view a list of ongoing jobs jobs that repeat and a list of completed jobs The options available vary depending on where you are in the application and what function you are performing The possible options are New Create a new job Import Import a previously archived job from the archives Open Jobs Display the list of open jobs that have not been authorized for delive
19. If visual HTML editor is used Enable advanced toolbar for form elements Default Template Use the following template None hd Note If you have selected not to use a template or the selected template is no longer available an empty content of the type selected above will be created Default Character Set Use the following character set English American charset US ASCII Default Drop In Tags Use the following opening tag Use the following closing tag Cac Tracking Select whether tracking will be on or off for new jobs Figure 3 6 The Tracking Preferences Screen Tracking Preferences Set your individual tracking related preferences on this page Tracking On Off The tracking is by default off Delivery Test Enter a default test line for all outgoing delivery tests Figure 3 7 The Tracking Preferences Screen Delivery Test Preferences Set your individual delivery test related preferences on this page Default Test Line Enter your test line LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual E Section 3 User Preferences e Scheduling Select the default delivery type and the default time zone for new jobs Figure 3 8 The Tracking Preferences Screen Schedule Preferences Set your individual schedule related preferences on this page Default Schedule Type Use the follo
20. Section 18 Calculation Formulas n LISTSERV Maestro calculation formulas are currently available in the context of special Calc system drop in the condition tree of target groups of type Dataset or Hosted Recipient List and in the derivation rule of a derived profile field in a dataset or hosted recipient list The syntax and semantics of these calculation formulas are described here A formula is a sequence of expressions that are combined with operators into more complex expressions Expressions can be optionally nested with parenthesis and make use of a few pre defined functions Examples for formulas are 15 4 27 Max 17 4 24 8 19 22 amp NAME lsoft com ToNum amp AGE 2004 10 ToDate CurrentTimeMillis MM dd yyyy HH mm The following sub sections explain all aspects of formulas in detail 18 1 Data Types Calculation values can now be one of five different data types Number The value is an integer number in the following range 9223372036854775808 to 9223372036854775807 Note that floating point numbers are not possible in LISTSERV Maestro formulas Text The value is a character string that may contain any sequence of characters including an empty sequence Boolean The value is a boolean value either true or false Number Set The value is a set of numbers that is a collection of distinct values of the type number That is each number can be contained o
21. The Completed Job Journal can be accessed by selecting a job on the Completed Jobs screen clicking on the Mail Job menu and then selecting Job Journal Figure 12 14 The Completed Job Journal Job Journal All previously collected events in the selected job s history Back to Completed Job Details Page Date Time User Job Part Action All v all vl Jul 16 2008 12 13 03 PM holly Job Info Delivery succeeded Jul 16 2008 12 12 58 PM holly Job Info Delivery authorized Jul 16 2008 12 12 16 PM holly Test Delivery Test delivery succeeded Jul 16 2008 12 12 16 PM holly Test Delivery Changed Jul 16 2008 12 11 54 PM holly Recipients Definition Changed Jul 16 2008 12 06 55 PM holly Test Delivery Test delivery succeeded Jul 16 2008 12 06 55 PM holly Test Delivery Changed Jul 16 2008 12 06 32 PM holly Recipients Definition Changed Jul 16 2008 12 02 32 PM holly Test Delivery Test delivery succeeded Jul 16 2008 12 02 32 PM holly Test Delivery Changed Job copied from source job Test Jul 16 2008 12 00 50 PM holly Job Info View journal for job 080716C If the job began its life as a copy from another job that still exists in the system then the job creation history entry contains a shortcut link to this job Click this View journal for job JOB ID link to open the journal of the source job To restrict the list to events triggered by a certain user and or changes
22. e Ifa line begins with the separator character then LISTSERV Maestro assumes the line begins with an empty column e Ifa line ends with the separator character then LISTSERV Maestro assumes the line ends with an empty column e Ifthe character that is used as the separator character also appears as part of the value of one or several of the column fields then it is necessary to enclose the fields in quotation marks or another quote character The last rule listed above introduces the concept of quoted values As described it is necessary to quote a value if the value contains the separator because otherwise the separator would be interpreted as the start of another value For LISTSERV Maestro to correctly know how to deal with quoted values it is necessary to tell LISTSERV Maestro if the comma separated file contains any quoted values or not If a file does not contain any quoted values then the additional rules explained below do not apply i e even if one of the usual quote characters quotation marks or the apostrophe would appear anywhere in the file then they would be interpreted by LISTSERV Maestro as just another normal character However such a file may not have any value which contains the separator If at least one value contains the separator then this value must be quoted and because of this the file becomes a file with quoted values again If a file does contain quoted values at least one of them then it mu
23. information of the involved jobs may be partially outdated if some or all of them were not updated recently or probably never at all The recipients statistics report can be viewed as two different types This Distribution Over Time type displays a statistics chart of the delivered recipients as a timeline graph which plots the number of processed recipients and how many of these were successfully delivered and how many bounced For more information see Section 13 2 1 Report Details This Per Job in Period type displays a statistics chart of the delivered recipients as a bar char with one bar per job where the length of the bar shows the number of recipients in this job separated into successfully delivered and bounced recipients For more information see Section 13 2 1 Report Details When this option is selected the bar diagram is displayed with the job ID and job title of each job above each bar The job ID is now clickable therefore once you click it the corresponding Completed Job Details screen opens Figure 13 19 Delivered Recipients Statistics Report with Job ID Delivered Recipients Statistics Display jobs with category lt All Categories b Recipients Statistics Per Job in Period v Display Period Show Immediate Past Show last 31 days Sample repeating job with random recipients 681 1 Sample Auto repeat job 175 Sample repeating job with random recipients 295 CLICK 07
24. BB HasContent Sample false Included only if the Sample user drop in is empty Warning The sample drop in was empty EB LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 253 Section 16 Advanced Use of System Drop Ins LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 254 Section 17 Using Conditional Blocks personalize the content of the message for individual recipients Conditional blocks act much the same way that merge fields do in that their use is dependent upon the recipient data available in the mail job Judicious use of conditional blocks can also save time and resources by allowing one job to contain different content for different recipients that would otherwise have to be sent in multiple jobs A dding conditional blocks to the body of an email job is a powerful way to Conditional blocks are sections of text that are inserted into a message based on a conditional statement If the condition is true a particular section of text will be inserted into the message If the condition is false the text will not be inserted An ELSE clause can be included as part of the conditional statement so that a different section of text will be inserted into the message when the condition is false Important Conditional blocks use a significant amount of processing time Use with care A for jobs with a large volume of recipients If messages will be substantially different for different recipien
25. Binary Placeholders of this type can only be used in the HTML part of a message The value for such a placeholder will be a URL that points to a binary that is supposed to appear in the message The kind of binary allowed for a given placeholder is usually made clear by the placeholder name and context Usually such binaries are images but can also be background sounds Depending on how the placeholder was defined these choices may be available Upload an embedded inline binary This option allows you to select a binary file from your local computer and upload it into the message definition The binary file will be bundled together with the message as a special inline attachment and the placeholder will be replaced with a special URL that references this inline attachment At the recipient s side the binary will be viewable even if the recipient is offline or has loading of linked binaries disabled in the email client However this option makes the delivered email larger by the size of the binary Reference a linked binary This option allows you to enter a URL The binary from that URL will not be bundled with the message but the URL will simply be used to replace the placeholder At the recipient s side the binary will then be loaded as a linked resource The advantage is that the additional binary size will not be added to the delivered message but the disadvantage is that the URL must be a publicly accessible URL and the
26. From the Dashboard click the Ongoing Jobs link located in the Currently in the System section Ongoing Jobs All jobs that have been authorized for delivery for your account Figure 11 1 The Ongoing Jobs Screen It contains jobs that Q3 are authorized and scheduled for future processing are currently being processed were processed previously but failed to succeed Click on the Job ID to see details about the selected job Job Title Owner Mail Type Date Time of Sending State 0608274 Test Job holly Plain Sep 27 2006 08 00 00 AM e 060428F Job for next year jht Plain Dec 31 2006 07 00 00 PM 060428E Another long time scheduled job jht Plain May 7 2007 03 08 00 0604286 when this job will go jht Plain Jul 7 2007 02 07 00 4M 060428D Tue JUb HUS she plein Oct 18 2007 09 05 00 6 On the Ongoing Jobs screen each job is listed with its Job ID Job Title Owner Mail Type plain or HTML Date Time of Sending and State From this screen you can Display jobs in a specific category Click the Display jobs with category drop down menu and select the category of jobs you want to view in the list Sort the job listing The column headers in the table are links that when clicked will sort the jobs in ascending one click or descending two clicks order Each subsequent click will reverse the sort order e Note It is not possible to sort the t
27. If a subscriber does not have any of the choices from the multiple selection list selected the drop in would normally be replaced with an empty string By setting a customized default parameter all subscribers that do not have any selections will have the text inside the quotation marks dropped into the message For example a subscriber who did not select any hobbies from the multiple selection list hobbies could have the word other dropped into the message text The drop in would appear as t Multi hobbies separated by default other If quotation marks are used in the replacement string then they must be escaped by using them twice in succession more CUSTOMIZED ELLIPSIS lfasubscriber s selections from the list are longer than approximately 800 characters the enumeration will break off and will be finished with an ellipsis By setting the customized ellipsis parameter any text string may be added to the enumeration field replacing the standard In addition the number of items left off the list can be added by using COUNT anywhere in the string For example a subscriber selected many hobbies from the selection field hobbies and exceeded the 800 character limit for the drop in text Setting the customized ellipsis and the COUNT like this Multi hobbies separated by default other more and COUNT more jJ would create a drop in that read surfing poker reading and 15 more If
28. Plugin A LISTSERV Maestro database plugin allows the Maestro User Interface to gain access to different databases Plugins need to be registered and configured by the LISTSERV Maestro system administrator For more information see the Administrator s Guide Preamble Whenever a message is forwarded using the Forward to a Friend feature a special preamble is prefixed to the actual message letting the recipient know that they are not the original recipient of this email but that it has been forwarded by a friend Q Quote Character In a SQL statement a character usually the single quote used to enclose string literals to set them off from the rest of the SQL statement In a text file CSV file containing data a character or symbol used to surround a separator character that is used in the actual data in a column so that the separator character is not confused with the character that appears in the data For example if a comma is used as the separator character in a database file all the fields of data are separated by a comma If the comma is also used within a field a quote character must surround the entire field If the quote character is used in a field it must be used twice or escaped R R RFC Stands for Request for Comments These documents explain the rules that email and other software products must follow in order to work cooperatively with each other on the Internet Understanding the rules is ofte
29. Utilities The name of this version of drop in is a directive with the following syntax Multi not FIELD NAME OP COMPARE SET TRUE TEXT FALSE TEXT The directive is case sensitive and requires this exact syntax and the correct drop in enclosing tags Note The brackets around the word not are not part of the syntax but they are used to denoted that the word not itself is optional meaning that it can be included without brackets to negate a field Replace FIELD NAME with the name of the multiple selection field being used as the merge field The content of this field for any given subscriber defines the content of the first set of the comparison Replace op with the set operator being employed for the comparison Available operators are without the quotes e Equality Checks if the two sets are equal Two sets are equal only if they contain exactly the same elements e ez Subset Checks if the first set is a subset of the second set The first set is a subset of the second set if the first set is fully contained in the second set all elements from the first set also are in the second set f two sets are equal then the subset condition is also true meaning that the two equal sets are always also trivial subsets of each other Except for the trivial case of equality the first set is smaller than the second set e gt Superset Checks if the
30. etc ELSE lt hl gt General Text lt h1 gt lt p gt General text goes here lt p gt eECs s EB 16 7 Formula Calculation The name of this system drop in is Calc The name is case sensitive and requires this exact spelling followed by a valid mathematical formula and the appropriate enclosing tags for example Calc ToDate SubscribeTimeMillis MMMM dd yyyy will return a drop in that reads the date the subscriber signed on to the list Merge fields from subscriber data can be combined with other merge fields or number or text constants and even predefined functions into a formula The formula will then be calculated individually for each recipient to determine an individual drop in replacement text for that recipient If the formula contains merge fields the result will be calculated for each recipient and may differ from recipient to recipient Formulas can be used to calculate drop in content based on existing recipient data to determine a birth date a subscription date a bank balance and much more Formulas must follow a set of rules that are detailed in Section 18 Calculation Formulas A scenario is described below that uses conditional blocks and calculation formulas to send customized messages to each recipient in a customer database It is beyond the scope of this document to give all the possible ways formulas can be used to calculate personalized content The scenario described belo
31. 2 MailJob Report Recipient Warehouse Utility LISTSERV Back To Preferences Logout New bs B Open Jobs in authorized for delivery Click on the Job ID to see details about the selected job Ongoing Jobs Mg Completed Jobs Multiple Job Actions gt Edit Category Of All Selected Jobs 29 are authorized Select All are currently be Unselect all were processe Disable Multiple Job Actions Display jobs with category No Category gt Y Advanced Filter Settings Filters are inactive Job Title Owner Mail Type Date Time of Sending State 060428F Job for next year jht Plain Dec 31 2006 07 00 00 D60428bE Another long time scheduled job jht Plain 7 2007 03 08 00 AM 3 060428G Wonder when this job will go out jht Plain Jul 7 2007 02 07 00 AM e 060428D This op is scheduled for a long time Plain Oct 18 2007 09 05 00 LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 163 Section 11 Ongoing Jobs 11 4 The Ongoing Job Journal O LISTSERV Maestro now provides you with a Job Journal that lists all previous events in the selected job s history beginning with the job s creation in the system All changes to the job are recorded together with information about the user who performed the change and what part of the job was changed In addition each record is reported with a timestamp and the list shows the newest entries first The Ongoing Job Jou
32. 221 Section 14 The Recipient Warehouse within the dataset You ll also be able to remove members or subscribers from the dataset or its lists For more information on adding or removing members of a dataset or subscribers of a hosted list see Section 9 Adding and Maintaining Dataset Members and List Subscribers in the Data Administrator s Manual e Modify Subscribers If this permission is granted for your account then you will be able to modify any existing member of the dataset or any existing subscriber of the hosted lists within the dataset For more information on modifying existing members of a dataset or subscribers of a hosted list see Section 9 Adding and Maintaining Dataset Members and List Subscribers in the Data Administrator s Manual Browse Subscribers If this permission is granted for your account then you will be able to browse and view the list of current members of the dataset or the list of current subscribers of the hosted lists within the dataset For more information on browsing and viewing existing members of a dataset or subscribers of a hosted list see Section 9 Adding and Maintaining Dataset Members and List Subscribers in the Data Administrator s Manual For more information on working with datasets see Section 4 1 Recipient Datasets of the Data Administrator s Manual 14 2 Recipient Target Groups If your account has been granted the right to create target groups then the Target Grou
33. If a field is a quoted field and the quote character also appears as part of the value of the field then this character must be escaped Escape the quote character by using it twice in direct succession The double appearance of the quote character will be interpreted as a single appearance that is part of the field value If a field is an unquoted field and the quote character also appears as part of the value of the field then this character must not be escaped Quote escaping is only necessary in quoted fields A quoted field is parsed from the file as follows The field starts with the opening quote and ends with the next appearance of a not escaped quote character after the opening quote The end of the field must then be followed by a separator character or by the end of the line trailing white space after the last field of the line is allowed The value of the field is the text between the two quotes excluding the quotes Any escaped quotes in the value will be un escaped An unquoted field is parsed from the file as follows The field starts with the first character and ends with the next appearance of the separator character or the end of the line The value of the field is the text with this start and end excluding the separator character Note If only some fields in a file are quoted especially if those fields appear near the end of the file it is important to manually define the separator and quote characte
34. Opens the Download Report Result screen From here it is possible to download report data as a PDF or in a zipped text file Change Results Settings Opens the Change View Settings for Report screen From here it is possible to change how results displayed and downloaded Edit Report Create Report Opens the Define Report screen For delivery tests 8 itis not possible to save a quick report therefore this icon is disabled grayed out For more information on creating and editing reports see Section 13 Tracking Reports Tip When you scroll over the data in the report a small gray box will display the time period To display even more information click on this box The information in the gray box is expanded and displays links for generating reports based on that particular time period LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 176 Section 12 Completed Jobs Figure 12 9 Line Chart Report of Events Distributed Over Time Job Statistics Completed Jobs Distribution over Time 12 Jun 2006 00 00 to 12 Jun 2006 23 59 M Delivered Jobs 4 10095 20 15 Failed Jobs 0 095 Bl completed Jobs 4 100 Chart for hours of this day 10 5 From 30 Apr 2006 00 00 Interval Size 1 day To 7 Aug 2006 23 59 I Successfully delivered jobs 22 95 7 Bl Number of failed jobs 1 4 3 Total number of completed jobs 23 100 This cha
35. Sampling Delivery which applies to all sampling variants and Main Delivery which applies only to the main variant Therefore for an A B split job the delivery settings are included on the Sampling Variant Jobs or Main Variant Job tabs on the A B Split Job Details screen A Important The authorization of the sampling variants and the main variant happen after each other The sampling variants have to be authorized first which like for a normal A B split job is only possible if all sampling variants are complete with green checkmarks Once the variant delivery is authorized all sampling variant jobs will be delivered according to the Sampling Delivery settings Authorization of the main variant is only possible after the delivery of all sampling variants has been completed either successfully or with failure Also the main variant job must be completed first with green checkmarks Once authorized it will be delivered according to the Main LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 125 Section 8 Sender and Delivery Options Delivery settings For information on authorizing the delivery see Section 9 5 Authorizing the Delivery of an A B Split Job with Sampling Figure 8 6 The A B Split Job Details Screen for an A B Split Job with Sampling A B Split Job Details A Recipients Recipients Information no recipients defined gt Sampling Variant Jobs Main Variant Job A B Split Job Edit ID 070710A
36. Total number of events The Y X axis will show the total number of events Percentage of total number of messages sent The Y X axis will show percentages in relation to the total number of messages sent Percentage of total number of unbounced messages sent The Y X axis will show percentages in relation to the total number of messages sent that have not bounced If applicable define if unique events or all events are counted Count only events that are unique for each recipient If the same recipient generates the same event several times then it will only be counted once Count all events All events are counted whether they are generated by the same recipient or by different recipients 4 f applicable define how many events will be grouped in each interval Events per hour Each interval will count the events collected during a given hour Events per day Each interval will count the events collected during a given day Events per week Each interval will count the events collected during a given week Note With small intervals the curve will be smoother because there are more intervals to display However using more intervals will mean that the calculation of the report will take longer 5 Define whether or not values should accumulate from one interval to the next No accumulation Each interval will only show the events counted from the beginning of the interval to its end This mean
37. Using LISTSERV Maestro to Define an Email Job A B Split Job This section lets you edit the job title job category job ID prefix delivery notification authorization due by date and auto archive settings Not all settings may be editable at all times depending on the A B split job s state Recipients This section lets you define the recipients of the A B split job This section may not always be available depending on the A B split job s state When defining an A B Split Job the following recipient definitions are acceptable Send to a Recipient Target Group Upload a Recipient Text File Select Recipients from a Database Defined from a previous job that matches one of the above recipient definitions Job List This section lets you define the variant jobs that are part of the A B split job Each variant job is displayed in a separate row with job ID job title and with four icons for the four aspects that are unique to each variant job Content Tracking Sender and Test These icons reflect the states of the corresponding workflow steps To edit a variant job click on its ID The Job Details screen opens From here simply define the message content the sender and tracking and then test the delivery Once you re done click on the job ID at the top of the screen to return to the A B Split Job Details screen Tip From the Job Details screen you can also copy the details from a different variant
38. auto repeat job delivery failures in the ongoing jobs list 162 DomainKeys signing 120 scheduling 122 scheduling different times for an A B Split Job 127 scheduling different times for an A B Split Job with Sampling 129 scheduling for a standard job 122 scheduling for an A B Split Job 125 scheduling for an A B Split Job with Sampling 125 testing 135 triggering 146 Delivery Notification setting for an email job 31 DomainKeys Signatures setting for a message 120 Drop In Content E creating 230 managing 230 system drop ins 233 tracking 106 using in an email message 86 Email Jobs adding attachments to a message 94 advanced delivery options for a normal job 123 advanced sender settings 121 authorizing delivery for a standard job 142 authorizing delivery for an A B Split Job 145 authorizing delivery for an A B Split Job with Sampling 145 auto repeat job delivery failures in the ongoing jobs list 162 creating a new A B Split Job 29 creating a new A B Split Job with Sampling 29 creating a new standard job 29 creating messages from text 87 creating messages using HTML 88 defining a new job 32 defining a standard job 32 defining an A B Split job 33 defining an A B Split Job with Sampling 34 defining recipients 41 defining the message 75 defining the sender 119 deleting duplicate recipients 63 70 DomainKeys signing 120 editing the message 75 enabling the HTML Editor 88 filter s
39. e Replace TRUE TEXT with the drop in text for comparisons that result in a true match and replace FALSE TEXT with the drop in text for comparisons that result in a false match If the quote character lt gt appears in the text of either field it must be escaped To escape the quote character use it twice in a row For example to send a special advertisement for Hawaiian vacations to all those subscribers who selected surfing as one of their hobbies in the multiple selection field hobbies in a mail job going out to all hobbyists the system drop in would appear like this Multi HOBBIES amp surfing Follow your dreams and ride the big curl in Hawaii See your travel agent today and mention this email offer for a 10 discount on hotel rates at the Sheraton on Waikiki Visit your local Hobby Master store today Check here for the nearest one http www hobbymaster com 15 3 1 6 Calculation Fields The name of this system drop in is Calc The name is case sensitive and requires this exact spelling followed by a valid mathematical formula and the appropriate enclosing tags for example Calc ToDate SubscribeTimeMillis MMMM dd will return a drop in that reads the date the subscriber signed on to the list Merge fields from subscriber data can be combined with other merge fields or number or text constants and even predefined functions into a formula The formula will then be
40. in the Jobs Due Next section as a reminder of which open jobs need your attention most You can also define or change this date at a later time up until the job is finally authorized for delivery Auto Archive Defines if and when the job will be automatically moved to the archive The following options are available Administrator defined default The job will be automatically archived or not according to the default settings defined by the administrator Do not automatically archive this job The job will not be automatically archived Automatically move this job to the archive The job will automatically be archived a certain number of days after the job s delivery or failure Enter the number of days into the field that appears when this option is selected Note This feature can be used to keep the list of handled jobs clean by automatically removing jobs that are older than a certain threshold However in contrast to actually deleting the old jobs this feature moves the job into a special archive folder The archived jobs no longer appear in the normal LISTSERV Maestro User Interface they will appear to have been deleted but can if necessary be restored by the LISTSERV Maestro administrator Important Use this feature with care so that only jobs that you really are not interested in anymore that are old enough to be uninteresting are archived automatically And remember that only the LISTSERV Mae
41. 1 letter will be a Number that is not padded 2 letters will be a Number that is padded 3 letters will be a Text using the abbreviated form and 4 or more letters will be a Text using the long form General time zone For formatting the time zone is handled as Text if it has a If not it is given as a GMT offset value in the format GMT HH MM where HH is the hours between 0 and 23 one or two digits may be zero padded to the left and is the minutes between 00 and 59 always two digits zero padded to the left if necessary For example GMT 8 00 GMT 08 00 GMT 12 45 For parsing see Time zone parsing below e 822 time zone For formatting the RFC 882 4 digit time zone format is used 1 2 where HH is the hours as two digits between 00 and 23 zero LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 295 Section 18 Calculation Formulas padded to the left if necessary and is the minutes as two digits between 00 and 59 zero padded to the left if necessary For parsing see Time zone parsing below Time zone parsing For parsing of a time zone it does not matter if the format pattern specifies a General time zone or a RFC 822 time zone In both cases all three types of time zone specifications are accepted Time zone given as Text if given with a name recognized by LISTSERV Mae
42. 288 Section 18 Calculation Formulas ToDate ToDate datevalue formatpattern localename langcode countrycode Function Returns a formatted representation of a numerical date time value The formatted representation is usually returned as type Text but may also be returned as type Number if applicable The format that is used to create the representation is specified with the given format argument Note For formatting purposes LISTSERV Maestro will by default use the U S locale Ww and the time zone of the server where the LUI component is running Therefore locale specific texts like weekday names names of months and so on will be formatted using the U S locale Similarly times will be formatted using the server s time zone If you want to specify a different locale you can do so with the optional parameter localename to choose a predefined locale or with the optional parameters langcode and countrycode to specify your own locale See Predefined Locales for details Return Type Usually Text However may be Number if the result can be expressed as a number Arguments e datevalue This argument can be of type Number and its the date time value to format Must contain the desired date time represented as milliseconds since Jan 1st 1970 00 00 00 GMT for example from the output of the functions CurrentMillis SubscribeTimeMillis and ToMillis e formatpattern This argument can be of typ
43. Calc system drop in of a job with the following recipient types Uploaded CSV text file LISTSERV Maestro selects from a Database Target Group if the target group is based on either of the two above or on a Dataset or Hosted Recipient List If the system drop in is used in a job with a different recipient type the formula must not contain any merge field expressions If it does an error message will be displayed about this during test delivery Type Standard merge field expressions can be of type Number Text Boolean or Text Set depending on their context and content see Type Determination below for details LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 263 Section 18 Calculation Formulas Usage To include a standard merge field in a formula type the merge field name enclosed in amp and Only use merge field names that are actually defined in the recipient list Examples amp NAME amp STATE amp ACCOUNT BALANCE Type Determination Whenever any such merge field appears in a formula it will first be replaced with the field value for the current recipient This occurs before the result of the formula is calculated for that recipient To be able to do this calculation the expression s type is determined as follows If the formula is used in the condition tree of a Dataset or Hosted Recipient List target group or in a Calc system drop in together with recipients ba
44. Event details Percentage of total number of unb Interval Stra Include Data Sources For c rU will be Open Up events Euri per d y v Click Through events Events per week Separate data sources per link Bundle all links in one data source Result Accumulation Action tracking events Defines if values accumulate from one No accumulation Separate data sources per action Bundle all actions in one data source Accumulate interval values Additional Statistics Include Data Sources For Number of Sent Messages C Open Up events Number of Unbounced Messages Click Through events C Number of Bounced Messages Separate data sources per link Additional Statistics Number of Sent Messages Number of Unbounced Messages C Number of Bounced Messages LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 174 Section 12 Completed Jobs If the Result Calculation section is available select one of these options to define how the result shown on the Y X axis of the graph is calculated Total number of events The Y X axis will show the total number of events Percentage of total number of messages sent The Y X axis will show percentages in relation to the total number of messages sent Percentage of total number of unbounced messages sent The Y X axis will show percentages in relation to the total number of unbounced messages If the Unique or
45. If not specified then all values will be enclosed with delimiters default is true This argument is optional but may be supplied if the default separator and delimiter arguments have been supplied too delimiterEscape This argument can be of type Text and it defines which text will be used to escape an occurrence of the delimiter text in a value If a value is enclosed with delimiters but the value already contains the delimiter text itself then this contained delimiter text could be confused with the end delimiter that ends the value Therefore if the delimiter text appears in the value it needs to be escaped The escaping is done by inserting the delimiterEscape text just before the delimiter text in the value If delimiterEscape is not specified then the delimiter text itself will be used for escaping i e this has the effect that if the delimiter text appears in the value then it will be escaped by doubling it For example If the delimiter text is the standard quote character lt gt and the value already contains quotes like this lt value contains quotes And if no delimiterEscape is specified so that the default is applied then the escaped value will contain doubled quotes like this value contains quotes If instead for example the backslash is supplied for delimiterEscape then the escaped value will look like this lt value contains quotes Note that delimiterEscape may b
46. NAME separated by SEPARATOR Replace FIELD NAME with the name of the multiple selection field being used as the merge field Replace SEPARATOR with any string which must be enclosed in quotation marks This string will be used to separate the enumerated values if more than one choice has been made by the subscriber For example if a subscriber selected surfing poker and reading from a selection list field named hobbies and a comma with a space after it is the desired separator character in the mail text then the drop in would appear as Multi hobbies separated by JJ and produce a line suck as surfing poker reading If the space is not included as part of the separator string then only a comma will be used producing a line that reads like this surfing poker reading Additional optional parameters are available for this type of system drop in They include e default CUSTOMIZED DEFAULT If a subscriber does not have any of the choices selected the drop in would normally be replaced with an empty LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 244 Section 16 Advanced Use of System Drop Ins string By setting a customized default parameter all subscribers that do not have any selections will have the text inside the quotation marks dropped into the message For example a subscriber who did not select any hobbies from the multiple select
47. Section 18 Calculation Formulas ToDate CurrentMillis MMM dd yyyy Germany formats the current date using the pre defined locale for Germany ToDate CurrentMillis MMM dd yyyy de AT formats the current date using a custom locale for language de Ger man and country AT Austria New ToMillis ToMillis datetext formatpattern localename langcode countrycode Function Returns the numerical value representing the date time as parsed from the datetext argument where the numerical value specifies the date time in milliseconds since Jan 1st 1970 00 00 00 GMT which can for example then be compared to the output of the functions CurrentMillis and SubscribeTimeMillis or be used as input to ToDate It generates a runtime error if there is a parse error If you are unsure if a certain datetext and formatpattern can be parsed without an error and you want to avoid this error then use the companion function IsDate to first check if the arguments can be parsed at all together with the function If see the examples below The format that is used to parse the given date time text string is specified with the given format argument Please see Date and Time Formats for details about how to write the format pattern Note For formatting purposes LISTSERV Maestro will by default use the U S locale W and the time zone of the server where the LUI component is running Therefore locale spe
48. Team Collaboration This option is only available for data administrators Select the rights that you want to assign to an individual member The rights selected here will be applied as the default for all new datasets that you create New datasets will start out with these collaboration rights already assigned You can then change the rights for each individual dataset Figure 3 10 Default Dataset Team Collaboration Screen Default Dataset Team Collaboration Grant other account holders permission to execute the following actions for a new dataset Team Member DTE I IS Wiesen francoise L1 harpo n o D n int o o o o o O noodles a Ez o o o o wateam L1 wateam2 0 wateams rl To assign multiple rights at the same time Click on the name of the member to select unselect all of the rights for that member Click on the name of a right to select unselect this right for all members Click on Team Member to select unselect all of the rights for all members LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual a Section 3 User Preferences LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 28 Section 4 Using LISTSERV Maestro to Define an Email Job multi step procedure Some of the steps can be done at any time during the process and other steps are dependent on the completion of previous steps Anew job is started and assigned a
49. Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking option is selected on the Recipients Details screen of the Define Recipients wizard For recipients defined by a LISTSERV list with the standard list message option selected on the Source screen of the Define Recipients wizard and mail merge selected for the LISTSERV list For target groups based on any of the above Blind Tracking Collects unspecific tracking data recording only the number of times open up and click through events occur Blind tracking cannot discern between a single person clicking a link 100 times and 100 people each clicking a link once The total count will be 100 events in both instances Therefore all blind tracking events are considered non unique This has specific implications for the Sum of Events report types See Section 9 2 Running Test Reports and Section 13 1 Creating Reports for more details Blind tracking is always available for every recipient type The following table summarizes the types of tracking available based on the way the recipients are defined LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 113 Section 7 Tracking Table 7 1 Types of Tracking Available Based on Recipient Definition Types of tracking available Recipients defined from Blind Unique Anonymous Personal LISTSERV Maestro Dataset HRL g HLL with Mail Merge e e HLL without Mail Merge Uploaded text fi
50. Used for mail merging and tracking Duplicate Elimination Selected Duplicate Elimination Do not remove duplicates Define Duplicate Elimination LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 273 5 Section 5 Defining Recipients of an Email Job Once you Click this link the Summary screen will display how many recipients would have received the job and a sample of the first 10 recipients so you can make sure you are sending the job to the correct recipients Figure 5 27 Previewing Recipient Count Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Recipients Details Summary 49 Summary A summary of the recipients information Click the Finish button to save this as a new recipients definition for your job Recipients File Server Path D Development Maestro Preview user subscribersdataset txt Load Date Time Recipients will be uploaded just before sending If delivery had happened at Apr 9 2008 5 24 50 PM there would have been 38 valid 0 duplicate and 0 invalid recipients sample of the recipients that would have been used for delivery is shown below Click here to determine recipient counts if delivery were now Special Purpose Columns E mail Column EMAIL Name Column FNAME Usage of Recipients Data Used for mail merging and tracking Duplicate Elimination Selected Duplicate Elimination Do not remove duplicates Define Duplicate Elimination Recipient Sample EMAIL FNAME
51. calculated individually for each recipient to determine an individual drop in replacement text for that recipient Formulas can be used to calculate drop in content based on existing recipient data to determine a birth date a subscription date a bank balance and much more For more information on how to write formulas for system drop ins see Section 18 Calculation Formulas The Calc drop in is not available for jobs with recipient definitions of Send to an Existing LISTSERV List Let LISTSERV Select Recipients from a Database or Target Groups based on these However it is available for all other recipient definition options Certain special variables usable in Calc for example SubscribeTimeMillis are available only for Hosted Recipient Lists There are many other advanced methods of creating personalize messages based on hosted recipient data using these tools For more information and detailed examples see Section 16 Advanced Use of System Drop Ins 15 4 Changing User Password To open the Change Password screen click Utility Change Password Enter the old password first and then type in the new password twice for confirmation Click OK to save the new password and return to the User Settings screen Permission to change an account password is set by the system administrator If this right is not given then user accounts will not have permission to change their passwords LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manu
52. from and to dates times correspond to the beginning and end of the month that was selected in the original report Also this new report will then use the interval size 1 day i e it will show the selected month sub divided into days Similarly in this new daily report if you click on an interval a day then the information box will contain the Chart for hours of this day link If you click on this link then again a new report will be executed where the from and to dates times now correspond to the beginning and end of the day that was selected Also this new report will then use the interval size 1 hour i e it will show the selected day sub divided into hours LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 198 Section 13 Tracking Reports Once you have drilled down from a monthly weekly to a daily chart or a daily to an hourly chart you can go back to the previous report with the Back to monthly weekly daily chart link at the top right above the chart diagram w Note You can not drill down any further into a diagram that already shows hourly intervals In addition to the drill down into a more fine grained distribution report you can also use the information box of an interval to display a Per Job in Period report for the selected interval In the distribution diagram click on an interval In the information box that opens click on the Recipients statistics for jobs of this month week day hour link in the
53. information box This will open a Per Job in Period report where the period corresponds exactly to the interval on which you had clicked To go back to the previous distribution report click on the Back to monthly weekly daily hourly chart link at the top right of the bar chart Figure 13 15 Example of the Recipients Distribution Over Time Report Recipients Statistics Show Settings Recipients Distribution over Time 24 024 14 Aug 2006 00 00 to 14 Aug 2006 23 59 Delivered Recipients 20 020 100 Bounced Recipients 0 0 18 018 W Total Recipients 20 020 100 Jobs in Interval 4 Chart for hours of this day 12 012 Recipients statistics for jobs of this day 6 006 From 25 Jul 2006 00 00 Interval Size 1 day To 24 2006 16 01 47 Successfully delivered recipients 31 058 10095 Bl number of bounces 0 0 Total number of processed recipients 31 058 100 This chart shows the distribution over time of the recipients that were processed in the display period supplied above sub divided in delivered and bounced recipients Interactive Chart Hover the mouse cursor over the chart Click to view more details and further options Executed 24 Aug 2006 16 01 47 Including recipients processed between 25 Jul 2006 00 00 and 24 Aug 2006 16 01 47 x The bounce count is not refreshed automatically Refresh now Report Type Per Job in Period The bar diagram shows one ba
54. into each tracked link where the head of the pin displays the click rate both as a numerical value and as a pie chart The click rates are displayed as a percentage value showing how many percent of the recipients have clicked the corresponding link You can click on a marker pin to see details about each link which include the actual tracked URL the tracking alias if any the click rate in percent and the absolute number of unique clicks on the link Figure 12 6 Show Click Rate Details Click Rate of Tracked Link URL http www Isoft com default asp Alias No Alias gt Click Rate 56 Unique Clicks 56 In addition while the Show Click Rates option is enabled the text just below the option will display the date and time when the click rate tracking data that is displayed was retrieved from the database Click on the Refresh link to refresh the data Note LISTSERV Maestro does not discern between multiple occurrences of the same URL if they are also using the same tracking alias therefore if a tracked link appears at least twice with the exact same URL and alias be it in the same content part or in different content parts then the click rate that is displayed on each link s marker pin and in the details popup when you click on a pin does not display the actual unique clicks on the marked link but instead the accumulated total rate of all links with the same URL and alias combination 12 4 3 Downloading Inval
55. job To do so click the Mail Job menu and select Copy Settings from Other Variant Click the Add Variant Job link at the bottom of the list to add another variant job to the A B split job In addition a Delete link may appear next to each variant job allowing you to delete the corresponding variant job the link does not appear if only the minimum number of variant jobs is present in the A B split job Adding editing or deleting variants is only possible if the A B split job s state still allows it Delivery This section lets you schedule the delivery of the A B split variant jobs to take place immediately after authorization or at a future date and time relative to a selected time zone The delivery settings apply to all variant jobs equally as does the authorization This means that the A B split job can only be authorized when all variants have been completed all four states of all variant jobs are complete and marked with the green checkmark and once the A B split job is authorized all variants are authorized and will be delivered according to the delivery settings defined here For more information see Section 8 2 2 Scheduling Delivery for A B Split Jobs 4 2 3 Defining an A B Split Job with Sampling An A B Split Job with Sampling is a special version of a normal A B split job It contains two types of job categories Sampling Variants and a Main Variant and combined together they create the sub jobs of the A B
56. plain text multiple values o Footer text for 1 Using Message Templates newsletter 2 Creating Message Templates 3 Using Placeholders Apply Value Cancel Language Mail will be sent with language charset for English American charset US ASCII LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 70 Section 6 Defining amp Editing the Message for an Email Job As described above all values of a multi value placeholder are usually combined together and the resulting value list is then used to replace the placeholder As a result if a template contains several multi value placeholders after each other then after replacement you will have several such lists The first list contains all values of the first multi value placeholder followed by the second list with all values of the second multi value placeholder followed by the list of values from the third multi value placeholder and so on Such as the following assuming three multi value placeholders with four values each First Value of placeholder 1 Second Value of placeholder 1 Third Value of placeholder 1 Fourth Value of placeholder 1 First Value of placeholder 2 Second Value of placeholder 2 Third Value of placeholder 2 Fourth Value of placeholder 2 First Value of placeholder 3 Second Value of placeholder 3 Third Value of placeholder 3 Fourth
57. v ius and time is specified daylight saving time is taken into account automatically Auto Archive Administrator defined default No auto archive When you are finished defining the delivery settings click OK The A B Split Job Details screen opens with each variant delivery setting shown separately Figure 8 10 The A B Split Job Details Screen with Individual Sampling Variants A B Split Job Details A B Split Job Edit ID 080709E Title AB Split with Differernt Delivery Times Type Standard A B Split Category e Recipients Edit Recipients Information no recipients defined Open Job Title Content Tracking Sender Test 080709 AB Split with Differernt Delivery Times o x 9 x 080709E B AB Split with Differernt Delivery Times o x o x Add Variant Job Delivery A Job Title Delivery Settings 080709E A Split with Differernt Delivery Times lt no delivery settings defined gt O80709E B AB Split with Differernt Delivery Times lt no delivery settings defined gt LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 128 Section 8 Sender and Delivery Options To set the delivery time for each variant click on its Job ID in the Delivery section The A B Split Job Delivery Settings screen opens From this screen you can schedule the delivery of the main variant job to take place immediately after authorization once you trigger it or at a future
58. 111 7 5 Type D tails gat ccd ae eae Ree Oe TRU ang 114 7 6 SUMMA 22g Tc 117 LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual iii Table of Contents Section 8 Sender and Delivery Options 119 8 1 Define Sender lluiullleeslleeeelllll ehh hr 119 8 1 1 Using Merge Fields in the Sender Information 119 8 1 2 Bounce Handing oh oc ERR eee ex Ra pg eo ge 120 8 1 3 DomainKeys Settings 120 8 1 4 Advanced Sender Defined Mail Header Settings 121 B 1 5 ose al decur s ben dece Fee see Rec 121 8 2 Scheduling Delivery of a Job 122 8 2 1 Scheduling Information for Standard Jobs 122 8 2 2 Scheduling Delivery for A B Split Jobs 125 8 2 3 Scheduling Delivery for A B Split Jobs with Sampling 125 8 2 4 Scheduling Different Delivery Times for Each A B Split Job Variant 127 8 2 5 About Auto Repeat Jobs 130 Section 9 Testing and Authorizing Delivery 135 9 1 Delivery Testing foraJob 0 2c ee 135 9 1 1 Checking the Message for Spam
59. 194 13 2 Executing Reports 0 ce eee 197 13 2 1 Report Details sssrin rr arani ees 198 19 2 2 Report SettingS dri dae ERR wid Ae Peas a ups 200 13 3 Editing Beporte 2 1224252222 De eu busta eee RE Puck RR Ea EE EHE ERG 202 13 4 Creating a Report from a Template 0 ccc ees 202 13 5 Completed Job Statistics liiis 202 13 6 Delivered Recipients Statistics liliis 203 13 7 Event Distribution Report RII II n 204 13 7 1 Viewing Event Distribution Reports 205 13 7 2 Downloading Event Distribution Report Data 206 13 7 3 Change Result Settings 206 13 8 Sum of Events Report 2 0 0 0 cette eens 207 13 8 1 Viewing the Sum of Events Report 207 13 8 2 Downloading Sum of Event Report Data 208 13 8 3 Change Result Settings 208 13 9 Recipients Details Reports 210 13 9 1 Downloading Recipients Details Report 212 13 10 Event Details Report 0 2 2 0 ee ren 214 13 10 1 Downloading Events Details Report Data 214 13 11 Using the Excel Add In sui eda ER RR eene x Bae A 216 13 11 1 Download
60. 4 0 Behavioral Changes to the Toolbar The behavior of the Dataset menu on the Toolbar has been updated to accommodate those who may need to access this menu while working with lists Because of this there are several changes to the Toolbar For details see Section 2 1 1 Behavioral Changes to the Toolbar New Options for Determining Recipients Based on Reaction to a Previous Job You can now choose to define recipients based on a reaction to a previous job that had its recipients defined from a target group based on a hosted recipient list or a target group based on a dataset For details see Section 5 3 Determine Recipients Based on Reaction to a Previous Job Advanced Sender Defined Mail Header Settings New options for defining additonal mail headers are now available when defining the sender of an email job For details see Section 8 1 4 Advanced Sender Defined Mail Header Settings Action Tracking If a user enters a target website through a tracked link in an email job then LISTSERV Maestro can now track those actions that the user performs on that website For details see Section 19 Action Tracking Viewing the Number of Tracked Links The Completed Job Details screen now includes the number of tracked links For details see Section 12 4 Completed Jobs Summary Using the Job Journal An email job journal is now available and contains a log of each activity and who performed those activities For details see Se
61. 4 2 2 Defining an A B Split Job 33 4 2 3 Defining an A B Split Job with Sampling 34 4 3 Using the Workflow Diagram 0 00 cc IA 37 4 4 Using the Summary Diagram 2 6 0 0 0000 n 38 4 5 Team Collaboration 0 0 39 Section 5 Defining Recipients of an Email Job 41 5 1 Send to a Recipient Target Group 42 MESI 43 5 1 2 S0UECG uc ue Eger Eee CR LR Nas ees Mure FRA E Dies a RARUS ee 43 5 1 3 Source Details 0 00 tte 43 5 14 Recipient Detalls ca eats ene ERE ead a Pee REOR HU e 44 51 5 SUMMAN uo Si ake Re kad ba 44 5 2 Send to an Existing LISTSERV List 0 00 0 0 cece eee 45 SES CPC 45 5 2 2 SOURCE uu Rege A Ru x Rees LE pg edad e arr aa 45 5 2 3 Source Details eun pa es doe eR ended 46 5 2 4 Recipient Details 2 0 20 e rh 48 5 2 5 SUMMAN hok ei a doe p ede Pel ea 48 5 3 Determine Recipients Based on Reaction to a Previous Job 49 5 3 1 ODUOnS ocu eg ea me hd 49 pui 49 5 3 3 Source Details cette eee 50 5 3 4 Recipient Detalls asss sirr terns ew Reet RE Ree ERE boone 51 5 3 y xu neu a ue ADR ool e KORR KORR d uus 54
62. At first the sampling variants are authorized then the security token is used to trigger their delivery Then the main variant is authorized and the same security token is used to trigger its delivery as well Standard A B Split Job with Individual Delivery Settings for Variants The A B split job does not have a common security token Instead each variant has an individual security token that is found on the variant job s details page once the variant job has been authorized Each individual security token must be used to trigger the delivery of each individual variant job This allows you to trigger the variants at different times The security tokens of the variant jobs are very similar Each security token is the same as the security tokens of its sibling variants except for a unique suffix The first variant will have the suffix A the second the suffix B and so on This means that you only need to know the security token for one variant and how many variants there are to be able to trigger all variants This is especially useful when setting up an external script or process to do this triggering because you only need to tell the process the common part of the security token plus how many variants there are The process can then build the complete security token for each variant by extending the common part with the correct suffix for each variant job Sampling A B Split Job with Individual Delivery Settings for Variants The A B s
63. Click this link to supply the value for the placeholder LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual a T5 Section 6 Defining amp Editing the Message for an Email Job Note For an optional placeholder an additional link with the text Leave Empty or Delete Value will also appear that allows you to actively supply an empty value for this placeholder When you click the Edit link you are able to edit the value for the placeholder When editing a placeholder value your options depend on the type of the placeholder Figure 6 3 Filling Out Placeholder Values Define Message Define the Subject and the Body of the message HTML 2 Text JA Drop ins wat Template Forward to f Y Jg X B BH HE 2 Copy from other job Subject Enter newsletter subject here HTML Preview Text Preview Placeholder Values Attachments URL to view newsletter Note The currently selected placeholder is also used in the plain text alternative in browser To ensure that this newsletter is delivered to your inbox add FromAddress to your address book Logo in top left corner of header Header text for Message Templates v newsletter Issue number for June 25 2007 v newsletter In this Newsletter w Headers for articles URLs to read entis articles Using Message Templates Creating Message Templates Using Placeholders Subsc
64. Content Templates All defined content templates for your account User Defined Templates Click on a template to edit delete it Template Name Date Time saved Status Customer Support Newsletter Jun 25 2007 01 42 23 PM Enabled Copy Disable Download Marketing Newsletter Jun 25 2007 01 42 59 PM Enabled Copy Disable Download Sales Newsletter Jun 25 2007 01 43 31 PM Complete Copy Enable Download Weekly Newsletter Jun 25 2007 01 41 50 PM Enabled Copy Disable Download LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 225 Section 15 Utilities Each user defined template is displayed with its name date time of last change and its status Incomplete The template definition is not yet complete therefore the template can also not be enabled Complete The template definition is complete however the template has not yet been enabled and can not be used in the content definition of a mail job the template will not appear in the list of available templates when defining a job s content Enabled The template is complete and enabled and can be used in the content definition of a mail job For information on enabling a template see the Interface Customization Manual for LISTSERV Maestro For information on using a template to define the content of a job see Section 6 2 Message Templates System templates are pre defined templates that come together wi
65. Copy options Delete all Members Delete all members including unconfirmed ones from the dataset Delete Dataset Delete the dataset including all members and lists contained within it Delete Category Delete the category that is currently selected in the dataset tree The Hosted List menu contains options that are related to the hosted list currently selected in the dataset tree The options available vary depending on where you are in the application and what function you are performing The possible options are Dataset Overview Return to the Recipient Dataset Details screen Edit List Details Edit the hosted list Browse Edit Confirmed Subscribers Browse through the subscribers of the hosted list and edit them individually Browse Confirmed Subscribers Browse through the subscribers of the hosted list view only LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 10 Section 2 Understanding the LISTSERV Maestro Interface Add Single Subscriber Add a single new subscriber to the hosted list O Subscriber Import Add update and delete subscribers in the hosted list by uploading or importing a file Import Subscribers Now Open the Import Subscribers wizard where you can define which subscribers to import at this moment New Subscriber Importer Define subscriber importer for future use Subscriber Importers Display list of subscriber importers for the selecte
66. Copying a Dashboard 0 0 ccc eee 20 Creating a Dashboard 00 ete 21 Switching Dashboards 22 Date and Number Format Preferences Screen 23 The Display Preferences Screen 23 The Job Definition Preferences Screen 24 The Recipient Preferences Screen 24 The Content Preferences Screen 25 The Tracking Preferences Screen 25 The Tracking Preferences Screen 25 The Tracking Preferences Screen 26 The Report Definition Preferences Screen 26 Default Dataset Team Collaboration Screen 27 The Start New Job Screen 1 teen eens 30 Advanced Options for Starting a New Job 31 A B Split Job Details 0 2 20 cette 33 A B Split Job with Sampling Details 35 The Workflow Diagram on the Job Details Screen 37 Summary Diagram from the Job Details Screen 38 The Team Collaboration Screen 0 cette eens 39 Define Recipients Options
67. Enable conditional content Send different contents depending on recipient settings e Send HTML content with a plain text alternative only to recipients that meet the following condition cenail type h e Send content in AOL format only to recipients that do not meet the condition above but that do meet the following condition cenail type a e Send plain text content to all other recipients OK There are three possible situations that conditions can be used to deliver the message format preferred by individual recipients an HTML message with a text alternative an HTML message with an AOL formatted alternative and an HTML message with both a text alternative and an AOL alternative HTML content with plain text alternative one condition needs to be specified for the HTML content f a recipient fulfills the condition the full HTML email including the plain text alternative is delivered to that recipient LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 318 Appendix E LISTSERV Maestro and AOL If the recipient does not fulfill the condition a simple plain text email is delivered instead containing only the plain text alternative HTML content with AOL format alternative one condition needs to be specified for the HTML content Ifa recipient fulfills the condition a pure HTML email with no alternatives is delivered to that recipient f the recipient does not fulfil
68. If you select a HRL HLL node in the dataset tree then the Hosted List menu is displayed in addition to the Dataset menu If you select a LLL node in the dataset tree then the Linked LISTSERV List menu is displayed in addition to the Dataset menu If you select a category node folder in the dataset tree then as before only the Dataset menu is visible However previously this Dataset menu only showed the category folder related menu items This behavior has been changed If a category is selected then the Dataset menu now continues to show the full set of dataset related menu items and the category specific items are shown in addition to the other menu items In the Hosted List menu the following menu items have been removed as they were duplicates of menu items that already exist in the Dataset menu they are no longer required in the Hosted List menu because the Dataset menu is visible Dataset Overview Tree Structure the whole sub menu has been removed LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual I4 Section 2 Understanding the LISTSERV Maestro Interface Similarly in the Linked LISTSERV List menu the following duplicate menu items have been removed Dataset Overview Refresh and Manage Linked LISTSERV Lists Tree Structure the whole sub menu has been removed 2 2 The Dashboard The opening screen of LISTSERV Maestro s interface is called the Dashboard providing a quick summary of what
69. Ignore additional recipient data and send job as bulk email option is selected any additional columns that appear in the database will be ignored by the system It will not be possible to use mail merging Tracking for the message will be limited to blind tracking meaning that the tracking data available from the job will not be associated with identifiable individuals or other demographic information Figure 5 22 Recipients Details for LISTSERV Maestro Selects from a Database without Additional Recipient Data Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Recipien il 1 Next gt Recipients Details The system now knows how to separate the recipients file into columns Select the columns in the recipient data containing the e mail address and name Usage of Recipients Data Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking Ignore additional recipient data and send job as bulk e mail No mail merging possible only blind tracking possible Recipient Identification Columns Select the column that identifies the recipients e mail address and enter the name and address that will appear in the To header E mail Column EMAIL To header information that will be used for all recipients Address Name optional Header Definition EMAIL MODEL_NUM CITY Zoe Zimmerman zoe server company com 9595 Baltimore MD Yvette Yosel yvette server company
70. Job ID 060810C Job Title Test Job Recipients Recipients Information no recipients defined Content Subject Test Job Mail Type Plain List of Attachments lt no attachments defined gt Tracking Tracking is Sender Sender Information lt no sender defined gt Test Status Test result not tested gt Delivery Delivery Settings Deliver immediately when authorized Team Collaboration Recipients Definition Message Authoring Tracking Scheduling Testing Delivery Use in Reports LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 38 Section 4 Using LISTSERV Maestro to Define an Email Job Individual account holders may set a personal preference in the User Settings that will open the Summary Diagram first when entering the Job Details screen instead of the Workflow diagram See Section 3 1 User Interface Preferences for more information Click on the Edit link adjacent to each function to enter or change existing settings If the Edit link is not clickable it will appear grayed out or a lighter color This means that a preceding step has not been successfully completed or the user does not have permission to execute that step Note If the Authorization Due By date and time have expired then warning will appear on the Summary Diagram 4 5 Team Collaboration To access the Team Collaboration settings simply click Mail Job gt Team Collaboration from the Toolbar These settings mak
71. Job Info Job Journal Trigger Delivery of Authorized A B Split Job Revoke Authorized Variants of A B Split Job Number of Recipients 38 Recipients Data Usage Used for mail merging and tracking Ongoing Job Title 080618C A Sample A B Split Job 19 when triggered e 080618C B Sample A B Split Job 19 when triggered e 9 6 2 Triggering the Delivery Externally In order to trigger delivery externally the external process or application has to access the server where the LISTSERV Maestro User Interface LUI is running via HTTP or HTTPS depending on your setup In addition a security token must be obtained Note about Security Tokens Since triggering an email job delivery is a highly privileged operation LISTSERV Maestro requires that the external process or application delivers a security token for authorization This security token is assigned internally by LISTSERV Maestro Delivery trigger security tokens are assigned to jobs as follows Standard Job Each standard job has a unique security token which is found on the job s details page once the job has been authorized Auto Repeat Job All jobs in an auto repeat chain have the same security token which is found on the details page of one of the jobs in the chain while the job is authorized Whenever the external process uses the security token to trigger the delivery of the job the job will be delivered and a new jo
72. LISTSERV This option is only available if LISTSERV handles bounces automatically selected during the sender definition Make your selections and then click OK to continue A temporary report with the settings selected will be generated and displayed on the screen This report will not be saved it can always be run again from the Test Reports tab Located at the bottom right side of the test report are four icons Each icon opens a page with different functions and options The currently selected icon will be highlighted with a blue border Unavailable icons will appear grayed out These icons appear on all test reports quick reports and regular report pages Table 9 1 Test Report Icons View Report Displays the currently selected report with the latest report options Download Report Opens the Download Report Result screen From here it is possible to download the report data in a zipped text file Change Results Settings Opens the Change View Settings for Report screen From here it is possible to change how the results are displayed and downloaded Edit Report Create Report Opens the Define Report screen For delivery tests it is not possible to save a quick report therefore this icon is disabled grayed out o p For more information on Quick Reports see Section 12 5 Completed Job Reports For more information on creating and editing reports see Section 13 Tracking Reports
73. LISTSERV Select Recipients from a Database or LDAP Directory option relies on a pre existing configuration of LISTSERV connected to a database or LDAP directory wherein LISTSERV acts as the communicator between the database LDAP directory and LISTSERV Maestro This option may only be used if LISTSERV has been set up to work with a database or LDAP directory The site administrator should consult the LISTSERV documentation for details 5 7 1 Options The first screen that opens in the Define Recipients wizard is the Options screen Select the Let LISTSERV Select Recipients from a Database or LDAP Directory option located in the Define recipients section Click Next gt to continue 5 7 2 Source If LISTSERV is connected to multiple databases or LDAP directories then enter the server name defined in LISTSERV s configuration in the Server Alias field on the Source screen This is the server alias as defined in LISTSERV that is to be used to execute the SQL statement or the LDAP query If no name is specified the default server alias is used See the LISTSERV manual for more details Next define the SQL statement or the LDAP query that will be used to select recipients from the database LISTSERV Maestro will save the query and will forward it to LISTSERV either as SQL statement or as LDAP query depending on the choice that is supplied on this page The command will then be executed by LISTSERV to retrieve the recipient informat
74. Manual 89 Section 6 Defining amp Editing the Message for an Email Job Figure 6 6 Entering a Preamble HTML part preamble may contain HTML code Actions Text part preamble In the preamble the following special system drop ins are allowed drop ins shown in bold are mandatory SenderAddress Replaced with the address of the forwarding user SubscribeURL Replaced with a URL to the subscribe page of the hosted recipient list to allow the foward recipient to also subscribe to the list UserMessage Replaced with an optional personal message supplied by the forwarding user see help page for details 6 3 2 Allowing Recipients to Enter a Personal Message The UserMessage system drop in in the preamble allows for the addition of a personal message supplied by the forwarding user For this system drop in the following rules are used If the UserMessage drop in is not present in the preamble then the forwarding user will not have the option of entering a personal message i e there will not be a personal message included in the preamble of the forwarded message If the UserMessage drop in is present then the forwarding user will have the option of entering a personal message but this personal message is optional If a personal message is entered then it will be used to replace the system drop in If a personal message is not entered then the system drop in will simply be r
75. Merge Fields and Conditional Blocks Figure 5 21 Recipients Details for Maestro Selects from a Database with Additional Recipient Data Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Recipients Details Summary lt Next gt exl Recipients Details The system now knows how to separate the recipients file into columns Select the columns in the recipient data containing the e mail address and name Usage of Recipients Data amp Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking C Ignore additional recipient data and send job as bulk e mail No mail merging possible only blind tracking possible Recipient Identification Columns Select the columns that identify the recipients e mail address and name E mail Column Email 7 Name Column Select j optional Header Defini Email Model_num City Zoe Zimmerma state erver company com 9595 Baltimore MD Yvette Yosel yvette server company com 8787 Hartford CT Xavier Xero Xavier server company com 5454 New York NY Wilfred Wonderly Wilfred server company com 9595 New York NY Vanna VonSchedule Vanna server company com 8787 Lansing MI Ursula Underhill Ursula server company com 5454 Albany NY Toby Tuttle Toby server company com 5454 Rockville MD Seth Simpson Seth server company com 9595 Buffalo NY LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 67s Section 5 Defining Recipients of an Email Job If the
76. Options Source Source Details Recipients Details Summary lt Back Next gt Recipients Source Send to LISTSERV List Information about the currently selected LISTSERV list List Name INSECT LAND Insect World Discussion Group 7 id Select poe BASEBALL TALK Open discussion list for baseball ble _ BASKET TALK Open discussion list for basketball Send jdBIO TALK BACK Open discussion list for the Biology Dep No boul FOOTBALL TALK Discussion of all things football Standa INSECT LAND Insect World Discussion Group blind tracking possible LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 48 Section 5 Defining Recipients of an Email Job 5 2 3 Source Details The Source Details screen will become active if the selected LISTSERV list has topics defined and the Send job as standard list message to list members option is selected It will also become active if the Send job as special list message option is selected as the message type for the job No Source Details screen will open if the selected list has no topics and the message is sent as a standard list message to list members 5 2 3 1 LISTSERV Topics LISTSERV lists often use sub groups within the list to give subscribers the opportunity to receive only the posts to the list that pertain to the topics they are most interested in reading about Sub groups are created in LISTSERV by defining the keyword topics in the list header L
77. Select if the current filter will be active or inactive If the filter is set to active then only jobs that fulfill the filter condition will be displayed in the list Define the active filter condition as follows Job ID starts with or Full Job ID starts with Enter a text string that is used as starts with filter for the job ID Only jobs where the job ID or the full job ID including the ID prefix starts with the given text will be included Whether or not the job ID or the full job ID will be used for filtering is determined by your preference setting for job ID prefix If the prefix is included in the job list then this filter will be applied to the full job ID including the prefix as it is displayed in the job list If the job ID prefix is not included then this filter will only apply to the bare job ID without the prefix Leave this field empty if you do not want to filter over the job ID Job Title contains Enter a text string that is used as a contains filter for the job title Only jobs where the job title contains the given text string case sensitive will be included Leave empty if you do not want to filter over the job title Date Time of Sending Enter a From and or a To date and time in the displayed format to define a time range filter If only a From date time is entered only jobs where the date time is the given date time or later will be included If only a To date time is entered only jobs where th
78. Subject Body Plain Text O HTML Plain Text Attachments LSoftLogo gif 3 202 Bytes delete download Maestro3 0 NewFeatures doc 602 112 Bytes delete download Add Attachment LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 94 Section 6 Defining amp Editing the Message for an Email Job Click Add Attachment to browse for a file from a local drive When content from one job is copied to another job attachments are copied as part of the message content To delete an attachment click the delete link next that particular attachment To download an attachment to a local drive click the download link jt Note Any type of file can be included as an attachment to an email message There is W no limit to the number of files that can be attached to a message but there may be a limit to the size of each attachment set by the system administrator Large attachments or numerous attachments can slow down the delivery of the message and use up bandwidth Recipients with slower connections may have a negative reaction to the message if they have to download large or numerous attachments Consider using a link to the information instead of an attachment That way processing time is faster less bandwidth is used and the link can be tracked 6 8 Setting the Language Character Set A character set also called charset character encoding code page or character page is a table that matches numbers the digital in
79. Tab for the Event Details Option 197 Example of the Recipients Distribution Over Time Report 199 Example of the Recipients Per Job in Period Report 200 The Show Settings Section on a Report 200 The Select Display Period Screen 201 Delivered Recipients Statistics Report with Job ID 204 Events Distributed Over Time Report Variations 205 Example of the Sum of Events Report 208 Change View Settings for Sum of Events Report 209 Applying Column Changes to the Recipient Details Report 210 Changing the Order of the Report Data 211 Changing the Data Source for the Recipient Details Report 211 Download Report Results Screen 212 Sample of the Event Details Report 214 Installing Tracker Add In 216 Browse for Add In File 217 New Excel Tool Bar Button 217 Using Tracker Add In with Excel Import 218 Example Excel Graph Event Distribution Over Time
80. Text Mail option and click OK to return the Define Message screen Figure 6 8 Creating a Plain Text Message Message Content Type Settings Please define the content type of the message The message can either be a HTML message or a plain text message In case of a HTML message you can also choose to include a plain text alternative This alternative may allow recipients whose e mail program can not display HTML messages correctly to still read your message AZ HTML Mail n ur a day 48 Include plain text alternative For editing of the HTML content use the following editor mode HTML source code editor text editor Visual HTML editor WYSIWYG Note The visual HTML editor will parse and rewrite the HTML code which may introduce changes to the code when you first switch to this mode Only enable the visual HTML editor if this rewriting of the HTML code is acceptable Plain Text Mail On the Plain Text tab type in the text box or click Upload Plain Text to upload a text file If drop in content has been enabled the Plain Text Preview tab will appear Click on this tab to see what the drop in content elements look like within the body of the message Tip Uploading a file composed in a word processing program can be beneficial because itis possible to use spelling and grammar checkers Just be sure to save the file as text not in the word processor format Click OK when f
81. The settings from the existing job can always be edited to suit the new job Once you re finished selecting your job setting press OK to continue or Cancel to return to the previous screen If you pressed OK then the Job Details screen opens See the following section for more information on defining your job details LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 30 Section 4 Using LISTSERV Maestro to Define an Email Job lists For example a monthly newsletter would change its message each month but would be sent to the same recipient list Or a new product announcement could contain the same message but be sent to different recipient lists 4 1 1 Advanced Options To display the advanced options click the Show Advanced Options link to hide them again you can click the Hide Advanced Options link Start New Job Job Title Tip Copying an existing job save time and effort by reusing messages and recipients Figure 4 2 Advanced Options for Starting a New Job Job ID Prefix Prefix for the system generated job ID Delivery Notification After delivery a notification e mail is sent to the following addresses optional The first address will also be used as the From address of the notification e mail Authorization Due By Date mm dd yyyy Time hh mm Time zone to be applied to the date and time specified above Use my local time zone Note Leave the date and time fi
82. Total Events section is available select one of these options to define if unique events or all events are counted Count only events that are unique for each recipient If the same recipient generates the same event several times then it will only be counted once e Count all events All events are counted whether they are generated by the same recipient or by different recipients If the Interval Size section is available select one of these options to define how many events will be grouped in each interval Events per hour Each interval will count the events collected during a given hour Events per day Each interval will count the events collected during a given day Events per week Each interval will count the events collected during a given week Note With small intervals the curve will be smoother because there more intervals wW to display However using more intervals will mean that the calculation of the report will take longer If the Result Accumulation section is available select one of these options to define whether or not values should accumulate from one interval to the next No accumulation Each interval will only show the events counted from the beginning of the interval to its end This means that the curve will rise and fall depending on the event occurrence during each interval Accumulate interval values Each interval will show the accumulated number of events coun
83. Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking C Ignore additional recipient data and send job as bulk e mail No mail merging possible only blind tracking possible Recipient Identification Columns Select the columns that identify the recipients e mail address and name E mail Column Email Name Column Header Defini Email Model_num City Zoe Zimmerma State rver company com 9595 Baltimore MD Yvette Yosel yvette server company com 8787 Hartford GT Xavier Xero Xavier server company com 5454 New York NY Wilfred Wonderly Wilfred server company com 9595 New York NY Vanna VonSchedule Vanna server company com 8787 Lansing MI Ursula Underhill Ursula server company com 5454 Albany NY Toby Tuttle Toby server company com 5454 Rockville MD Seth Simpson Seth server company com 9595 Buffalo NY 5 3 5 Summary The Summary screen will display the selection made for the current job including the original job the selected recipients the time period the special purpose columns anda sample of recipients from the original job 5 4 Use Recipients Definition from Job This recipient definition transfers all the data and settings from a previous job to the new job The recipient definition from any job that has already had the recipients defined can be used as a template for the new job the copied job does not have to have been delivered Using this option can save time by reusing an a
84. a timestamp and the list shows the newest entries first The Open Job Journal can be accessed by selecting a job from the Open Jobs screen clicking on the Mail Job menu and then selecting Job Journal Figure 10 4 The Open Job Journal Job Journal All previously collected events in the selected job s history Back to Job Details Page Date Time Job Part all BI Ai Jul 9 2008 05 12 17 PM holly Recipients Definition Changed Jul 9 2008 05 12 15 PM holly Job Info Job created LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 156 Section 10 Open Jobs If the job began its life as a copy from another job that still exists in the system then the job creation history entry contains a shortcut link to this job Click this View journal for job JOB ID link to open the journal of the source job To restrict the list to events triggered by a certain user and or changes performed to a certain job part simply choose the appropriate options from the User and Job Part drop down menus at the top of the list LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 157 Section 10 Open Jobs LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 158 Section 11 Ongoing Jobs he Ongoing Jobs screen is a repository of email jobs that have been authorized for delivery To access this screen perform one of the following actions From the Toolbar click Mail Job gt Ongoing Jobs
85. a aedes RI EE ened bees 277 18 5 40 HTMLEncode hh 277 18 52 TT IrideXOT cues aa ee 278 18 5 12 EastlndexOT ew Ea rae a E RS o nea Qa ORTI a 278 18 513 Lengi ge ru dme ru E de qe tdi re at 279 18 5 t4 Matches iss eee ooo oae a a a EMO REE BG RR de x eR 4 279 18 5 15 Replace Text i er rre eee Cored IRURE ORE A eee a 279 18 5 16 Substring iiis she ee RR VERRE RAE ROMPE Rave RR ARR ERE RE 280 18 5 17 Starts With coa e eet e FC LO eC A KORR EUR 280 18 5 18 TOEOWOE ike eh beet rem EUR Geet MeN Ts bae ne 281 18 5 19 TOUDDOT is Es eo due eee Rotor e aoa doe c e RC et 281 18 59 20 THM Paises noce eo CR Le ee ux Rune nae ea eee a Mere Mit ts DU PD ES 281 18 5 21 U RLEncode measan cette ree max eue RR n bk gone eel 282 Did A 282 18 5 23 COUNE c 283 NES 24 Ms CC 283 18 5 25 SetOT Ii ite dyes eae ET Paleo dade ne ee che eee 283 18 5 26 SetlOString Yee Nadas lind 284 18 5 27 SetToStringWithMaxLen 286 18 5 28 CurrentMIllis 2 acne aed dete dnt qa o ed aia aad edd V o ee 287 18 5 29 IsDate cR eed RE Nu ER Rau us ee ADR 287 18 5 30 SubscribeTimeMillis
86. add in Functions integrated in XL 3 A file selection screen opens Navigate to the folder where the downloaded file was saved and then click OK LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 216 Section 13 Tracking Reports 4 The Add Ins screen reopens There will now be an entry for the LISTSERV Maestro add in Importtrackerstatistics which should already have a check mark in front of it if not check the box Click OK to install the add in Figure 13 29 Browse for Add In File Lookin C3 Addins m To 18 ImportTrackerStatistics xla Favorites File name Files of type add ins xla xll new toolbar icon that looks like two footprints will appear in the Excel toolbar This icon will start the LISTSERV Maestro data import Figure 13 30 New Excel Tool Bar Button El Microsoft Excel Book1 Ele Edt View Insert Format Tools Data Window Help 13 11 3 Using the LISTSERV Maestro Excel Add In Download the data to be imported into Excel The data is downloaded in a compressed ZIP file open this file There are at least two files contained inside readme txt another file named for the type of data downloaded and optionally additionalStatistics txt Extract the text files and save them on a local drive The readme txt file contains a summary of the report type and other information The additionalStatistics txt file contains any additiona
87. be evenly split between all of the variant jobs and each variant job will then be delivered to its recipient share If tracking is defined for the variant jobs then the tracking results can later be used to assess the success of each variant job in comparison to the other variants These results give you valuable insight into which kind of content has the most impact and which should be used to optimize future jobs The A B Split Job Details screen lets you access the details of an A B split job so that you can view and edit the various job parts and variant jobs if applicable Figure 4 3 A B Split Job Details A B Split Job Details A B Split Job Edit ID 070702A Title AB Split Job Type Standard A B Split Category 2 Recipients Edit Recipients Information lt no recipients defined gt Open Job ID Job Title Content Tracking Sender Test 070702A A Split Job x 070702 Split Job 9 Xx Add Variant Job Delivery Edit Delivery Settings no delivery settings defined Each section of this screen contains information pertinent to the job along with its status If each section is successfully fulfilled then a green shield is shown To enter or change job information simply click the Edit link associated with that section The following sections need to be completed before delivery can be authorized LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 33 Section 4
88. date and time relative to a selected time zone 8 2 4 2 Defining for A B Split Jobs with Sampling On the A B Split Job Details screen click the Edit link in the A B Split Job section The Change A B Split Job Information screen opens In the Advanced Settings section click on the Sampling Variant Job Delivery drop down menu and select Individual delivery settings for each sampling variant job Figure 8 11 Setting Individual Delivery Settings for Each Sampling Variant Job Change A B Split Job Information General Settings Job Title A B Split Job with Sampling Job Category No Category Define New Category Job ID Prefix pum placed before the system generated Job ID Job Type A B Split Job with Sampling 75 Recipients Reserved for Main Job Minimum percentage of the total recipients reserved for the main variant job Recipients Limit per Sampling Job 1000 Maximum number of recipients used for every individual sampling variant job Advanced Settings Sampling Variant Job Delivery Individual delivery settings for each sampling variant job Delivery Notification Deliver all sampling variant jobs at the same time bs optional Individual delivery settings for each sampling variant job tification e mail Sampling Jobs Authorization Due By Date mm dd yyyy Time hh mm Main Job Authorization Due By Date mm dd yyyy Time hh mm Time zone to be applied to the dat
89. different delivery times for each variant which gives you the ability to test these times as well For details see Section 8 2 4 Scheduling Different Delivery Times for Each A B Split Job Variant Using the New Report Data Source Wizard Defining a data source for a report is now more streamlined and user friendly In addition including the new Action Events and Forward to a Friend Events is now easily done with just a few clicks For details see Section 13 1 2 Adding a Data Source Using the Updated Recipients Details Report The Recipient Details Report has been improved and is now more user friendly For details see Section 13 9 Recipients Details Reports In addition the Reports tab on the Completed Jobs tab has also been streamlined For details see Section 12 5 Completed Job Reports Using the New Calc Features When using formulas several new functions are now available to you For details see Section 18 Calculation Formulas For details on how this feature effects multiple selection fields see Section 15 3 1 5 Multiple Selection Fields and Section 16 Multiple Selection Fields LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual XX Section 1 Introduction to LISTSERV Maestro allows users to easily create and send personalized email messages using a web D esigned specifically to work with LISTSERV 15 6 or later LISTSERV Maestro interface Incorporated into this powerful tool is a hosting component collectin
90. does not necessarily need to have the same operating system as the LISTSERV Maestro server For example a Linux client can be used to access LISTSERV Maestro on a Windows server and vice versa It is important to note that recipients of email being tracked by LISTSERV Maestro may use whatever browser they wish to access the URLs contained in the message Tracking occurs no matter what browser is used by email recipients LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual Section 1 Introduction to LISTSERV Maestro 1 2 Accessing LISTSERV Maestro Once the system administrator has installed the program and created user accounts set a compatible browser to http Your_Maestro_Host 1ui Click on the Start LISTSERV Maestro Session link The Login Screen opens Figure 1 1 LISTSERV Maestro Login Screen no A user name and password are required in order to login and access the program If an account is a member of a group the group name will also be required at login Enter user name password and group if required and then click the Login button User names and groups are not case sensitive Passwords are case sensitive and must have a minimum of five characters LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual Section 1 Introduction to LISTSERV Maestro LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual Section 2 Understanding the LISTSERV Maestro Interface characterizing the various parts of an email job
91. eels User s Manual Section 5 Defining Recipients of an Email Job Figure 5 16 Recipients Details for Uploaded text File with Additional Recipient Data Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Recipients Details Summary Recipients Details The system now knows how to separate the recipients file into columns Select the columns in the recipient data containing the e mail address and name Usage of Recipients Data Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking Ignore additional recipient data and send job as bulk e mail No mail merging possible only blind tracking possible Recipient Identification Columns Select the column that identifies the recipient s e mail address and enter the name and address that will appear in the To header E mail Column Select To header information that will be used for all recipients Address Name optional Header Definition EMAIL Anna maestro demo lsoft com Anchor 03 17 1972 Bob maestro demo lsoft com Bob Bouchard 03 31 1981 Chuck maestro demo lsoft com Chuck Cho 7 15 1983 Darren maestro demo lsoft com Darren Donagel 6 8 1960 FNAME LNAME Evelynimaestro demo Isoft com Evelyn Eavensong 03 17 1950 Frank maestro demo lsoft com Frank Fortuna 2 10 1964 Gina maestro demo soft com Gina Gallino 04 10 1982 Hilda maestro demo lsoft com Hilda Hines 2 7 1972 Ines m
92. file To download click the download icon at the top right of the tab 12 4 1 Viewing Bounce Details From the Summary tab of the Completed Job Details screen it is possible to update the bounce count and generate a graphical representation of the number and type of bounces for the job Click on the View bounce details link to open the Bounce Details screen The Bounce Details report is comprised of color coded bars that represent the number and type of bounces The top bar displays the total number of al bounces The bars below represent the total number of bounces divided into different bounce types Bounce types are based on RFC error codes that define the characteristics of why the message bounced The codes are documented in RFC 1893 Enhanced Mail System Status Codes LISTSERV Maestro groups bounces into types based on the codes specified in this RFC The group types LISTSERV Maestro uses are Unknown delivery errors RFC 1893 4 0 x and 5 0 x All otherwise unspecified errors Address related errors RFC 1893 4 1 x and 5 1 x Includes errors like Unknown user at host or Unknown host Recipient mailbox related errors RFC 1893 4 2 x and 5 2 x Includes errors like Recipients mailbox full Mailbox disabled or Mail too large Mail system related errors RFC 1893 4 3 x and 5 3 x Includes errors like Mail system full or Message too big for system Network related errors RFC 1893 4 4 x and 5 4 x Includes
93. information see the Administrator s Manual Personal Tracking Records open up and click through events traceable to the individual who triggered them Very specific information can be gathered about an individual s interaction with a message such as how many times a link has been clicked This data can be augmented with information from the database the recipient data was extracted from Personal tracking is available For recipients uploaded from a text file when the Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking option is selected on the Recipients Details screen of the Define Recipients wizard For recipients selected from a database by LISTSERV Maestro when the Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking option is selected on the Recipients Details screen of the Define Recipients wizard LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 111 Section 7 Tracking For recipients defined by a LISTSERV list and the special list message option is selected on the Source screen of the Define Recipients wizard For recipients defined by a database selected by LISTSERV For recipients defined as Based on Reaction to a Previous Job which is selected on the Options screen of the Define Recipients wizard For recipients defined by a LISTSERV list with the standard list message option selected on the Source screen of the Define Recipients wizard and mail merge selected for the LISTSERV list
94. input fields mm dd yyyy Time Format Specifiy the format that will be used for display separator Specifiy the format that will be used for input fields hh mm Number Format Specifiy the format that will be used for display Number format of your Locale 1 234 567 89 Display From each drop down menu select the tab that will be at the front i e active when the screen is initially opened Figure 3 2 The Display Preferences Screen Display Preferences Set your individual display preferences Default displayed tab for pages that have multiple tabs Open Job Page Workflow Edit HTML ContentPage HTML Preview View HTML Content Page HTML Preview v Job ID Prefix Display O Show the job ID prefix in all job lists LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 223 Section 3 User Preferences 3 2 Mail Jobs Preferences The following options are available to you in order to customize new mail jobs New Mail Job Set the preferences for defining a new job including the default Job ID Prefix the default delivery notification and the default Team Collaboration settings Figure 3 3 The Job Definition Preferences Screen Job Definition Preferences Set your individual job definition preferences Default Job ID Prefix Let the system use the last prefix Use the following prefix _ Defaul
95. job Select Team Member Recipients see Tracking Scheduling Testing Delivery francoise v jht E L1 mge v v v v raw M L1 v wateami v v v v wateam2 E wateam3 L1 L1 LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 39 Section 4 Using LISTSERV Maestro to Define an Email Job with expertise in those aspects will help to ensure an effective message is sent to the right recipients and useful tracking data is collected For example a company wants to send new product information to clients and find out which clients opened certain links contained in the message A team would be assembled to send out this message The project leader would initiate the job in LISTSERV Maestro and become the job owner The job owner would enlist an HTML expert to create the content of an HTML message a marketing expert to determine the recipients of this message and an analyst to decide the types of information to be tracked for a company report Tip Separating responsibilities for different aspects of email job to team members LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 40 Section 5 Defining Recipients of an Email Job message Generating a recipient definition is a multi step process The steps are contained in the Define Recipients wizard which guides the account holder throu
96. job as a constant reference value to the report Number of Bounced Messages Another constant reference value is added to the report This value shows the number of messages that were sent with the job but were detected as bounces See About Bounces below Number of Unbounced Messages This constant reference value shows the number of messages that were sent with the job and were not detected as bounces If the job is part of an auto repeat sequence and the report should total all of the data over all of the jobs run in the sequence so far then check the Include all auto repeat instances of this job in the report option Uncheck this option to generate a report for a single run Once you ve selected a report type a source data type and any additional statistics using the option buttons Click OK to continue A report will be generated based on your selections For a more detailed report or to edit the report click the Go to the edit page of this report link Located at the bottom right side of the report are four icons Each icon opens a screen with different functions and options The currently selected icon will be highlighted with a blue border Icons that are unavailable will appear grayed out These icons appear on all test report quick report and regular report pages Table 12 1 Delivered Jobs Report Icons View Report Displays the currently selected report with the latest report options Download Report
97. manage datasets lookup tables and target groups You can also edit the bounce process settings for the warehouse The options available vary depending on where you are in the application and what function you are performing The possible options are New Dataset Create new recipient dataset Datasets Display a list of currently available recipient datasets Datasets amp Lookup Tables Display the administrator s page for recipient datasets and lookup tables LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual Section 2 Understanding the LISTSERV Maestro Interface New Lookup Table Create a new lookup table Lookup Tables Display the list of currently available lookup tables New Recipient Target Group Create a new target group using one of the following options O Based on Dataset Create a new target group that is based on a recipient dataset Based on Hosted Recipient List Create a new target group that is based on a hosted recipient list Based on Hosted or Standard LISTSERV List Create a new target group that is based on a classic LISTSERV list Based on Uploaded Text File Create a new target group that is based on an uploaded text file CSV file Based on Database Access by LISTSERV Maestro Create a new target group based on a database accessed by LISTSERV Maestro Based on Database Access by LISTSERV Create a new target group based on a databa
98. merging is going to be used in the message enter the names for the columns of data that will be used as merged fields in the Merge Columns text box one name per row In order to function correctly the names of the columns entered here must be the exact names used in the database Figure 5 25 Recipient Details for LISTSERV Selects Recipients from a Database Define Recipients Options Source t Recipients Details Recipients Details Specify the names of the recipient identification and additional merge columns Recipient Identification Columns Supply the names of the columns that identify the recipient s e mail address and name E mail Column Name Column _ optional Additional Merge Columns The e mail column will be available as a merge field with the name TO the name column if any as a merge field with the name defined above Enter the names of the additional columns that will be used for mail merging one per row Merge Columns optional 5 7 5 Summary The Summary screen lists all the selections made in the Define Recipients wizard The sample recipient list will not show for a LISTSERV selected database because LISTSERV Maestro has no direct connection to the database and cannot obtain that LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 2725 Section 5 Defining Recipients of an Email Job information Any problems with the query statement or the column names will not be detectable until a deliver
99. missing visual feedback of your input To edit using the new HTML Editor which uses a visual editor in WYSIWYG style select Visual HTML Editor The advantage is the direct visual feedback of your input the disadvantage is that you have less control over the HTML code that is produced LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 88 Section 6 Defining amp Editing the Message for an Email Job Figure 6 9 Creating an HTML Message Message Content Type Settings Please define the content type of the message The message can either be a HTML message or a plain text message In case of a HTML message you can also choose to include a plain text alternative This alternative may allow recipients whose e mail program can not display HTML messages correctly to still read your message Asa t9 9 HTML Mail 25188 C Include plain text alternative For editing of the HTML content use the following editor mode HTML source code editor text editor Visual HTML editor WYSIWYG Note The visual HTML editor will parse and rewrite the HTML code which may introduce changes to the code when you first switch to this mode Only enable the visual HTML editor if this rewriting of the HTML code is acceptable Plain Text Mail Preferences Mail Jobs then Content The Content Preferences screen opens From here select the Use visual HTML editor option If you want to enable the HTML Editor Toolbar then s
100. nesting 256 syntax 255 testing 258 using in an email message 97 255 creating 186 D Dashboard adding reports 19 copying 20 creating from scratch 20 LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 331 User s Manual creating multiple 20 Current and Upcoming Deliveries section 16 Currently in the System section 15 completed jobs 15 directly distributed recipients 15 hosted lists 15 hosted recipients 15 ongoing jobs 15 open jobs 15 postings to LISTSERV lists 15 remaining quota 15 reports 15 tracking events 15 deleting 22 hiding showing sections 18 introduction 15 Jobs Due Next section 16 managing reports 18 Recent Deliveries section 16 Recently Visited section 15 refreshing the data 17 renaming 17 renaming reports 19 re organizing the reports 19 switching 21 viewing additional report details 19 Data Sources adding to a report 188 reordering for a report 193 Datasets the Recipient Warehouse 221 Defining Recipients 41 based on reaction to a previous job 49 by using recipients from another job 54 deleting duplicates 63 70 letting LISTSERV select from a database or LDAP Directory 71 selecting from a database 65 sending to a recipient target group 42 sending to an existing LISTSERV list 45 uploading a text file 55 Delivered Jobs downloading invalid recipients 172 viewing bounced details 170 Delivered Recipients Statistics 203 Delivery advanced options for a normal job 123 authorizing 142
101. normal message the message as it will look when forwarded without a user supplied preamble and the message as it will look when forwarded with a user supplied preamble If the Send additional plain text mail with alternative text option is also checked then each of these test messages will be sent in both forms This means that each test address may receive up to 6 different versions of the message Tip Email messages of a large email job will almost certainly pass through a spam filter D on their way to the intended recipients Therefore we recommend that you check the spam rating of your message from such spam filters to evaluate if your message may be classified as spam which would impede the deliverability of your message For more information see Section 9 1 1 Checking the Message for Spam Click Send Delivery Test Messages to continue Click Save amp Close to save the test recipient data but not send the test message Once the messages have been sent review the results It is usually a good idea to include the job owner and any team members in the test recipient list so test results can be viewed firsthand If the test results were not acceptable select the No option and then click OK This will prevent the job from being approved for delivery and allow any necessary changes to be made by bringing up the Job Details screen If the test results were acceptable select the Yes option and then click OK This will allow the jo
102. of Section 13 Tracking Reports Each report type has its own unique appearance and its own set of options for viewing downloading manipulating and editing These options are represented by four icons located at the bottom right side of each report Clicking on an icons lets you access the options for each report type The icon currently in use will have a highlighted border LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 197 Section 13 Tracking Reports around it Icons that are not available for a particular report type will appear grayed out and will not be clickable Table 13 1 Tracking Report Icons View Report Displays the currently selected report with the latest report options Download Report Opens the Download Report Result screen From here it is possible to download report data as a PDF or in a zipped text file 7j Change Results Settings Opens the Change View Settings for Report screen From here it is possible to change how results displayed and downloaded See Section 13 7 3 Change Result Settings or Section 13 8 3 Change Result Settings for more information Edit Report Create Report Opens the Define Report screen See Section 13 3 a Editing Reports for more information 13 2 1 Report Details Depending on the report type these additional details may also be available Report Type Distribution Over Time The report chart itself is an intera
103. one of its data sources to be included in the comparison chart So for each selected job there will always be exactly one data source that is included Each job has an associated color which is displayed as a colored margin at the left on the selection panel This color will be used to represent the selected data source of this job in the comparison chart Depending on the type of the report the data source will appear either as a colored line in a distribution over time chart or as a colored bar in a sum of events chart Use the Select All and Unselect All links at the top of the panel to quickly select or unselect all jobs in the list By choosing the right combination of selected jobs and for each job the selected data source you can build your own individual comparison chart which allows you to directly compare the data that interests you And by adding more comparison tabs you can create several of these comparison charts You can then quickly switch between these different charts by switching between the different comparison tabs For example on one comparison tab you could compare the open up data sources of several jobs while on another comparison tab you could compare the click events for a certain link that appears in several jobs or any other useful combination If you find a certain comparison chart especially useful then you can use the Create 87 Report icon at the bottom right of the comparison tab create and sa
104. open up tracking for this job Click Through Tracking The following URLs from the mail body are currently registered for tracking Alias URL No Links registered for tracking Define Tracking URLs Track All Links The Track All Links shortcut will automatically register all links in the message for tracking The Next gt button will become active and it is possible to continue to the next screen in the wizard This shortcut will not assign link aliases a means to name links for easier identification in reports See Section 7 3 2 About Link Aliases for more information LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 107 Section 7 Tracking Use Define Tracking URLs to select links for tracking and to assign aliases Once links are registered Remove All will appear Clicking this link will un register all links from tracking See Section 7 3 1 Defining Tracking URLs for more information If drop ins are enabled in the content of the message and if the content contains at least one user defined drop in not a system drop in then the Drop In Tracking tab will be displayed letting you track any trackable links that appear in the content of the drop ins Select No if you do not want to track links that appear in the drop in content Select Yes to track all trackable links that appear in the drop in content If you selected Yes then you can also define if a link alias will be assigned to these links If you choos
105. part on what is being measured and compared in tracking reports Aliases can be assigned to individuate URLs that go to the same source or to group URLs that go to different sources together under one name Aliases are also helpful when reading tracking reports In a tracking report each tracked link is labeled with its URL Many times URLs even when different from each other are not significant LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 110 Section 7 Tracking to those viewing reports By assigning an alias the tracked link is labeled with meaningful text as well as the URL Aliases are optional When aliases for tracked links are not defined LISTSERV Maestro will only be able to find the URL of the link in the tracking data This may be adequate if each URL appears only once in the email message or if there is no need to track which of several instances were clicked If the same URL appears in several links in the message it will not be possible to know which of the links was actually clicked without using aliases For example a message may have both an image link and a textual link both of which link to a company homepage When looking at the tracking data the company might like to know if more people click on the image link or on the text link To get this information mark both links for tracking and give them different aliases LISTSERV Maestro will then be able to report which of the links was clicked when reviewing
106. quotation marks are used in the replacement string they must be escaped by using them twice in succession If both the default and the more optional parameters are used together in one string the default must be used first and then more Multiple Selection Field Advanced Set Operators This set of operators allows for the creation of drop ins to personalize content for recipients based on their selections from the multiple selection field This is a complex yet very powerful tool that can be used to send specialized content to individual recipients based on their recipient data For example in a message to subscribers who selected a hobby or hobbies from the selection list hobbies a special advertisement for Hawaiian vacations for those who selected surfing as one of their choices will be included Hobbyists without surfing as a selection will not receive the ad but will receive another general advertisement This type of system drop in is based upon comparing two sets The first set of items is taken from the multiple selection list and the second set of items is created by the user The two sets two groups of items can then be compared using four different operators to see what relationship they have to one another The outcome of this comparison can be either true or false and will determine which content is dropped into which message LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 237 Section 15
107. recipients who did not do either of these In order for this option to be available all of the following conditions must be met by the previous job O Recipients were defined from an uploaded text file a database selection a target group based on one of these a target group based on a hosted recipient list or a target group based on a dataset Personal tracking was turned on e Tracking data has been received by the system All previous jobs that match these conditions will appear in the drop down menu If no jobs appear in the menu this option is not available 5 3 1 Options The first screen that opens in the Define Recipients wizard is the Options screen Select the Determine Recipients Based on Reaction to the Job option and then select a job from the drop down menu Click Next gt to proceed 5 3 2 Source The Source screen defines the conditions that potential recipients had to fulfill in the previous job to become eligible to receive the new message First decide whether to include recipients who performed an action or to exclude recipients who performed an LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 49 Section 5 Defining Recipients of an Email Job action in the follow up message Next select which actions the recipients performed opening up the message and or clicking on specific links Select the include only recipients that performed at least one of the actions below option to include all those r
108. recipients will be retrieved Now C Just before sending Once the database plugin has been selected a longer Source screen opens requiring additional information The information is required by LISTSERV Maestro in order to be able to communicate with the database Different databases require different connection information so the fields that appear on the Source screen will be different depending on the type of database being accessed If there is any question about the information required contact the data administrator or the system administrator LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 65 Section 5 Defining Recipients of an Email Job This longer version of the Source screen will automatically open skipping the shorter version if the new job is copied from a previous job with the same settings or if the user returns to the Source screen from another link in the Define Recipients wizard The wizard does not have to be completed in order to keep the plugin selected Figure 5 20 Source Screen for Define Database Connection Define Recipients ption Source Cancel lt Back Next Source Information about the recipients source in a database Database Connection Database Plugin aoa Driver Database MySQL Driver Database Plugin Database Name administrator or data Password administrator for help with these fields Database Host Name TCP IP Port SQL Statement Add a SEL
109. routing errors and errors like No answer from host or Bad connection Mail protocol related errors RFC 1893 4 5 x and 5 5 x Errors on the mail protocol level Message content related errors RFC 1893 4 6 x and 5 6 x Includes errors like Conversion failed or Conversion not supported e Security or policy related errors RFC 1893 4 7 x and 5 7 x Errors for security or mail system policy reasons like Delivery not authorized For more information on RFCs see Appendix D Email Related RFCs Use the check box adjacent to each bar to select it for download Use the drop down menu to download only those email addresses that bounced or the email addresses with the delivery failure information included Note Once a Bounce Details report is created it can be added to the Dashboard for quick access For more information see Section 2 2 2 1 Adding Reports to the Dashboard LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 170 Section 12 Completed Jobs 12 4 2 Viewing Content Details The Detailed Content Information screen lets you view the content and tracking information of an email job that has already been delivered that is currently being sent or that is authorized for sending and currently waiting for the scheduled send time To access this screen click on the View link in the Content section of the Completed Job Details screen Figure 12 5 Viewing Content Details Detailed Content Information Detai
110. s as specified The substring begins with the character in originaltext at the position specified by startindex If no is given the substring extends to the end of the original string If endindex is given the substring extends to the character at position endindex 1 i e the character at endindex is the first character that is not part of the substring Note All indices are zero based The index of the last character in the original string is w at the position length of original string minus 1 Return Type Text Arguments originaltext This argument can be of type Text and its the original text string from which the substring will be extracted e startindex This argument can be of type Number and its the beginning index inclusive zero based e endindex This argument can be of type Number and its the ending index exclusive zero based This argument is optional Examples Substring original text 5 Substring original 3 3 amp VALUE StartsWith StartsWith text prefix Function Checks if text starts with the given prefix i e if the first characters in text are equal to the characters in prefix Returns true if the prefix matches false if not Return Type Boolean Arguments text This argument can be of type Text and its the text string whose prefix is to be checked LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 2
111. s Manual STs Section 6 Defining amp Editing the Message for an Email Job Figure 6 5 Enabling Forward to a Friend Forward to a Friend Settings Enable or disable the forward to a friend feature for the job Disable forward to a friend for this job 9 Enable forward to a friend for this job The forward to a friend feature can only be used if the following settings are all configured as described me The recipients of the mail job must be defined to be of the type Target Group where 67 the target group in turn is based on a hosted recipients list 2 Drop In usage must be enabled and each content part must contain at least one appearance of the special system drop in ForwardToFriendURL This system drop in will be replaced with a URL to the Forward to a Friend page A preamble must be defined which will be included at the very top of each forwarded 2 mail but not in the original mailings This preamble is supposed to inform each forward recipient about the nature of the message he has just received and that it was forward to him on behalf of another user A After enabling this feature you will need to make sure that the conditions described on the screen are correctly met and the settings are configured accordingly If a condition is not met then the Orange Circle icon appears next to it When a condition is met then iz the Green Shield with a Checkmark icon appears next to it The followin
112. s name and you want all replies from recipients to go to the manager address of the department the recipient belongs to then you would fill out the Reply To Address field with the following text manager amp DEPARTMENT 2company com Important It is critically important that the sender and reply to addresses resolve into A authentic Internet email addresses when the merge fields have been replaced with corresponding data Failing to provide a valid working Internet email address violates the law in certain countries It will also disable the reply functionality of the email hurting the reputation of the sender The user must verify that merged addresses are valid LISTSERV Maestro cannot accomplish this See Section 6 9 Merge Fields and Conditional Blocks for more information on using merged fields See the online help for examples of using this feature to personalize sender information 2 See Appendix G Tips for Creating a Successful Email Marketing Campaign for more tips on preserving your organization s reputation LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 229 Section 15 Utilities 15 3 Creating and Managing Drop In Content Elements To open the Manage Drop In Content Elements screen click on Utility gt Drop Ins Figure 15 5 The Manage Drop In Content Elements Screen Manage Drop In Content Elements All defined drop in content elements for your account Click on a drop in element to edit delete
113. same manner as the recipient s email client usually displays attachments and the recipient may chose to open and read the content of this attachment Therefore when writing the abstract you should remember that both RSS feed readers and normal subscribers may read this text The attached plain text file will be encoded using the same character encoding language setting that will be used for the main body of the message Because of this make sure that all characters in the abstract are able to be displayed in the language setting that was chosen for the main message Also if you selected one of the determine language setting automatically options for the main message then this auto detect process will not include the text in the abstract This means that the language detection will process only the main message and the setting that was determined by this will also be applied to the abstract LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 103 Section 6 Defining amp Editing the Message for an Email Job LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 104 Section 7 Tracking understanding how recipients respond to messages when messages accessed and what types of recipients are actually seeing messages By understanding the types of recipients who are opening messages when they are opening them and whether they are clicking on links contained in them senders can precisely tailor future m
114. see Section 19 Action Tracking 7 Check any of the following options to have additional statistics appear in the report Number of Sent Messages This option adds the number of messages that were sent with the job as a constant reference value to the report Number of Bounced Messages Another constant reference value is added to the report This value shows the number of messages that were sent with the job but were detected as bounces See About Bounces below Number of Unbounced Messages This constant reference value shows the number of messages that were sent with the job and were not detected as bounces 8 Once you have finished defining the report s settings click OK to run the report 12 7 2 The Job Reports Tab The Job Comparison Report is displayed and initially it contains only the Job Reports tab which contains the individual reports for all included jobs The Job Reports Tab displays the individual reports of all included jobs in the comparison report Only one individual report is displayed at a time Select the job for which you want to display the individual report from the Show report for job drop down menu at the top of the tab The displayed report is similar to the normal report that can be displayed for a completed job via the Reports tab on the job s Completed Job Details screen see Section 12 5 Completed Job Reports for details on this tab For details about how to interpret the report see the onlin
115. sent and if for a data source 150 events have been counted then the line length for that data source will be 50 because 150 is 50 of 300 Percentage of total number of unbounced messages sent Displays percentages in relation to the total number of messages sent that have not been bounced yet For example if 300 messages were sent and 50 bounced there would be 250 unbounced messages And if 150 events have been counted then the bar length for that data source will be 6096 because 150 is 6096 of 250 Unique or Total Events Select whether to count all events that are tracked or only unique events triggered by recipients Count only events unique for each recipient For each recipient only one event of each type is counted For example if open up and click through events are being tracked and a recipient opened the message twice and clicked on the same link three times only two events would be counted This method of counting is recommended when one of the percentage result calculations is selected Count all events For each recipient all triggered events are counted Using the example above five events would be counted using the Count all events option Figure 13 22 Change View Settings for Sum of Events Report Report Sum of Events Count Unique Events Change View Settings for Report Report of type Sum Over Number of Events during the Time Period To modify the display of the report and the f
116. single event of each type for each recipient Recommended when one of the percentage result calculations has been selected This chart will register 0 zero events if blind tracking has been selected for the tracking type during the tracking definition because blind tracking cannot count any event as unique Count all events Plots all events triggered for each recipient and is available for blind tracking Figure 13 12 Result Settings Tab for the Sum of Events Option General Settings Data Sources Result Settings Result Type Event distribution over time Sum of events Recipient details Event details Result Calculation Defines how the result shown as the length of the bars in the graph is calculated Total number of events Percentage of total number of messages sent Percentage of total number of unbounced messages sent Unique or Total Events Defines if unique events or if all events are counted 9 Count only events unique for each recipient Count all events LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 196 Section 13 Tracking Reports 13 1 3 3 Result Settings for Recipient Details The Recipient details option is only used for personal or anonymously tracked jobs because this report type is linked to recipient profile data This report type displays a multi frame table that lists each data source and the profile field columns from the recipient definition You must then down
117. that the search in text will not start at the beginning of text but at the character position specified by startindex Return Type Number Arguments text This argument can be of type Text and its the text string to search in e searchfortext This argument can be of type Text and its the string to search for e startindex This argument be of type Number and its the character position at which the search will be started If not given the search will always start at the first character index 0 This argument is optional Examples IndexOf a longer text lo IndexOf abc def abc def abc 4 LastindexOf LastIndexOf text searchfortext startindex Function Searches for an occurrence of the text searchfortext in the given text starting at the end of text Returns the zero based index of the last occurrence of searchtext or 1 if none was found Optionally a zero based startindex can be specified with the effect that the search in text will not start at the end of text but at the character position specified by startindex and then proceed towards the start of text Return Type Number Arguments text This argument can be of type Text and its the text string to search in searchfortext This argument can be of type Text and its the string to search for e startindex This argument can be of type Number and its the character position at which the search
118. the To header for all recipients Normally the To header will contain the recipient s address and optionally also his name so that for each recipients an individual To header is used If a sender override for the To header is defined the same value will be used for all recipients The value you specify will be used without any changes i e you have to make sure to provide a value that is valid for the To header following the MIME header rules LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 227 Section 15 Utilities Note The To header override is ignored if the recipients type is Send to an Existing LISTSERV list of the type Send job as standard list message to list members X Headers This allows you to define additional sender defined mail headers following the X Header convention as described in RFC822 Enter the header name including the leading X which is mandatory in the X Header Name column and the text for that header into the X Header Text column The additional headers will be added to the end of the header part of the email just before the actual message content They will be added in the order you enter them here Rows where both the name and the text columns are empty are ignored therefore to remove a certain header simply click the Clear Row link of the corresponding row If you need more rows than are currently visible click the Add Row link To enable DomainKeys
119. the report allows for the selection of encoding for downloading the data and allows for the selection of the time zone to reference the downloaded data Click the download link to download the raw data to a local drive Raw data can be used in Microsoft Excel or third party statistical analysis software to create detailed reports Event detail reports are available for personal anonymous unique and blind tracking jobs Next select the source data for the report type Each data source will create a line or bar on the chart There are up to five choices depending on the type of message Plain Text or HTML as well as the tracking events defined in the message Open Up events This option charts all the open up events for a job It is only available for HTML messages Click Through events all links bundled This option bundles all click through events together into one variable charted on the report For example if three links were being tracked in a message they would appear as one line or bar on the chart e Click Through events all links separate This option creates separate variables for each click through event that is tracked For example if three links were being tracked in a message each of the three links would appear as a separate line or bar on the chart Open Up and Click Through events all links bundled This option puts all the open up events into one variable and all the click through events int
120. the URL ftp myhost dornain corn becomes ftp username password myhost domain com In the Name field enter a name that will serve as the placeholder in the message Next select either Plain Text or HTML Text for the format of the drop in In the URL field enter the URL Finally click the File Encoding drop down menu and select the type of file encoding Click the Test URL link to test the new URL Click OK to save the new drop in content element Click Cancel to discard any changes and return to the Manage Drop In Content Elements screen Click Delete to delete the drop in Database The content of this type of drop in element is queried from a database The database connection settings and the SQL statement are defined here See the LISTSERV Maestro Administrator s Guide or the system administrator for more information In the Name field enter a name that will serve as the placeholder in the message Next select either Plain Text or HTML Text for the format of the drop in Click the Database Plugin drop down menu and select the database plugin Finally in the SQL Statement field enter a SQL statement Click the Test SQL Statement link to test the new SQL statement LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 232 Section 15 Utilities Click OK to save the new drop in content element Click Cancel to discard any changes and return to the Manage Drop In Content Elements screen Click Delete to de
121. the field value for the current recipient or if that value is undefined or empty it will be replaced with the given default Next the result of the formula is calculated for that recipient To be able to do this calculation the expression s type is determined just like for standard merge field expressions LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 265 Section 18 Calculation Formulas In addition if the field s value is empty or undefined the type will be determined by the type of the given default Therefore make sure that the type of the default matches the field s type or is at least convertible to that type Special Note for Datasets and Hosted Recipient Lists If the formula is used in we the condition tree of a Dataset or Hosted Recipient List target group or in a Calc system drop in together with recipients based on such a target group then only profile fields of type Number or Text can be used in an optional merge field expression and also only if that field is actually defined as optional For fields of other types or for fields that are defined as mandatory use the standard merge field expression instead see previous section 18 3 6 Function Expressions Restriction Functions can usually be used in any formula However there may be individual restrictions that apply only to certain functions See the function descriptions for details Type The type depends on each function See
122. the selections of a certain subscriber could actually have the same secondary value And since the return value of the function is a set for multiple select and a set contains each element only once those selections will result in only one entry in the resulting set Restriction Can only be used in the derivation rule formula of a derived profile field or in a formula in the condition tree of a Dataset or Hosted Recipient List target group or in a Calc system drop in together with recipients based on such a target group Will not be accepted in formulas for a different recipients type Also the specified profile field must be a single or multiple select field Fields of other types will not be accepted In addition the specified secondaryColumnName must be the name of a secondary column that is defined in the lookup table on which the profile field is based Important Please remember that the secondary column is referenced in this function by name only So if you use this function in a formula anywhere and then later edit the name of the secondary column in the lookup table definition or delete the secondary column from the lookup table then this will not automatically change the formula too The effect will be that the formula becomes invalid as it now references a non existent secondary column This in turn could for example cause mail job delivery errors if the function is used in a Calc formula or in a target group condition
123. the tracking data Other examples include finding out if links at the top of a message are clicked more often than those at the bottom or if animated images motivated more people to click on a link when compared with smaller more conservative images When aliases are used to group links with different target URLs together larger comparisons can be made For example all image links in a message can be given the one alias and all text links ina message can be given another if the purpose of tracking is to determine whether people click on image links or text links more often 7 4 Types of Tracking LISTSERV Maestro supports four different levels of tracking information about email recipients Set the tracking type on the Tracking Type screen of the Tracking Definition wizard Each type of tracking will yield different data sets based on the recipient list and any database information available to the system However not all types of tracking are available for all types of recipient definitions Choose the level of tracking desired based on the kinds of information already in the system and the permission received from recipients keeping within the boundaries of what is legally allowable in the user s jurisdiction 5 Note The tracking types available for use vary per user group The system w administrator has the ability to limit what type of tracking each user or group is able to perform while tracking a LISTSERV Maestro email job For more
124. to enable DomainKeys settings are disabled Save as Profile 8 1 1 Using Merge Fields in the Sender Information Itis possible to use merge fields when entering sender information in the Email Address Sender Name and Reply To Address text boxes allowing you to create personalized values for each recipient Merge field values are limited to those provided in the recipients definition and must follow the standard format i e the field name proceeded by an ampersand amp and followed by a semi colon Important It is critically important that the sender and reply to addresses resolve into authentic Internet email addresses when the merge fields have been replaced with corresponding data Failing to provide a valid working email address violates the law in certain countries It will also disable the reply functionality of the email LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 119 Section 8 Sender and Delivery Options hurting the reputation of the sender The user must verify that merged addresses are valid LISTSERV Maestro cannot accomplish this See Section 6 9 Merge Fields and Conditional Blocks for more information on using merged fields See the online help for examples of using this feature to personalize sender information 8 1 2 Bounce Handling Bounced email email that is not accepted by the receiving mail server can be handled automatically by LISTSERV or sent to another address s
125. to save tracking definitions Track all Links Tracked links are Highlighted in yellow html home 5 http www widgets com home htm thly Newsletter from Widget Company Select Link Main Body html sneak Dear amp FULLNAME http www widgets com sneak htm Select Link Main Body Your M Thank you for your continued inte est in the Widget Company It is our pleasure to announce the new product line for Fall of 2004 YouWill be delighted with all the new features and ease of use To get a sneak peek visit To place an advance order point your browser to www order widgets now com widgets com sneak hti fect Link Text Alt S text order http widgets com order htm k t Click Select Link Alias Definition to select a URL and The link will open a new browser edit its definition in indow to the destination URL the bottom frame Define New Alias Define a new alias C Use Existing Alias Sel Use an existing alias pe Click OK to save alias definition Alias for link to URC http vwww widgaets com order htm 7 3 2 About Link Aliases A link alias gives each tracked link a special name that distinguishes it from other links even if they go to the same URL This becomes significant when viewing tracking data making it possible to discern tracking events by alias name instead of just the target URL Assigning aliases depends in
126. tree or prevent the re calculation of a derived profile field value if the function is used in the derivation rule formula of a derived field LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 292 Section 18 Calculation Formulas Therefore take care when renaming or deleting secondary lookup table columns and if necessary also edit repair any formulas that make use of such columns Return Type Text or Text Set Arguments e amp MERGE FIELD single or multiple select profile field This argument must be the name of a merge field complete with the starting amp and the closing that corresponds with a single multiple select profile field in the dataset or hosted recipient list It can not be a constant value a number text boolean or set e secondaryColumnName This argument can be of type Text It must specify the name of a secondary column in the lookup table that is associated with the specified amp MERGE FIELD Examples SecondaryValue amp FIELD NAME Phone Number 18 6 Date and Time Patterns The format of the date and time patterns must be specified for the functions ToDat e and ToMillis to convert a numerical date time value represented in milliseconds since Jan 15t 1970 00 00 00 GMT into a formatted output string or vice versa The pattern format described here applies to the formatting process when a numerical date time value is converted into a formatted text strin
127. under the constraints regarding charsets and text merging The name in the To header field will a ways be encoded with the charset that is optimal for exactly this name Users may safely write an email message in English and send it to international recipients Each recipient will see his or her name with the correct characters in the To header This means that a German recipient will correctly see umlauts a Russian will see Cyrillic and a Greek will see Greek letters under the condition that the original recipient list was in Unicode format and contained the names of the recipients with their respective international characters Just remember that with such a mixed language list of recipients merge values you should not also merge the name into the text body itself unless the text is encoded as Unicode UTF 8 as well due to of the problems described earlier When using recipients that are defined by sending to an existing LISTSERV list a hosted LISTSERV list or by letting LISTSERV select from a database then again the bytes from the name merge value will be merged into the To header correctly by LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 309 Appendix B Email and International Character Sets LISTSERV without the Maestro User Interface having a chance to encode them And because it is very improbable that the names the byte sequences representing them already contain the special MIME header encoding nec
128. use message templates that contain placeholders that when selected in the template designer will let you fill in predefined areas with your own text or images In addition all text including any changes you may make down the road will be entered into both the HTML and the text part of your message so you only need to enter the text once Each placeholder can represent one or several instances of plain text or HTML or a linked or inline binary When using the template designer you can also preview each placeholder providing a full picture of what the template will look like when it is finished MIME Stands for Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions Extensions to the Internet mail format that allow it to carry multiple types of data as attachments to email messages Multiple Selection List In hosted recipient data a field that appears as a drop down menu that allows one or more items to be selected LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 327 Glossary of Terms N O Open Up Event A trackable occurrence available with HTML email messages that records each time a message is opened by a recipient P Parse A software routine that analyzes a statement in natural or artificial language and resolves it into a form that can be understood by the computer In LISTSERV Maestro a database file exported as a text file will be parsed sorted into categories or columns of data before it can be used by the system
129. will be started If not given the search will always start at the last character index length 1 This argument is optional Examples LastIndexOf a longer text lo LastIndexOf abc def abc def abc 4 LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 278 Section 18 Calculation Formulas Length Length text Function Returns the length of the given text string the number of characters in the text Return Type Number Arguments text This argument can be of type Text and its the text whose length shall be determined Examples Length text Length a longer text Length amp FULL NAME Matches Matches text regexp Function Checks if text matches the regular expression in regexp Returns true if the text matches false if not A regular expression which can be seen as a pattern is an expression that describes a set of texts With this expression the desired set can be described without having to list all elements Therefore The Matches function actually does nothing else than to check if the given text is among the set of texts that is defined by the regular expression in regexp To be able to describe a whole set of texts with a single expression regular expressions make intensive use of special character constructs like for example wildcards quantifiers boundary matchers and others The topic of regular expressions is a very wide field For the regular expre
130. will be used for the main job LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 2355 Section 4 Using LISTSERV Maestro to Define an Email Job Recipients This section lets you define the recipients of the A B split job This section may not always be available depending on the A B split job s state When defining an A B Split Job with Sampling the following recipient definitions are acceptable Send to a Recipient Target Group Upload a Recipient Text File Select Recipients from a Database Defined from a previous job that matches one of the above recipient definitions Job List This section lets you define the variant jobs that are part of the A B split job Each variant job is displayed in a separate row with job ID job title and with four icons for the four aspects that are unique to each variant job Content Tracking Sender and Test These icons reflect the states of the corresponding workflow steps To edit a variant job click on its ID The Job Details screen opens From here simply define the message content the sender and tracking and then test the delivery Once you re done click on the job ID at the top of the screen to return to the A B Split Job Details screen T Tip From the Job Details screen you can also copy the details from a different variant job by selecting Copy Settings from Other Variant from the Mail Job menu Click the Add Variant Job link at the bottom of the list to add anot
131. with the given name e Create New Content Template Go back to the Edit Content Template screen Selected Drop In DROP IN NAME HERE Go back to the drop in with the given name Create New Drop In Go back to the Drop In Content Element screen Selected Sender Profile SENDER PROFILE NAME HERE Go back to the sender profile with the given name e Create New Sender Profile Go back to the Sender Profile screen The Preferences menu contains options for defining various user preferences The possible options are User Interface Contains options for defining preferences for the User Interface Date and Number Formats Define the date time and number preferences for the User Interface Display Define the display preferences for the User Interface Mail Jobs Contains options for defining job related preferences New Mail Job Define the preferences for a new job including the team collaboration preferences Recipients Define the preferences for the recipient definition of a job LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual sd Section 2 Understanding the LISTSERV Maestro Interface Content Define the preferences for the content definition of a job Tracking Define the preferences for the tracking definition of a job Delivery Test Define the preferences for the delivery test of a job Scheduling Define the preferences for the schedule def
132. would be company address It is possible to change the open and closed tags to other characters but the characters must not appear in the actual name of the drop in content element itself or anywhere else in the text For instance if the name of the drop in were dec header then in the default mode the drop in would appear as dec_header It would not be possible to change the open or closed tag to an underscore _ because it appears in the name of the drop in element Conversely if the actual message contains the text or then it will be necessary to select different tags to use for placeholders LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 86 Section 6 Defining amp Editing the Message for an Email Job To include a drop in content element in a message simply type the drop in element s name with the exact spelling and case and surround it with the opening and the closing tags that have been defined For a list of available drop ins click the Show Merge Fields and Drop ins link at the bottom of the text box on the HTML Code AOL Code or Text tabs Copy and paste the name of the drop in into the message to ensure the correct name and tags To define a new drop in content element see Section 15 3 Creating and Managing Drop In Content Elements 6 5 Creating Text Messages To create a plain text message with LISTSERV Maestro select the Text icon The Message Content Type screen opens Select the Plain
133. your friends Forward to a Friend Preamble Whenever a message is forwarded using the Forward to a Friend feature a special preamble is prefixed to the actual message LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 82 Section 6 Defining amp Editing the Message for an Email Job letting the recipient know that they are not the original recipient of this email but that it has been forwarded by a friend This is also important so that the recipient does not think that the email is spam Because of this the preamble is mandatory and can not be left empty The rest of the Forward to a Friend Settings screen is where you define the preamble for the forwarded message If the message is an HTML message with a text alternative then two preambles must be entered one for the HTML part which may also contain HTML code and one for the text alternative part In the preamble the following special system drop in is mandatory SenderAddress The preamble must contain at least one occurrence of this special system drop in which will be replaced during the forwarding process with the email address of the recipient who triggered the forward This drop in lets the friend recipient know who the message was from There are two more special system drop ins that are optional UserMessage This system drop in allows for the addition of a personal message when forwarding the message For more information see t
134. 00 1 00 PM equals 13 00 2 00 PM equals 14 00 3 00 PM equals 15 00 4 00 PM equals 16 00 5 00 PM equals 17 00 6 00 PM equals 18 00 7 00 PM equals 19 00 8 00 PM equals 20 00 9 00 PM equals 21 00 10 00 PM equals 22 00 11 00 PM equals 23 00 12 00 AM equals 00 00 LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 303 Appendix A 24 Hour Clock Time Conversion Table LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 304 Appendix B Email and International Character Sets bytes Bits are also the entities that are transferred from the sender s computer to the recipient s computer whenever an email message is sent Email programs take the message and convert it to bits The message is sent and the receiving email client program translates these bits back into a readable message for the recipient This process takes place seamlessly for the sender and the recipient The sender first creates a text message and the recipient receives a text message all the converting remains behind the scenes ei store all information in the form of bits or their 8 bit conglomerations In order for characters from an alphabet to be converted into bits for transmission and then converted back into the message the bits have to be arranged into sequences representing each character in the alphabet Matching the bit sequences to alphabetical char
135. 006 RAAT menarane 2001 01 00000000 2000 00 00 06 220 et at am 0 006 etant voe 2000 01 00000006 2000 00 00 00 20 menato ern 2000 09 00 04 0000 2000 00 08 04 206 006 I co 00 20 d m v xa w v no m 112 n 2001 21 50 0 2006 2064 0 50 7206 2061 41 5 0 006 Xx d OP CE 900 Ier et 50 9206 2001 2009 000 4 00 09 Goce 301 210 398 1 006 3000 01 29 10 9200 2061 41 20 13 0006 2061 41 0 1 200 SREEBSBSBSES z5 P M Dt Qut v ta Poot It is now possible to use all the regular Excel features to edit and adjust both the graph and the data table Select the Convert the current worksheet option on the main add in menu to create a new chart in the current workbook based on the data of the current worksheet 13 11 4 Removing an Existing Version of the Add In If there is an existing Import TrackerStatistics x1a file from an earlier version of LISTSERV Maestro installed on the local machine it may not work with downloaded report data from the newest version of LISTSERV Maestro The old add in file must be removed from Excel and a new one must be installed Follow the steps below to remove an old ImportTrackerStatistics xla file from Excel and install the latest version 1 Open Excel If there is an existing version of the add in t
136. 12 1 Advanced Filter Settings 0 00 0 cece eee 166 12 2 Auto Repeat Sequences in the Delivered Jobs List 167 12 3 Multiple Job Actions 0 0 5 eee 168 12 4 Completed Jobs 5 169 12 4 1 Viewing Bounce Details 170 12 4 2 Viewing Content Details 171 12 4 3 Downloading Invalid Recipients for Delivered Jobs 172 12 5 Completed Job Reports 173 LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual eJ Table of Contents 12 6 Forward to a Friend Report 0 eh 177 12 7 Using the Job Comparison 178 12 7 1 The Job Comparison Report Settings Screen 179 12 7 2 The Job Reports Tab nerin eae 181 12 7 3 The Comparison Tabs 0 0 cee n 182 12 8 The Completed Job Journal 183 Working with Reports Section 13 Tracking Reports 20s cece eee nnn 185 13 1 Creating Reports hn 186 13 1 1 General Settings 0 187 13 1 2 Adding a Data Source 188 13 1 3 Result Settings we ER RES a A ee ele
137. 1216B Sample Auto repeat job 757 Sample repeating job with random recipients For information about using the interactive report chart see Section 13 2 1 Report Details For information on the Show Settings link see Section 13 2 2 Report Settings 13 7 Event Distribution Report An Event Distribution report plots the occurrence of events open up and or click through over time A simple line graph shows the number of responses over time Time is plotted on the x axis of the chart and can be measured in intervals of hours days or weeks Events are charted on the y axis and can be measured as the number of events or as a percentage of either the total number of messages sent or the total number of unbounced messages LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 204 Section 13 Tracking Reports 13 7 1 Viewing Event Distribution Reports The View Report screen of an Event Distribution report displays the collected data in a chart format Figure 13 20 Events Distributed Over Time Report Variations Report Sample Event Distribution Report Cumulative over time From Sep 8 2007 06 30 00 PM 700 Sep 9 2007 01 00 AM to fos Mmm m come LN m Sep 9 2007 01 59 AM Accumulated values for all intervals up to and including this interval Open Up Events Stirs 573 525 ll Clicks to Online part of message Sum 500 lll Clicks to Online part of message Sum 372 Total 12
138. 2 4 Recipient Details There are no Recipient Details for LISTSERV Lists 5 2 5 Summary The Summary screen will display the LISTSERV List details and Recipient Details for the recipients of the job LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 48 Section 5 Defining Recipients of an Email Job Figure 5 7 Summary for LISTSERV Lists Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Recipients Det mmar rS Cancel Back Finish Summary Summary of the recipients information Click the Finish button to save this as a new recipients definition for the job LISTSERV List Details List Name INSECT LAND Contribution Type Send e mail as standard list message added to list archives and list digests no mail merging and bounce reporting possible and only blind tracking is supported Handling of List Topics Send only to subscribers with the following selected topics ANTS The recipients will not see the topics in the received mail Recipient Details Name Column USER NAME Mail Merge Columns no additional merge columns available 5 3 Determine Recipients Based on Reaction to a Previous Job Under the right conditions it is possible to send an email to recipients that reacted in a certain way to a previously delivered email job For example the recipients for an email job can be defined as the recipients who opened an HTML mail or clicked on a certain link or conversely those
139. 26 User s Manual Section 8 Sender and Delivery Options From this screen you can schedule the delivery of the sampling variant jobs to take place immediately after authorization once you trigger it or at a future date and time relative to a selected time zone To schedule the delivery of the Main Variant Job click on the Edit link in the Main Delivery section on the Main Variant Jobs tab The A B Split Job Delivery Settings screen opens Figure 8 8 Scheduling the Delivery of the Main Variant Job A B Split Job Delivery Settings The settings below will be applied to the main job of the selected A B Split job Supply Delivery Information Once the mail job delivery has been authorized Immediately begin delivering the mail job Wait until mail job delivery is triggered Schedule the mail job delivery to begin at the following time Date mm dd vyyy Time hh mm Time zone to be applied to the dates and times specified above Use my local time zone Note Daylight saving time is taken into account automatically From this screen you can schedule the delivery of the main variant job to take place immediately after authorization once you trigger it or at a future date and time relative to a selected time zone O 8 2 4 Scheduling Different Delivery Times for Each A B Split Job Variant When performing A B split testing in LISTSERV Maestro it is now possible to test the deliver
140. 45 350 175 0 To Sep 9 2007 11 00 00 The values for the intervals are accumulated from interval to interval Event Data Sources Summary i Open Up Events Clicks to Online Newsletter from the Text part of message lll Clicks to Online Newsletter from the HTML part of message Additional Data Sources Summary Bl Number of Sent Messages ll Number of Unbounced Messages Sent minus Bounced details Sum 400 Sum 535 Sum 395 Total 1 330 667 650 Sum Sum Interactive Chart Hover the mouse cursor over the chart Click to view more Executed Jan 24 2008 03 01 43 PM Including events from Sep 8 2007 06 30 00 PM until Sep 9 2007 11 00 00 AM The View Report screen of this report type changes to reflect different options set on the Change View Settings for Report screen Depending on what options are set events on the y axis can reflect the total number of events or a percentage of either the total number of messages sent or the total number of unbounced messages sent Events occurring over time can be reflected as a total accumulation each set of measured events is added to the previous set so the plotted data continuously accumulates until all events stop and a plateau is reached Alternatively events occurring over time can be reflected as accrued numbers plotting the data as a series of peaks and valleys LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 205 User s Manual Section 13
141. 456 The string concatenation operator is first applied to the two text strings and then the resulting string is converted into a number The last example shows how ToNum is used together with sNum and If to make sure that no runtime error is generated If the field TEXTFIELD contains a number then this number is supposed to be used If not then instead the default of zero 0 is to be used So the result of this If function is in turn a number Either the number that was parsed from TEXTFIELD or the number O Thus the result of the If function can safely be used in a context where a Number type is required without fearing a runtime error if TEXTFIELD should contain a non number text LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 276 Section 18 Calculation Formulas Contains Contains text searchfortext Function Checks if text contains an appearance of searchfortext It returns true if the text is found false if not Return Type Boolean Arguments text This argument can be of type Text and its the text string to search in e searchfortext Type Text The string to search for Examples Contains a longer text longer Contains amp VALUE sample EndsWith EndsWith text suffix Function Checks if text ends with the given suffix i e if the last characters in text are equal to the characters in suffix Returns true if the suffix matches false if not Return Type Bo
142. 5 Pow Pow base exp Function Returns the value of the first argument raised to the power of the second argument Return Type Number Arguments base This argument can be of type Number and its the base argument exp This argument can be of type Number and its the exponent argument Examples Pow 2 8 amp amp EXPONENT Random Random threshold Function Returns a pseudo random number in a range specified by the argument If no argument is given then the range is from 0 to the largest possible Number value If one argument given then the range is from 0 to the value of the given argument minus one i e to arg 1 Return Type Number Arguments The argument is optional threshold This argument can be of type Number and its the threshold value for the random number The random number will range from O to threshold 1 Examples Random Random 6 Random amp MAX RANDOM Random amp VALUE 17 amp MAX O ToNum ToNum arg LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 275 Section 18 Calculation Formulas b Function Tries to convert the given argument into a number or set of numbers It generates a runtime error if that is not possible for example if the argument is a text that contains characters that are not part of a number representation like letters If you are unsure if a certain argument can be converted into a numbe
143. 5 4 Use Recipients Definition from Job 54 5 4 1 OpUOnS sec ee axe Fade e Bata et pta 55 524 2 SOUICO ess eeu ha eee ee hee Heder ene Mee te wee uu DECRE GRE ETUR 55 544 3 Source Details o ceca ted see Rcge a eae pi PY ade Bee eee 55 5 4 4 Recipients Details 5 Re bR RR RE boo thee Ei Gage 55 54 5 SUMMA 2 due edad TE red dato deride eet geh Based 55 5 5 Upload a Recipients Text File 55 OpuUONS Meads 55 55 2 SOUICE meek eee 5 5 3 Source Details eee 57 5 5 4 Recipients Details ssd os Vena dd eee hee aed e ets 60 5 5 5 SUMMANY xx ue we ak MPa ee ay nd RC bd Md D o cte tee V Ra 63 5 6 Selecting Recipients from a Database 65 5 6 1 OPUONS ae bee ceil ole o aeu OP ee ae rage A RE Beate ee 65 5 6 2 S0Uf CO esce noter oM eects ik ae Ore EM eee teers 65 LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual Me Table of Contents 5 6 9 Source Detalls tee sy ned dees n aed a a es open edd b a des 66 5 6 4 Recipients Detalls riter eus se be ee a eget Raps OX Re oed 67 5 6 5 SUMMA
144. 6 2 Selecting a Message Template Select Content Template Select the template that you want to use for the current mail job s message Click any of the options below to see a preview of the message with the selected choice applied Default Choice Do not use a template User Defined Templates Customer Support Newsletter Marketing Newsletter Weekly Newsletter Once you select a template click OK to return to the Define Message screen and preview the template The biggest advantage to using an existing user defined template is that the majority of the options and settings that need to be defined for a message are already complete pre defined by the person who designed the template The only work left for you is to fill in the blanks that were left in the template in form of special template placeholders Tip To set a default template to use for defining your message see Section 3 2 Mail Jobs Preferences 6 2 2 Filling Out Template Placeholders To fill out the placeholders select the Placeholder Values tab This tab displays a list of all placeholders in the template on the left and a preview of the message as it appears with the current placeholder values at the right In the placeholders lists any placeholders with no value supplied are marked with the yellow circle arrows these placeholders still require your attention Placeholders where a value has already been supplied are marked with a green checkmark The
145. 70 Toby maestro demo soft com 00085 Seth Simpson 108 South Brook Lane Buffalo NY 14201 US 716 885 6345 Seth maestro demo Isoft com 0009 Ron Remmington 13398 Treadway Road New Haven CT 6703 Us 203 443 0711 Ron maestro demo soft com 0010q Quod Quartermaster 3501 Nicholson Terrace Fairbanks AK 99702 us 907 882 1116 Quod maestro demo lsoft com This version is for personal tracking when recipients are defined from a database selected by LISTSERV by a LISTSERV list with the Special list message option selected or by a LISTSERV list with the standard list message and mail merge options selected Figure 7 7 Personal Tracking Type Details Tracking Definition On Off Tracking Details Type Type Details Summary Bac Next e m Tracking Type Details Personal Tracking with recipient list from a LISTSERV database Select the column from the recipient list that contains the recipient ID The recipient ID must be a value that is unique for all recipients on the list ID Column E Select z Select EMAIL NAME RECIPIENT ID Click the ID Column drop down menu and then select the column that contains the unique recipient ID Click Next gt to continue This version is for when anonymous tracking is selected Anonymous tracking is independent of recipient type but columns have to be selected as either anonymous LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 115 Section 7 Tracking o
146. 80 Section 18 Calculation Formulas e prefix This argument can be of type Text and its the prefix to check for Examples StartsWith this is a longer text this StartsWith amp VALUE abc ToLower ToLower arg Function Returns the given text argument or set of texts with all letters converted to lowercase letters Return Type Text or Text Set Arguments arg This argument can be of type Text or Text Set If a single text is given then this text is converted to lowercase and the result is returned If a set of texts is given then all texts in the set will be converted to lowercase and a set with these converted texts is returned Examples ToLower Convert All UPPERCASE to Lowercase ToUpper ToUpper arg Function Returns the given text argument or set of texts with all letters converted to UPPERCASE letters Return Type Text or Text Set Arguments arg This argument can be of type Text or Text Set If a single text is given then this text is converted to uppercase and the result is returned If a set of texts is given then all texts in the set will be converted to uppercase and a set with these converted texts is returned Examples ToUpper convert all lowercase to uppercase Trim Trim arg Function Trims leading and trailing whitespace from the given text argument or set of texts i e returns a text or set of texts where all leading and trailing whitespace ha
147. 9 15 Cyrillic Charset ISO 8859 5 Arabic Charset ISO 8859 6 Tip If LISTSERV Maestro is being used to send mail to recipients in a single language T environment either with plain English or with one of the common West European languages the safest choice for a character set charset is always ISO 8859 1 Latin 1 charset It contains all 26 common alphabetic characters both in upper and lower case all the common punctuation characters and the more common special characters like and others In addition it contains the characters with diacritics required for many West European languages such as a c and others It is not always necessary or possible to change the charset for email messages Using other charsets can become quite complex especially when merged data is involved Each charset has advantages and disadvantages that are described in more detail in the online help and in Appendix B Email and International Character Sets Notes The Plain Text Preview tab will use the same charset that is used when the mail W is delivered Because of this any characters that will not be expressible during delivery will appear as a question mark on the Plain Text Preview tab This feature only applies to the Plain Text Preview tab The HTML part of a message will never contain unprintable characters because characters that are not contained in the selected charset will be included as HTML entities instead such
148. Code Text Preview Text Attachments Conditional content is disabled for this job Chanae Your Monthly Newsletter Dear amp NAME Thank you for your continued interest in the Widget Company It is our pleasure to announce the new product line for Fall of 2007 You will be delighted with all the new features and ease of use To get a sneak peak visit www widgets com To place an advance order point your browser to www order widgets now com Recall Update We wanted to remind all our customers who purchased the Executive Writer model number amp MODEL NUM that the recall is still in effect To recieve your new product please ship the old product to We will send you a new Executive Writer immediately New Contact Address We have relocated to a larger facility to better serve our customers If you would like to contact the Widget Company please send correspondance to Or call us at Upload HTML Download HTML v Preview with linked images V Preview with inline images B Language Mail will be sent with language charset for West GENS See a LESE Removing the checkmark from either of these options will have the effect that the corresponding image type will no longer be displayed in the preview which lets you LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 93 Section 6 Defining amp Editing the Message for an Email Job check how the message would look if this image type were
149. Copy of Newsletter Dashboard Data retrieved at Mar 14 2008 04 54 17 PM Refresh Currently In The System xi 4 Open Jobs 14 Directly Distributed Recipients 344 561 Datasets 0 Ongoing Jobs 2 Postings To LISTSERV Lists Hosted Lists 0 Completed Jobs 621 Hosted Recipients 0 Reports 5 of which tracked jobs 619 ae Remaining Quota 1 335 Shows only objects in your group which are visible to your account vi Sample Sum of Events Report Bar Chart xi Sample Event Distribution Report xi FE ma 4 Cumulative over time 168 700 be m 664 897 350 409 667 0 17 From Sep 8 2007 To Sep 9 2007 0 248 857 06 30 00 PM 11 00 00 AM Unique events Refresh bounces for jobs in this report Is Accumulated Refresh bounces for jobs in this z x report vi a Bl la Current And Upcoming Deliveries K In 15 hours at Mar 15 2008 07 30 00 AM e CLICK 080314E Sample repeating job with random recipients In 17 hours at 15 2008 09 21 00 e CLICK 080314D Sample Auto repeat job To rename the Dashboard simply use the Edit Dashboard Name option on the Dashboard menu For details see Section 2 2 1 2 Editing the Dashboard s Name 2 2 3 2 Creating a New Dashboard from Scratch To create a brand new Dashboard from scratch click the Dashboard menu and select Create New Dashboard The new Dashboard is displayed with the default sections sho
150. D will be the actual ID of the recipient as defined by the account holder in the Tracking wizard If the tracking type is Anonymous this field will contain a 1 based integer number which is an internal identifier of the anonymous profile that matches the recipient who triggered the event This number cannot be used to identify an individual recipient who triggered an event but can be used to determine if two events were triggered by a recipient with the same anonymous profile the same number will be used This number is also used internally in the Recipients Details report to download the profiles that triggered certain events If the tracking type is Unique this field will contain a 0 based integer number that was given out to the recipient during sending This number cannot be used to identify which recipient triggered which event but it can be used to determine if multiple events were triggered by the same recipient the same number will be used If the tracking type is Blind the field will always contain the default value DEF and cannot be used to find anything out about the recipient e CLIENT_ADDRESS The IP address of the recipient who triggered the event This is only present for personal tracking and will appear as 0 0 0 0 for all other types of tracking EVENT TYPE Either click for click through or openup for open up will appear depending on the type of event BODY TYPE For open up events this field wil
151. Delivery settings Authorization of the main variant is in turn only possible after the delivery of all sampling variants has been completed either successfully or with failure Also the main variant job must of course be completed first with green checkmarks Once authorized it will then be delivered according to the Main Delivery settings For more information see Section 8 2 3 Scheduling Delivery for A B Split Jobs with Sampling LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 36 Section 4 Using LISTSERV Maestro to Define an Email Job 4 3 Using the Workflow Diagram This Workflow Diagram serves as a visual representation of the process of creating a new email job Clicking on each icon opens up the interface for defining the components or details of the job As components are defined the next steps for the job become available For example it is not possible to define tracking data for a job until the message and the recipients are defined Figure 4 5 The Workflow Diagram on the Job Details Screen Job Details Workflow Summary Test Reports To complete a job you need to execute the steps below Some steps are dependent on other steps and must be completed in sequence Q Define X Define Recipients Message c Delivery Settings N y This icon means that the step has been successfully completed This icon means that the step is waiting to be completed x This icon means that the st
152. Detail Summary Source Information about the currently selected recipient target group Target Group Target Group 1 Category Target Groups Description Target Groups Version of Aug 29 2006 Select Different Target Group 5 1 3 Source Details The Source Details screen is only displayed for target groups that have parameters defined This screen allows the account holder to choose the specific recipients from the target group based on the parameters set up by the data administrator Each parameter is designed by the data administrator to appear as a drop down menu a check box ora text input box The Source Details screen requires that those parameters be filled in by selecting what data will be extracted from the data source For example to select recipients from certain cities as recipients the recipient target group may appear as a drop down menu listing all the cities in the database Simply LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual Pr ie Section 5 Defining Recipients of an Email Job select the city or cities from the drop down menu and all recipients associated with those cities in the data source will be used in the recipient definition For menus that allow multiple selections click on the first selection and then press CTRL while clicking additional items or press SHIFT while clicking additional items to select a range of items Figure 5 3 Multiple Parameters Recipient Target Group Define
153. DomainKeys signature will become more important in the future If the administrator has enabled users or groups to have the ability to change the default DomainKeys signature settings then the settings in the DomainKeys Settings section will be active and you will be able to set the DomainKeys signature setting for each individual job If you want the email messages for this particular job to contain a DomainKey signature then select the Yes sign messages option If you do not want the email messages for this particular job to contain a DomainKey signature then select the No don t sign messages option Note LISTSERV Maestro interacts with LISTSERV to determine if the supplied sender address is supported by one of the DomainKeys that were deployed to the LISTSERV host when DomainKeys were configured by the administrator This check is performed at several stages during the life cycle of an email job one of which is while defining a sender The sender definition settings of an email job are only accepted as valid if either DomainKeys signatures are switched off by selecting the No don t sign messages option or clicking on the Click to disable link or if the check succeeds at the LISTSERV host that is configured for the LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 120 Section 8 Sender and Delivery Options account If the email address is not accepted as valid then an error message appears If this happens contac
154. ECT statement here Contact your data administrator for help creating a SQL statement The recipients will be retrieved Now Just before sending Enter the SQL statement query in the SQL Statement text box Depending on the database variations in SQL syntax may need to be considered especially if the query returns with an error Below the SQL Statement text box are options that determine when to execute the query against the database Retrieving recipients Now means building a complete recipient list by querying the database while still in the Define Recipients wizard The recipients will be gathered from the database and saved when the wizard is completed by clicking the Summary link Any changes in the database between the time the wizard is completed and the time the mail is sent will not be reflected Retrieving recipients Just before sending means that the database will be queried for the complete recipient list just before the mail is sent for delivery Any changes in the database that occur between the time the Define Recipients wizard was completed and the time the mail is scheduled for delivery will be reflected Click Next gt to continue 5 6 3 Source Details There are no Source Details for recipients retrieved directly from a database by LISTSERV Maestro LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 66 Section 5 Defining Recipients of an Email Job 5 6 4 Recipients Details On the Recipien
155. Editor which lets you have visual feedback when creating you HTML message If enabled the HTML Editor Toolbar gives you many LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 89 Section 6 Defining amp Editing the Message for an Email Job additional features such as font and text formatting cut paste undo and redo actions image insertion table creation and form fields If you are used to using Microsoft Word as your HTML Editor then you will certainly feel comfortable using the HTML Editor You can also upload an HTML file from this tab For information on uploading an HTML file see Section 6 6 1 Uploading an HTML Message Note To switch editing modes click the Editor Mode link on the HTML Code or HTML w Editor tabs This takes you back to the Message Content Type Settings screen see Figure 6 9 which is where you can pick which editor to use 6 6 1 Uploading an HTML Message HTML messages can be created locally and uploaded into LISTSERV Maestro 1 Click Upload HTML from the HTML Code HTML Editor or HTML Preview tabs on the Define Message screen 2 The first time a file is uploaded after the Java Virtual Machine is installed a Security Warning screen will appear asking for permission to use the L Soft applet to upload HTML If Always trust content from L Soft Germany GmbH is checked then the Security Warning screen will not re appear for future uploads If this option is not checked then it will be nece
156. Email Job Q By selecting the Define recipients now option the Upload a recipients file link is enabled Click this link to upload a text file from a local drive Browse for the file on a local drive and select the encoding for the file if necessary For more information on encoding see Appendix B Email and International Character Sets Once a file had been uploaded information about that file will appear on the screen The link to upload a file will change to Upload a different file after one file has been successfully uploaded to the system Load recipients just before sending from a server file means that the text file will be reloaded just before sending allowing changes to be made to the file between recipient definition and sending and those changes will be reflected in the actual list of recipients used for the mailing Selecting the Load recipients just before sending from a server file option requires the full path and name of the file that contains the recipients to be entered in the text box provided The recipients from this file will be uploaded into LISTSERV Maestro just before the message is sent The file must be on a valid path on the server running LISTSERV Maestro specifically the LUI component Any recipients file residing on a server must be added to a list of permissible files in the HUB This list of permissible files is controlled by the system administrator and is necessary to maintain server security I
157. ISTSERV Maestro gives you the ability to add up to 20 reports to the Dashboard Each report is displayed in its own section showing a miniaturized version of the report and each report is automatically updated when new data is available 2 2 2 1 Adding Reports to the Dashboard To add a report to the Dashboard go to and view the actual report that you want to add and then click on the Report menu and select Add Report To Dashboard Click OK to add the report If you want to view the added report on the Dashboard click the Back To menu and then select Dashboard The report section will be located at the bottom of the Dashboard 2 2 2 2 Re Organizing Dashboard Reports To move the report you can use the up and down arrows If you add another report to the Dashboard and move it up to the location directly below the first report then the two reports will be displayed side by side New left right arrows are displayed for each report giving you the ability to move the reports left and right If you move the report up or down each report will again be on a line by itself and these new arrows will no longer be available To remove a report from the Dashboard simply click the x box located in the upper right corner of that report section 2 2 2 3 Viewing Additional Report Details To view more details on the report simply hover your mouse over the report To view the full report with all details on its own screen click on the rep
158. In this case if there is data in the field fullname it will be inserted here using the merge field to create a line that reads Dear Anne Smith for example The else directive is inserted to allow a different text to be used if the condition is false In this case if the field fullname has no data another salutation will be used Dear Valued Customer The text to be inserted if the condition is false In this case a generic salutation End block directive 17 2 Nesting Conditional Blocks Conditional blocks can be nested to any depth creating opportunities to insert more than two pieces of text depending on the conditions For example if the second condition is false another variation of the text is inserted and if the third condition is false another variation of the text is inserted and so on LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 256 Section 17 Using Conditional Blocks An example of a nested conditional block looks like this bb condition to be evaluated text to be included when the condition is met else bb condition to be evaluated text to be included if the first condition is not met but the second condition is else text to be included if neither the first nor the second condition is met eb eb 17 3 Conditional Operators The condition that is evaluated is created by making a comparison against recipient data Operator symbols mak
159. Job A B Split Job Delivery Settings The settings below will be applied to all variant jobs of the selected A B Split job Supply Delivery Information Once the mail job delivery has been authorized Immediately begin delivering the mail job Wait until mail job delivery is triggered Schedule the mail job delivery to begin at the following time Date mm dd yyyy Time hh mm Time zone to be applied to the dates and times specified above Use my local time zone Note Daylight saving time is taken into account automatically From this screen you can schedule the delivery of the A B split variant jobs to take place immediately after authorization once you trigger it or at a future date and time relative to a selected time zone Notes The delivery settings apply to all variant jobs equally as does the authorization W This means that the A B split job can only be authorized when all variants have been completed all four states of all variant jobs are complete and marked with the green checkmark Once the A B split job is authorized all variants are authorized and will be delivered according to the delivery settings defined here For information on authorizing the delivery see Section 9 4 Authorizing the Delivery of an A B Split Job 8 2 3 Scheduling Delivery for A B Split Jobs with Sampling For an A B split job with sampling there are two separate delivery settings that need to be defined
160. LNAME Anna maestro demo soft com Anchor 03 17 1972 Bobimaestro demo Isoft com Bob Bouchard 03 31 1981 Chuck maestro demo lsoft com Chuck Cho 7 15 1983 NN LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 74 Section 6 Defining amp Editing the Message for an Email Job be sent to the recipient list LISTSERV Maestro will copy content from a previously defined email job or original content can be uploaded or entered as plain text as HTML or a combination Special Drop In Content elements in the form of text links files or a database can be added to the message It is possible to include attachments to messages as well as select the language character set used to encode the message T he next phase of creating a new email job is defining the message of the email to 6 1 The Message Content Icon Bar The Message Content Icon Bar makes it easier to define different aspects of your message check which features are enabled and check which features may require additional work If a gray dash is displayed then this features is disabled if yellow circle arrows are displayed then the feature requires your attention and is not complete if a green checkmark is displayed then the feature is enabled and all requirements are fulfilled Figure 6 1 The Message Content Icon Bar Define Message Define the Subject and the Body of the message Ass HTML Text P Drop Ins sae Template F
161. RUN erede Bale SP I EE E Te TRO e de 69 5 7 Letting LISTSERV Select Recipients from a Database or LDAP Directory 71 5 741 gis eee RR eee de Wr ERN XR Pec ele eee dee ee ee ae eet 71 5 7 2 ox acus eve Eade ede ORE DX abe eee ad dad S 71 5 7 3 Source Details UE RU eae Page ees 72 5 7 4 Recipients Detalls odere bmp wae ad FEL 72 SUMMAN du a a ME Das Sul Bora Ro cR 72 5 8 Previewing the Recipient 73 Section 6 Defining amp Editing the Message for an Email Job 75 6 1 The Message Content Icon 75 6 2 Message 75 6 2 1 Selecting a Template to Define the Message Content 75 6 2 2 Filling Out Template Placeholders 76 6 3 Forward to a Friend aras ein chee each Ree me A ee ee ee 81 6 3 1 Enabling Forward to a Friend 0 2 0 cece eee 81 6 3 2 Allowing Recipients to Enter a Personal Message 84 6 3 3 Letting Friends Subscribe to Your List llis 85 6 4 Drop In Content 86 6 5 Creating Text Messages
162. Recipients Options Source Source Details Summary Cancel lt Back Next gt Input Values for Target Group Parameters Enter values for all parameters of the selected target group State select one or more Age between and HTML Check which type s of recipients to include Text You must select at least one of HTML or text otherwise no recipients will be selected There can be more than one parameter on the Source Details screen therefore scroll down to make sure values have been selected for all parameters After selections have been made click Next gt to continue and to query against the data source 5 1 4 Recipient Details There are no Recipient Details for recipient target groups 5 1 5 Summary If the target group is defined to retrieve recipients then the Summary screen will appear listing the count and a sample of the recipients who matched the criteria and make up the recipients list Valid recipients and recipients with errors in their addresses may be downloaded Duplicate elimination is usually determined by the data administrator when the target group is first created If the target group is defined to retrieve recipients just before sending then the Summary screen simply summarizes the choices that were made throughout the Define Recipients wizard LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 44 Section 5 Defining Recipients of an Email Job 5 2 Send to an Existing LI
163. SERV Back Preferences Logout 1 tails B Open Jobs b Edit Job Ml Ongoing Jobs 0707028 Completed Jobs A B Split Jobs Job Info Standard A B Split Authorize Delivery Team Collaboration Edit Delete Job List uploaded as text file Number of Recipients 38 Recipients Data Usage Used for mail merging and tracking Open Job Title Recipients Content Tracking Sender Test 070702B A A B Split Jobs 19 4 X A 070702B B A B Split Jobs 19 oY 4 vo C ow Delivery Edit Delivery Settings Deliver immediately when authorized The Authorize Delivery screen opens presenting you with a final overview of the job Verify that everything is correct and then click the Authorize Delivery Now button 9 5 Authorizing the Delivery of an A B Split Job with Sampling Once the information for the A B Split Job with Sampling is completed green icons and checkmarks will let you know when everything is completed and you are ready to authorize delivery then click on the Sampling Variant Jobs tab click the Mail Job menu and select Authorize Sampling Variant Delivery LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 145 Section 9 Testing and Authorizing Delivery Figure 9 9 Authorizing the Delivery of an A B Split Job with Sampling LISTSERV Maestro 3 1 f oj Report Recipient Warehouse Utility LISTSERV Back To Preferences Logout B Open Jobs z Edit amp Ongoing Job
164. STSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 91 Section 6 Defining amp Editing the Message for an Email Job Selecting these options will ensure that recipients whose email client does not display HTML will default to the plain text alternative allowing them to receive the message Click OK to return the Define Message screen On the Text tab add the alternative text message The message can be uploaded pasted or typed directly into the box Use the Text Preview tab to see what the message looks like to recipients Any drop in content elements will be automatically added into the body of the text message Notes Any trackable links in the alternative text message must be enclosed within W quotation marks the same way as the trackable plain text message links are enclosed Merge fields and drop in content can be used in this format as described in Sections 6 4 Drop In Content and 6 9 Merge Fields and Conditional Blocks 6 6 3 Conditional Content In the event that recipient data is available that somehow determines the format each recipient prefers to receive then that data can be used to send the preferred format to each recipient all within the same job This determination is based upon a conditional statement run against the recipient data The advantage of using conditional content is that it s possible to prepare a single job for recipients who prefer HTML and those who prefer plain text respecting each recipient s choice
165. STSERV List Sending to an existing LISTSERV list uses the identified list s subscriber names and addresses to create the recipient list for the email job Contained in a drop down menu are all the LISTSERV lists available to the LISTSERV Maestro instance 5 2 1 Options The first screen that opens in the Define Recipients wizard is the Options screen Select the Send to an Existing LISTSERV List option and then click Next gt 5 2 2 Source Select the LISTSERV list for the job from the drop down menu Next select one of the two options for the type of list message to be sent The Send job as standard list message to list members option limits the tracking options but allows for the use of topics see Section 5 2 3 1 LISTSERV Topics The Send job as special list message option is used to send the message as a special list message see Section 5 2 3 2 Special LISTSERV Messages which allows for mail merging and more tracking options Important The type of message selected has an impact on how the sender of the A message is defined The sender of a message is defined using the Define Sender icon located on the Work Flow diagram If the message is sent as a standard list message the From address field in Define Sender must be an authorized sender for that list For more information on defining the sender of a job see Section 8 1 Define Sender Figure 5 4 Define Recipients from a LISTSERV List Define Recipients
166. STSERV list see the LISTSERV Developer s Guide available online at http www soft com resources manuals asp There are four options for a LISTSERV list that can be set by checking the adjacent boxes The options are standard LISTSERV settings that subscribers may have set for their subscriptions MAIL Will deliver the message to all normally subscribed users DIGEST Will deliver the message to users that receive only a digest INDEX Will deliver the message to users that receive only an index of subjects NOMAIL Will deliver the message to users that currently receive no mail Figure 5 6 Source Details for a Special Message for a LISTSERV List Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Recipients Details Summary Lal Source Details Use this page to specify the details about the list subscribers that will receive the mail Specify a conditional expression that shall be evaluated by LISTSERV and check list subscription options Condition Options MAIL Deliver this message to normally subscribed users DIGEST Deliver this message to subscribers who receive only a digest INDEX Deliver this message to subscribers who receive only a topics index NOMAIL Deliver this message to subscribers who currently receive no mail Once you are finished making your selection click Next gt to continue e Note Conditions are explained in detail in the LISTSERV Developer s Guide 5
167. Schedule the mail job delivery to begin at the following time Date 08 22 2008 mm dd vyyy Time 08 00 hh mm Advanced Scheduling Options Deliver only once Do not auto repeat If the system is down at the scheduled delivery time delivery will commence immediately after the next system restart Auto repeat delivery of this job If the system is down at a given delivery time no delivery will happen at that time After system restart delivery will commence at the next delivery time according to the repeat schedule or the job will fail if the delivery threshold time has been reached 3 5 33 gt al Delay interval between repeated deliveries 1 Days v Repeat until stopped manually Repeat until the following threshold time Date mm dd yyyy Time hh mm Advanced scheduling options are enabled Click to disable Time zone to be applied to the dates and times specified above Use my local time zone v Note Daylight saving time is taken into account automatically LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 124 Section 8 Sender and Delivery Options 8 2 2 Scheduling Delivery for A B Split Jobs To schedule the delivery of the A B split variant jobs click on the Edit link in the Delivery section of the A B Split Job Details screen The A B Split Job Delivery Settings screen opens Figure 8 5 Scheduling the Delivery of an A B Split
168. Screen Elimination of Duplicate Recipients To avoid unwanted double messages to the same recipient use this page to remove duplicates from your recipient data Duplicate Elimination Options Do not remove duplicates Remove duplicates with the same e mail address Use my list of columns to determine duplicates Recipient Sample EMAIL FNAME LNAME Anna maestro dema lsoft com Anchor 03 17 1972 Bobimaestro demo Isoft com Bob Bouchard 03 31 1981 Chuck maestro demo lsoft com Chuck Cho 7 15 1983 Darren maestro demo lsoft com Darren Donagel 6 8 1960 Evelyn maestro demo lsoft com Evelyn Eavensong 03 17 1950 Frank maestro demo lsoft com Frank Fortuna 2 10 1964 Gina maestro demo lsoft com Gina Gallino 04 10 1982 Hilda maestro demo lsoft com Hilda Hines 2 7 1972 Ines maestro demo lsoft com Ines Ito 1 13 1974 jani lsoft com Jani Kumpula 01 05 1975 From the Define Recipients Summary screen click Finish to save all settings and return to the Job Details screen the Summary Diagram or the Workflow Diagram The recipient definition can always be edited by selecting the Edit link from the Summary Diagram or clicking on the Define Recipients icon from the Workflow Diagram LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 64 Section 5 Defining Recipients of an Email Job 5 6 Selecting Recipients from a Database Choosing the Select Recipients from a Database option allows LISTSERV Maestro to make a direct q
169. See Section 13 6 Delivered Recipients Statistics for more information on this report 2 The second way is by clicking the Reports link located in the Currently In the Sys tem section of the Dashboard This link opens the Tracking Reports screen 3 The third way is by clicking on the Reports tab on the Completed Job Details screen see Section 12 5 Completed Job Reports LISTSERV Maestro can generate several different types of reports with these methods or data can be downloaded for use in other statistical analysis programs For quick reports on delivery tests click on the Test Reports tab on the Job Details screen For more information on test reports see Section 9 2 Running Test Reports For more information on generating reports see Section 13 2 Executing Reports LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 185 Section 13 Tracking Reports Tip In many cases it is easier to start from one of the quick reports available from the Completed Jobs list save it and then make changes using the edit reports pages rather than starting from scratch Note Once a report is created it can be added to the Dashboard for quick access For more information see Section 2 2 2 1 Adding Reports to the Dashboard 13 1 Creating Reports To create a new report or edit an existing report click Report gt New Report The Define Report screen opens Figure 13 2 The Define Report Screen Define Report Define the setting
170. Signatures click the Click to enable link The DomainKeys Settings section lets you define whether or not the delivered message will be signed and augmented with an additional DomainKey Signature header To enable click Yes sign message To disable click No don t sign message Figure 15 4 The Edit Sender Profile Screen with DomainKeys Settings Edit Sender Profile Profile Title Manager _ e E mail Address manageralsoft com Sender Name optional Reply To Address optional Bounce Handling 9 Handle bounced messages automatically O Send bounced messages to Advanced sender information settings are disabled Click to enable Domainkeys Settings These settings define if the delivered message will be signed and augmented with an additional DomainKey Signature header 9 No don t sign message O ves sign message DomainKeys settings are enabled Click to disable Click OK to save the profile click Cancel to return to the Manage Sender Profiles screen without saving the profile or click Delete to delete the profile Sender profiles can also be created and saved from the Edit Sender Information screen available from the Workflow or Summary Diagrams LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 228 Section 15 Utilities 15 2 1 Using Merge Fields The first three input fields Email Address Sender Name and Reply To Address are supplied with static values the Sender Name and Reply To Addr
171. TSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 306 Appendix B Email and International Character Sets Internally LISTSERV Maestro uses pure Unicode allowing for the mixture of any characters in email including the subject line and any data merged from uploaded files or selected from a database as long as there is a way of inputting them For some languages this simply requires the installation of a special keyboard and display driver for that language For sending LISTSERV Maestro needs to decide on a charset that it can use to encode the message Specify the charset to use while defining the content there is a special item for this on the content definition page or tell LISTSERV Maestro that it should attempt to automatically determine which charset is the optimal one for the text contained in the message In the latter case LISTSERV Maestro scans the written text to determine the optimal charset If the message contains characters that are displayed with the ASCII charset then LISTSERV Maestro will choose the ASCII charset If the message contains characters outside of the ASCII range but can still be displayed with one of the supported ISO 8859 charsets then LISTSERV Maestro will choose the corresponding ISO 8859 charset Optionally only if LISTSERV Maestro is set to allow Unicode if the message has characters that cannot be displayed with one of the ISO 8859 charsets for example Asian characters or there are mixed characte
172. Title Newsletter with A B Split Sampling Testing Type Sampling A B Split Sampling Details At least 75 of the recipients will be reserved for the main variant job Each sampling variant job will be sent to a maximum of 1 000 recipients Category Edit Open Job ID Job Title Content Tracking Sender Test PN 070710A sB Newsletter with A B Split Sampling Testing 9 x 070710 Newsletter with A B Split Sampling Testing t x x Add Variant Job Sampling Delivery Edit Delivery Settings no delivery settings defined To schedule the delivery of the Sampling Variant Jobs click on the Edit link in the Sampling Delivery section on the Sampling Variants Jobs tab The A B Split Job Delivery Settings screen opens Figure 8 7 Scheduling the Delivery of all Sampling Variant Jobs A B Split Job Delivery Settings The settings below will be applied to all sampling jobs of the selected A B Split job Supply Delivery Information Once the mail job delivery has been authorized Immediately begin delivering the mail job Wait until mail job delivery is triggered Schedule the mail job delivery to begin at the following time Date mm dd vyyy Time hh mm Time zone to be applied to the dates and times specified above Use my local time zone Note Daylight saving time is taken into account automatically LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 1
173. Tracking Click Through Tracking has been enabled for the following URLs No Alias http papava ease Isoft com 8081 Main Body No Alias http papaya ease Isoft com 8081 myfreekit html Main Body LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 117 Section 7 Tracking LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 118 Section 8 Sender and Delivery Options creating or editing a job It is necessary however to have sender information added to a job before delivery testing so that authorization to deliver the message can take place D efining the sender of an email job can take place at any point in the process of 8 1 Define Sender Enter sender information from the Job Details screen by clicking on the Define Sender icon in the Workflow diagram or the Edit link in the Sender section of the Summary diagram Enter the sender information by loading a saved sender profile or typing in new information Figure 8 1 Edit Sender Information Screen Edit Sender Information Supply Sender Information E mail Address Sender Name optional Reply To Address EF H optional Bounce Handling 9 Handle bounced messages automatically Send bounced messages to Note The bounce handling settings are ignored if the mail job is configured to use the recipients type Standard List Message to Existing LISTSERV List Advanced sender defined mail header settings are disabled Click
174. Tracking Reports Figure 13 24 Changing the Order of the Report Data Report Tracking data for Auto repeat job to get decent reports and all its auto repeat instances Data source Click Through Events for link http www lIsoft com news issue2 2006 us asp Change 969 See 90 Event Count Best First EMAIL FNAME LNAME Event Count Worst First click0007 will dc lsoft com Profile Columns A gt Z click0016 will dc lsoft com T clicko0059 will dc lsoft com click0061Gwill dc lsoft com click0067Gwill dc lsoft com click0001 will dc soft com click0004 will dc lsoft com clickO00S will dc lsoft com clickO006 will dc lsoft com 2 Executed Jun 24 2008 11 47 44 AM S Including events from Jul 11 2006 11 01 00 AM until Jul 12 2006 01 31 00 AM B To change the data source for the report click on the Change link The Data Source Selection screen opens Figure 13 25 Changing the Data Source for the Recipient Details Report Data Source Selection Select the data source that you want to view in the report Data Source Open Up Events Select CLICK 060711A Auto repeat job to get decent reports Data Source Click Through Events for link http www lsoft com news issue2 2006 us asp Select CLICK 060711A Auto repeat job to get decent reports Data Source Click Through Events for link http www lsoft com news n about us asp S
175. Tracking Reports The report chart is interactive When you move the mouse pointer over the chart a special interval marker is displayed This marker appears as a red line in the middle of the interval with a little box at the top that contains the boundary dates and times of the interval With the help of this marker you are able to pick out a certain interval in the chart even if the interval size is very small so that each interval is only a few pixels wide You can then click on any interval to view details about it The information box of the marker that usually only contains the boundary dates times is expanded and shows additional details about the selected interval Click anywhere on the report to close the more detailed information box 13 7 2 Downloading Event Distribution Report Data It is possible to download the data from an event distribution report by clicking the Download Report icon You can download data in the form of a PDF file or a zipped text file in addition you can export the data into Excel First select the time zone that will be used to format the data from the drop down menu Then choose one of the following methods of download To download as a PDF file click the Download as PDF button You can then open or save the file To download as a zipped text file click the Download as Text File CSV button You can then open or save the file To export the data into Excel see Section 13 11 Using t
176. User s Manual 268 Section 18 Calculation Formulas Resul Operator EU Result Type gt Greater Than Comparison Boolean True if the first operand text is greater than the second operand text gt Greater Or Equal Compari Boolean True if the first operand text is greater than or equal son to the second operand text Notes If only one operand is of the Text type and the other is of the Number type then this number operand will automatically be converted into a text before the operator is applied Text comparisons are case sensitive so this is not equal to THIS Also the less than and greater than comparisons are based on the character ordering of the Unicode standard which makes a difference between lowercase and uppercase characters For example even though ABC lt XYZ is true abc lt XYZ is not true because in Unicode all uppercase characters come before all lowercase characters If you need to perform a case insensitive comparison you should first convert both operands to the same case either lowercase or uppercase using the ToLower arg or ToUpper arg functions 18 4 3 Operators for Boolean Operands If both operands are of type Boolean then you can use the following operators Table 4 3 Operators for Boolean Operands Result Operator Result and Boolean Boolean True if both operands are t
177. V Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual XV List of Tables LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual xvi Preface About This Manual Every effort has been made to ensure that this document is an accurate representation of the functionality of LISTSERV Maestro As with every software application development continues after the documentation has gone to press so small inconsistencies may occur We would appreciate any feedback on this manual Send comments via email to manuals Isoft com The following documentation conventions have been used in this manual Menus options icons fields and text boxes on the screen will be bold e g the Recipient Warehouse menu e Clickable buttons will be bold and within brackets e g the OK button Clickable links will be bold and underlined e g the Edit link Directory names commands and examples of editing program files will appear in Courier New font Emphasized words or phrases will be underlined Some screen captures have been cropped and or edited for emphasis or descriptive purposes O This symbol denotes a new feature for LISTSERV Maestro 4 0 LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual xvii Preface About This Manual LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual xviii What s New for the End User in LISTSERV Maestro 4 0 This section highlights the new features for the End User in LISTSERV Maestro
178. Value of placeholder 3 However in some cases depending on the template definition multi value placeholders may behave differently This is when several multi value placeholders are grouped together by the template creator in such a way that their values are being displayed in an alternating fashion i e instead of all values of the first placeholder followed by all values of the second placeholder and so on what you then get is something like this assuming three grouped multi value placeholders with four values each First value of pl First value of pl First value of pl Second value of pl Second value of pl Second value of pl Third value of pl Third value of pl Third value of pl Fourth value of pl Fourth value of pl Fourth value of pl acehol der 1 acehol der 2 acehol der 3 aceholder 1 aceholder 2 aceholder 3 acehol der 1 acehol der 2 acehol der 3 aceholder 1 aceholder 2 aceholder 3 In such a case of grouped placeholders you usually should take care to Provide the same number of values for all grouped multi value placeholders Otherwise there may be holes in the alternating list of values if one of the multi value placeholders has fewer values than the others LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 80 Section 6 Defining amp Editing the Message for an Email Job e Use a match
179. a to z are reserved The letters are case sensitive The same letter has different meanings in its uppercase or lowercase version Each pattern letter has a specific presentation in the created final string during formatting or in the parsed string during LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 293 Section 18 Calculation Formulas parsing For example presentation types may be Text Number Year or similar More details about the presentations and their meanings follow below Commonly Used Pattern Letters Letter Date or Time Component Presentation Examples Year 1996 96 Month in year Month July Jul 07 d Day in month Number 10 E Weekday Text Tuesday Tue H Hour in day 0 23 Number 0 h Hour in am pm 1 12 Number 12 m Minute in hour Number 30 S Second in minute Number 55 S Millisecond Number 978 a Am pm marker Text PM Special Pattern Letters Letter Date or Time Component Presentation Examples G Era designator Text AD BC D Day in year Number 189 w Calendar week in year Number 27 W Calendar week in month Number 2 F Weekday ordinal in month Number 2 k Hour in day 1 24 Number 24 K Hour in am pm 0 11 Number 0 Zz Time zone General time zone Pacific Standard Time PST GMT 08 00 2 Time zone RFC 822 time zone 0800 Notes The value of calendar week in year and c
180. abase by the Maestro User Interface or come from a target group based on a hosted recipient list then all recipients and their merge values are already known to the Maestro User Interface before the job is submitted to LISTSERV for delivery LISTSERV Maestro can therefore encode each merge value with the same charset that is used for the email text Consequently if the values are later merged into the text their charset will match that of the text However if a merge value contains a character that cannot be displayed in the charset chosen for the text then this character will be replaced with a question mark during the encoding and this question mark will appear in the mail that reaches the recipient to which the merge value belongs In the example described above where the message body was in plain text and the recipient list was composed of recipient names from all over the world a problem could occur because LISTSERV Maestro chooses the charset based on the message text not on the recipient values If the mail text itself is plain English then LISTSERV Maestro will determine ASCII as the correct encoding for the message and the recipient data If then the names of the international recipients are encoded as ASCII all non ASCII international characters will be replaced with question marks To avoid this problem use the same charset for the message body as was used for the merge data If the recipients information was uploaded as a te
181. able using the Owner column LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 159 Section 11 Ongoing Jobs View the details for any job Click on the Job ID to open the Ongoing Job Details screen which is where you can edit or view various parts of the job Figure 11 2 The Ongoing Job Details Screen Ongoing Job Details Click on the Detail Links for more information about the related property Job Job ID Job Title State Recipients Recipient List Type Number of Recipients Recipients Data Usage Content Subject Mail Type List of Attachments Tracking Tracking is Sender E mail Address Sender Name Reply To amp ddress Bounce Address Domainkeys Signing O60827A Test Job Authorized for Delivery Recipients uploaded as a text file 38 Used for mail merging and tracking Test Message Plain LSoftLogo gif 3 202 Byte Maestro3 0 NewFeatures doc 602 112 Byte OFF htaylor lsoft com Handle bounced messages automatically No lt Domainkeys signing is not used gt Jobs on the Ongoing Jobs screen exist in three states represented by different icons e Aclock icon represents jobs that are authorized for delivery and awaiting a future delivery time or are waiting to be triggered Click on a specific job ID to open the Ongoing Job Details screen for a particular job It is possible to rescind the delivery authorization status by
182. ackets and The parameter name must only contain the characters A to 2 a to 2 0 to 9 and the underscore LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 266 Section 18 Calculation Formulas For the formula it is also important to know the type either Number or Text with which the final content of the parameter will be interpreted If a parameter is enclosed with quotes like a text string its content is interpreted as Text If itis not enclosed in quotes its content is interpreted as Number so it is important to make sure that all possible parameter values are indeed valid numbers for type number Notes If you include the same parameter name several times in the same formula it will wW be interpreted as one parameter that simply appears several times All appearances will have the same content value and must also all appear in the same type context as Number or Text and they must either all be enclosed in quotes to be interpreted as Text parameters or none of them must be enclosed in quotes to be interpreted as Number Similarly if a parameter is used with the same name in the same target group but outside of a formula or in a different formula then all these appearances of the parameter name in the same target group will reference the same parameter All of them will be replaced with the same final content during usage in the recipients wizard Examples param my_number_p
183. acters is called mapping Mapping bit sequences to alphabets has resulted in several different so called character sets short charsets that have been defined and standardized by the international community In the English speaking world probably the most widely used charset is ASCII sometimes also called US ASCII which is a charset that maps 7 bit sequences to the 26 characters from the Latin alphabet Because 7 bits have enough room for 128 characters 0 127 there are more than the 26 Latin characters in the ASCII charset First each character appears twice as upper case and lower case then there are the ten digits 0 9 various punctuation marks like comma dot semi colon colon dash slash back slash exclamation question mark and so forth There are also other characters that can act as control characters that is characters that have special meaning to certain protocols such as and amp Used almost as frequently at least in the western world are the charsets from the ISO 8859 family These charsets map 8 bit sequences to letters digits and characters from various European languages Hebrew and Arabic Since the ISO 8859 charsets use 8 bits they have twice the range as ASCII enough room for 256 characters 0 255 For convenience all ISO 8859 charsets contain the full range of ASCII in their lower 128 characters the bytes 0 127 from any ISO 8859 charset map directly to the correspondin
184. aestro demo soft com Ursula Underhill Ursula Clean Air Machine Toby maestro demo lsoft com Toby Tuttle Toby Clean Air Machine Quod maestro demo lsoft com Quod Quartermaster Quod Clean Air Machine Lisa maestro demo soft com Lisa Lopez Lisa Clean Air Machine Evelyn maestro demo lsoft com Evelyn Eavensong Evelyn Clean Air Machine Darren maestro demo lsoft com Darren Donagel Darren Clean Air Machine Tobi maestro demo lsoft com Tobias Lutz Tobias Clean Air Machine Sing maestro demo lsoft com Linda Sing Linda Clean Air Machine Xavier maestro demo lsoft com Xavier Xero Xavier Clean Air Machine Once you ve selected your Tracking Type Details click Next gt to continue LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 116 Section 7 Tracking 7 6 Summary A summary of the tracking behavior will be presented Click lt Back to return to an earlier screen to change selections Click Finish to return to the Job Details screen the Workflow diagram or the Summary diagram Figure 7 9 Tracking Definition Summary Tracking Definition On Off Tracking Details Type ype Details Summary Tracking Summary You have specified the following e mail tracking behavior Tracking Type The tracking type unique is used Open Up Tracking Open Up Tracking is ON Drop In Tracking All trackable links appearing in drop ins are tracked each link with the name of the drop in it appears in as the link alias Click Through
185. aestro demo lsoft com Ines Ito 1 13 1974 jani lsoft cam Jani Kumpula 01 05 1975 5 5 4 3 Header Definition When the Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking option is selected it becomes possible to edit the headers of the file Editing the headers does not change the original uploaded file However editing does allow the user to create meaningful headers that can be used to merge recipient data into each message making each message personalized The name of the header becomes the name of the mail merge place holder in the message so it is important to select names that are meaningful to the users who are assembling the message content See Section 6 9 1 Merge Fields for more information Header labels are limited to upper and lower case letters the numbers 0 9 and the underscore _ Any illegal characters in the headers will have to be changed before proceeding Before continuing to the next screen remember to specify the Email Column and the Name Column using the drop down menus LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 162 2 Section 5 Defining Recipients of an Email Job 5 5 5 Summary The Summary page of the Define Recipients wizard shows a summary of the recipient list selections for the job LISTSERV Maestro will validate the recipient list data file checking for errors in the email addresses that would prevent the email from being delivered From this screen it is po
186. ain before the job can be re authorized 8 2 1 1 Advanced Scheduling Options In addition to the basic scheduling options described above there are also advanced options available for defining the delivery schedule The advanced options are disabled by default The Click to enable link expands the Delivery Settings screen If you want to disable the advanced options later use the Click to disable link that appears when the advanced options screen is exposed The advanced options are enabled or disabled on a per job basis The advanced options available are Deliver only once Do not auto repeat With this option the job will be delivered only once at the delivery time specified in the basic options at the top of the screen This is the default setting for delivery It is also used when the advanced delivery options are disabled Auto repeat delivery of this job With this option the job will start an auto repeat sequence upon delivery The job will be delivered for the first time at the time specified in the basic options Once the job has been delivered an exact copy of it will automatically be created and authorized for delivery with a delivery time that is scheduled at a given interval after the first delivery Once this copy of the job has been delivered another copy will be created and authorized again with a scheduled delivery time that is offset from the previous delivery by the same interval and so on until the defi
187. al 239 Section 15 Utilities Figure 15 10 Changing User Password Change Password Enter your old password then enter the new password twice Click OK to save the new password Username holly Group sample Old Password New Password Confirm Password LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 240 Section 16 Advanced Use of System Drop ins in content elements that are named and controlled by LISTSERV Maestro System drop ins are only available for mailing lists that derive their recipients from data hosted by LISTSERV Maestro They make it possible to include login and unsubscribe links to specific lists in the message are well as use other recipient data to create personalized messages The names of system drop ins start with an asterisk System drop ins need to be enclosed in the drop in opening and closing tags just like normal drop ins and drop in usage needs to be enabled for the mail content otherwise the system drop ins will be ignored and will not be replaced System drop ins are replaced after normal drop ins so they can be nested within normal drop in content elements A s described in Section 15 3 1 System Drop Ins system drop ins are special drop This appendix is written using extensive examples to illustrate how and why system drop ins can be used to create personalized message content for mail subscribers using hosted recipient data 16 1 Login URL The log
188. alendar week in month depends on the locale that is used The locale determines the conventions about which weekday is interpreted as the first day of the week usually Monday or Sunday and under which circumstances a week that falls partially into one year or month and partially into the next is interpreted as belonging to the one year or month or the other The weekday ordinal in month indicates the ordinal number of the weekday of the given date time in the given month For the first Monday in a month the ordinal is 1 as it is for the first Tuesday Wednesday and so on For the second Monday in a month the ordinal is 2 and so on LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 294 User s Manual Section 18 Calculation Formulas 18 6 2 Presentation Description Pattern letters are usually repeated as their number determines the exact presentation Text For formatting if the number of pattern letters is four more the full form is used otherwise a short or abbreviated form is used if available For parsing both forms are accepted independent of the number of pattern letters Number For formatting the number of pattern letters is the minimum number of digits and shorter numbers are zero padded to this amount For parsing the number of pattern letters is ignored unless it is needed to separate two adjacent fields Year For formatting if the number of pattern letters is t
189. amp CURRENT POINTS points to go and you can receive a free watch Better yet save Calc 500 CURRENT POINTS more points and receive a free LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 251 Section 16 Advanced Use of System Drop Ins digital camera EB Important Formulas offer many more features than illustrated in the scenario above All the standard operators like and modulo can be used in any combination and even be nested with parenthesis Formulas can also work on text strings and there are a number of pre defined functions like abs min max random to date substring and more For details see Section 18 Calculation Formulas 16 8 Escaping Quote Characters Some of the system drop ins allow users to include their own text for certain parameters Any user supplied text must usually be enclosed in quotation marks to distinguish it from the surrounding drop in directive text If the text itself contains the quote character anywhere quotation marks appear somewhere in the text it must be escaped so that the system drop in is interpreted correctly All quote characters in the actual text must be escaped by doubling them This means that the character is used twice in succession with no space in between them For example to use this customized text Our company motto is the customer is always right It would have to appear n the body of the system drop in as
190. and is used by the system to identify each individual job Job owners can enter a Job ID Prefix The prefix will appear at the beginning of the system generated Job ID and will be separated from the generated part by a hyphen Depending on the settings of the account the Job ID prefix may already be set or limited to pre set options If a choice of Job IDs has been pre set by the system administrator a drop down menu will be available instead of the Job ID Prefix text box Use the prefix to identify jobs or group jobs for reporting or billing purposes For more on Job Titles and 1 The default job owner setting can be modified by the system administrator so that a different account within the group becomes the owner of the jobs created by the initial account LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual Section 4 Using LISTSERV Maestro to Define an Email Job Job IDs see the LISTSERV Maestro online help or the LISTSERV Maestro Administrator s Manual Once a Job Title and Job ID have been assigned they will appear in the upper left side of the screen on every screen that is associated with that particular job Figure 4 1 The Start New Job Screen Start New Job Job Title Job ID Prefix Prefix for the system generated job ID Show Advanced Options Initial Job Settings All new job with empty settings and the following job category Job Type Standard Job v Category No Category Defi
191. and then used to replace the placeholder Binary multiple values Similar as Binary see above only you have the option of supplying multiple binaries for this placeholder The multiple binaries will be combined into a list according to the template definition and then used to replace the placeholder Figure 6 4 Defining a Multiple Value Placeholder Define Message Define the Subject and the Body of the message Text 4 Drop Ins Template i Forward to Cancel 5 1 Y Subject Enter newsletter subject here HTML HTML Preview Text Preview Placeholder Values Attachments URL to view newsletter Note The currently selected placeholder is also used the plain text alternative in browser To ensure that this newsletter is delivered to your inbox add FromAddress to your address book Logo in top left corner o of header Header text for Lorem ipsum dolor o newsletter Issue number for Lorem ipsum dolor o newsletter v URLs to read entire articles Using Message Templates Creating Message Templates Using Placeholders Subscription Details o Bylines for articles Images to go with articles Using Message Templates Back to Top Body text for articles URLto unsubscribe Physical address of s 2 E 5 o your organization Current value for Headers for articles
192. and variant jobs Figure 4 4 A B Split Job with Sampling Details A B Split Job Details A B Split Job Edit ID 070702B Title A B Split Job with Sampling Type Sampling A B Split Sampling Details At least 75 of the recipients will be reserved for the main variant job Each sampling variant job will be send to a maximum of 1 000 recipients Category Recipients Edit Recipients Information lt no recipients defined gt Sampling Variant Jobs Main Variant Job Open Job ID Job Title Content Tracking Sender Test 2 070702B 8 A B Split Job with Sampling o x x 070702 A B Split Job with Sampling x x E Add Variant Job Sampling Delivery Edit Delivery Settings no delivery settings defined Each section of this screen contains information pertinent to the job along with its status If each section is successfully fulfilled then a green shield is shown To enter or change job information simply click the Edit link associated with that section The following sections need to be completed before delivery can be authorized Job This section lets you edit the job title job category job ID prefix delivery notification authorization due by date and auto archive settings Not all settings may be editable at all times depending on the A B split job s state Editing this information also lets you define how many recipients will be used for the sampling job and how many
193. anging the report 13 3 Editing Reports Editing tracking reports is a more detailed way to generate custom reports Unlike the quick reports available from the Completed Jobs screen or the Test Reports tab on the Job Details screen it is possible to combine data from multiple jobs as well as select the color of each data source To edit an existing report From the Tracking Reports screen click the Edit link that corresponds with that report OR Once the report is generated you can change the definition of the current report by clicking on the Edit Report icon After performing one of the above actions the Define Report screen opens if the user has the right to edit reports The current report s General Settings Data Sources and Result Settings can be edited and saved to reflect any changes in the current report or they can be saved as a new report For more information on these tabs see section 13 1 Creating Reports 13 4 Creating a Report from a Template If the current report is a quick report from Delivered Jobs clicking the Create Report icon will allow the user to create a new report based on the settings of that quick report Type in a title for the report and then click OK to save the quick report as a regular report Alternatively click Save amp Execute to execute the report again display it and save the quick report as a regular report The report title will then show up in the listing of current repo
194. ar click Mail Job gt Open Jobs T he Open Jobs screen is a repository of email jobs that have been started From the Dashboard click the Open Jobs link located in the Currently in the System section Figure 10 1 The Open Jobs Screen Open Jobs All open jobs that have not been authorized for delivery Click on the Job ID to resume working on the selected job Display jobs with category lt All Categories Job Title Category Owner Mail Type Authorization Due By 0610304 Sample Job 2 holly Plain Nov 15 2006 08 00 00 AM 0610114 October Newsletter holly Plain 0609078 Sample Job holly Plain 0608294 Test Job 2 holly HTML Aug 31 2006 08 00 00 AM D60504C This job is overdue jht Plain May 4 2006 07 13 00 AM penspag Another OR MINE jht Plain Jun 18 2006 06 15 00 AM An open sample job with a 0605044 quite a while in the jht Plain Jan 1 2007 12 10 00 PM On the Open Jobs screen each job is listed with its Job ID Job Title Owner Mail Type plain or HTML and Authorization Due By date From this screen you can Display jobs in a specific category Click the Display jobs with category drop down menu and select the category of jobs you want to view in the list Sort the job listing The column headers in the table are links that when clicked will sort the jobs in ascending one click or descending two clicks order Each subsequent click wi
195. aram a text paramj Param10 18 4 Operators amp gt All operators have been updated to support the new data types and new calculation formula features 18 4 1 Operators for Number Operands If both operands are of the Number type then you can use the following operators Table 4 1 Operators for Number Operands Result rator Resul Operato Type esult Addition Number The sum of both operands Subtraction binary operator Number The difference of both operands with two operands Negative Value unary opera Number The negative value of the operand This operator has tor with one operand only a single operand at the right side of the operator Multiplication Number The product of both operands LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 267 Section 18 Calculation Formulas Result Operator Result Type Integer Division Number The integer quotient of both operands Modulo Number The remainder of integer division of both operands Equals Comparison Boolean True if the two operands are the same number false otherwise lt gt Not Equals Comparison Boolean True if the two operands are not the same number false otherwise This operator can also be written as Ae lt Less Than Comparison Boolean True if the first operand number is less than the sec ond operand number Less Or Equa
196. as amp NUMBER 6 9 Merge Fields and Conditional Blocks LISTSERV provides the ability to customize mail messages for each recipient by merging in values uploaded with the recipient data or conditionally including blocks of text based on the preferences indicated in the recipient data These values and preferences are taken from columns that are present in the recipient data 6 9 1 Merge Fields To merge a field into the message simply enter the field name or header name used in the recipient definition and precede it with an ampersand amp and follow it with a semi LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 96 Section 6 Defining amp Editing the Message for an Email Job colon If the recipients data is derived from a traditional LISTSERV list not connected to a database then the only merge substitution fields available are amp TO for the email address and amp NAME for the name For a list of available merge fields click the Show Merge Fields and Drop Ins link at the bottom of the text box on the HTML Code the AOL Code or the Text tab of the Define Message screen Copy and paste the name of the merged field into the message to ensure the correct name and formatting The following example demonstrates how overdue book notices can be customized using specific recipient data in the form of the fields EMAIL NAME IDNUM BRANCH BOOK1 BOOK2 BOOKS A text message merging the fields might l
197. atically authorize and deliver a copy of itself every 1 months after the first delivery until Sep 30 2006 08 00 AM Note The job is defined to be an auto repeat job but contains neither dynamic just in time recipients nor dynamic drop in content Therefore each auto repeat instance of the job will deliver exactly the same mail content to exactly the same list of recipients Please make sure that this is the indended behavior before authorizing the job for delivery Authorize Delivery Now Job Summary Sender E mail Address htaylor lsoft com Sender Name Reply To Address Bounce Handling handled by LISTSERV gt Recipients Recipients Type List uploaded as a text file Number of Recipients 38 Recipients Data Usage Used for mail merging and tracking Content Subject Test Message Mail Type Plain Details List of Attachments LSoftLogo gif 3 202 Bytes Maestro3 0_NewFeatures doc 602 112 Bytes Tracking Tracking is OFF Recipients Sample FNAME LNAME Anna EMAIL DOB Anna maestro demo lsoft com 03 17 1972 Bob maestro demo lsoft com Bob Bouchard 03 31 1981 Chuck maestro demo lsoft com Chuck Cho 7 15 1983 Anchor If a job is authorized for delivery at a future date and time delivery authorization may be revoked by going to the Open Jobs screen and selecting the job For more information see Section 10 Open Jobs The scheduled delivery time shown on this scr
198. ating new data sources Each data source represents a single variable in the report a line or bar For more information see Section 13 1 2 Adding a Data Source Result Settings Defines the type of report and how the data from the job is displayed For more information see Section 13 1 3 Result Settings 13 1 1 General Settings The General Settings tab lets you define report period and edit the team collaboration settings Figure 13 3 Define Report Screen General Settings Tab General Settings Data Sources Result Settings Report Period Automatic Report period is automatically sized to fit the registered events Defined Period From To Format mm dd yyyy hh mm Time is optional If left out full days are used The given date and time values are relative to this time zone Team Collaboration Edit Edit and Execute holly Only Execute The Report Period section is used to determine the earliest and the latest points in time that are considered when the events are retrieved from Maestro Tracker Automatic LISTSERV Maestro will determine the time period to fit the registered events From all the events of all of the jobs and or URLs that are part of the report LISTSERV Maestro will set the time of the earliest event as the From and the time of the latest event as the To values of the time period If two jobs are selected for tracking LISTSERV Maestro will select the delivery time of t
199. ation due by date time is the given date time or earlier will be included If both a From and To date time is entered then only jobs where the authorization due by date time is between the two given borders including the borders themselves will be LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 154 Section 10 Open Jobs included Leave empty if you do not want to filter over the authorization due by date time due by date time will always be excluded LN Note If this filter is specified i e is not empty then any jobs without an authorization Owner If applicable select an owner from the drop down menu Only jobs with the matching owner will be included Mail Type Select one of the mail types HTML or Plain to define a mail type filter Only jobs with the matching mail type will be included Select Ignore if you do not want to filter over the mail type V Note If you define any filter settings and later set the filter to inactive then the filter settings will still be remembered which means you can easily activate them again at a later time Click OK to submit any changes or Cancel to exit without submitting your changes 10 2 Multiple Job Actions From the Open Jobs screen you can also perform certain actions on several jobs at once by using the Multiple Job Actions feature This feature is normally disabled To enable it click Mail Job Multiple Job Actions Enable Multiple Job Acti
200. atter what category they are and No Category only the jobs which are not in any category will be included Below the chart at the very bottom a message bar displays additional information about when the report was executed and which period is covered in the report This message bar also contains the Download icon at the very right Click on the icon to download the report as a PDF or as a ZIP file which contains the current report in form of a text file with comma separated values a CSV file plus an additional readme txt file with details about the report The bounce count of a job can either be refreshed individually for that job via the job details page of the corresponding job or you can use the Refresh link at the bottom of this report as a shortcut to refresh the bounce counts of all jobs which fall into the time period that is covered by the current report i e which were delivered between the from and to date and time Note When determining if a recipient is supposed be reported as successful or w bounced the report will always use whatever bounce information is currently available for the job that the recipient was part of This job related bounce information is the information that was obtained during the last bounce count refresh of that job which means that at the time that the report is executed the bounce count LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 203 Section 13 Tracking Reports
201. awn on top of each other so that lines which are drawn first are hidden by lines which are drawn later By reordering the data sources you can define which lines are drawn later making them more likely to be visible in such cases For sum of events reports this ordering affects both the order of the bars in the bar chart and the order in which the data sources will appear in the legend LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 193 Section 13 Tracking Reports Define Report Define the settings of the report Copy Settings Save amp Execute Title Sample General Settings Data Sources Result Settings The following data sources have been defined for this report Add Data Source Figure 13 10 Reordering Data Sources Data Source Description Sample Data Source Name Open Up amp Click Through 3 Jobs 23 Links Sample Sent Messages 2 Jobs Sample III Bounced Messages 2 Jobs Sample IV Unbounced Messages 2 Jobs 13 1 3 Result Settings The third tab of the Define Reports screen is Result Settings Select the type of report to generate as well as how the report data will be displayed There are four basic types of report listed under the Result Type section The type of report selected will determine the other options that appear in the lower half of the screen Some report types will have many other options to choose and other types will have no additional options to selec
202. b in the auto repeat chain will be spawned which then turn waits in the Ongoing Jobs list until the external process uses the same security token again to trigger this job s delivery Because of this the external process can independently determine how often a new job in the auto repeat chain is to be delivered A B Split Job The delivery trigger security token for A B split jobs are assigned depending on one of the following four cases Standard A B Split Job with Common Delivery Settings for All Variants The A B split job has a common security token that is found on the A B split LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 147 Section 9 Testing and Authorizing Delivery job s details page once the variants have been authorized If the common security token is used to trigger the action then this will trigger the delivery of all variants Sampling A B Split Job with Common Delivery Settings for the Sampling Variants The A B split job has a common security token that is found on the A B split job s details page once the variants have been authorized Neither the sampling variants nor the main variant have individual security tokens If the common security token is used to trigger the action then this will trigger either the delivery of the sampling variants or the delivery of the main variant depending on which variants are currently authorized for delivery Because of this the security token has to be used twice
203. b to be authorized for delivery LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 136 Section 9 Testing and Authorizing Delivery If you want to view and verify the delivery test results later select the Verify Later option and click OK If this option is selected the job can not yet be approved for delivery The next time the Delivery Test icon or link is clicked from the Job Details screen the user will be returned to the Delivery Test screen To approve the pending test click the _ directly to the validation page without another delivery test link under the Advanced Options section to return to the Validation screen of the test that was saved for later verification Click the Yes option and then click OK to proceed Figure 9 2 Delivery Test Results Delivery Test Delivery Test Results The test messages have been delivered to the recipients supplied Total number of delivery test messages sent 1 Please wait until you have received the test messages Depending on the Internet connection and the e mail systems involved this may take a short while Review test messages to verify they are acceptable NO The delivery test results are not acceptable YES The delivery test results are acceptable Verify Later View and verify the result of the delivery test at a later time Tips It is useful to have a good understanding of the actual recipient data when putting D together a test If the message co
204. ber is returned If a set of numbers is given then a Number Set is returned that contains the absolute values of all numbers in the argument set Examples Abs 10 Abs amp VALUE Abs 30 amp ACCOUNT 2 Abs SetOf 10 333 15 amp VALUE1 amp VALUE2 New IsNum IsNum arg Function Checks if the given argument can be converted into a number or set of numbers Returns true if the argument can be converted into a number or set of numbers false if not This function is a companion function to ToNum If IsNum returns true for a given argument then it is safe to use ToNum on the same argument i e ToNum will not generate an error when used with the same argument Return Type Boolean LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 273 Section 18 Calculation Formulas Arguments e arg This argument can be of any type Text The text is parsed and an attempt is made to convert it into a number If this is successful then true is returned otherwise false Text Set All elements in the set are parsed and converted into numbers If this is successful for all elements in the set then true is returned otherwise false Boolean Always results in a return value of true Number or Number Set Always results in a return value of true Examples IsNum 12345 IsNum amp AGE IsNum true IsNum 123 456 Max Max argl arg2 argN Function Return
205. binary can only be loaded if the recipient is online when reading the message and the loading of linked binaries has not been disabled Title input field Depending on the placeholder definition an input field for the Title attribute may be available Usually the value of this field is used to supply the title and or alt attribute of the img tag that renders the image LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual EA Section 6 Defining amp Editing the Message for an Email Job that is defined by the binary placeholder In these cases the title text will be displayed if the image should not be available and also for accessibility purposes and may also become visible as a tool tip popup that appears when the mouse pointer is hovered over the image This may vary however depending on the placeholder definition Enter a meaningful title value for the binary that you provide For multiple value placeholders these options are available Plain Text multiple values Similar to Plain Text see above only you have the option of supplying multiple values for this placeholder These values will be combined into a list according to the template definition and then used to replace the placeholder HTML multiple values Similar as HTML see above only you have the option of supplying multiple values for this placeholder The multiple values will be combined into a list according to the template definition
206. blocked or stripped by the recipient s email client 5 Notes These options only work if these image types are present the email message u In addition these options only affect the preview of the message The actual emails will always include the images either linked or inline depending on the type of each image no matter how the options are set here on the HTML Preview tab There can be many reasons why images are not being displayed by an email client For example the email client could initially be blocking the display of linked images until the user manually unblocks them this is very common with current email clients or any inline image attachments may have been stripped from the email by the recipient s email server or the mail client could simply be unable to display any images at all as may be the case with older email clients Because of these reasons it is extremely important that you make sure your message is readable and understandable even if the images in the message are not being displayed If your message is not discernible then you should rework your text so that the message is apparent without the images 6 7 Adding Attachments To attach a file to a message click the Attachments tab on the Define Message screen Figure 6 14 Define Message Attachments Define Message Define the Subject and the Body of the message Copy Message from Another Job Drop In content is disabled for this job Change
207. by Tuttle 709 Westmore Ave Ro 00085 Seth Simpson 108 South Brook Lane Bu 0009 Ron Remmington 13398 Treadway Road Ne 00109 Quartermaster 3501 Nicholson Terrace Fai Download the recipients here The uploaded text file contained invalid addresses Download here 12 5 Completed Job Reports On the Completed Job Details screen click the Reports tab to generate a quick report on the current job as long as tracking has been switched on for the job in question Quick reports are predefined report types that create a temporary report based on the selected report settings and the active email job The Reports tab now offers a wider variety of options for generating quick reports for the selected job In the Report Type sections select one of the following Event distribution over time This report type produces a simple line graph showing the number of responses over time Time is plotted on the x axis of the chart and event statistics are charted on the y axis For more information on event distribution reports see Section 13 7 Event Distribution Report Sum of events This report type produces bar graph that shows the number of recipients who clicked on each URL and or opened up the email message The length of each bar shows the number of events For more information on sum of events reports see Section 13 8 Sum of Events Report LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 173 Section 12 Complet
208. byte 196 should have been interpreted as a While mixing characters from different 150 8859 charsets will simply display the wrong character to the recipient mixing ASCII and ISO 8859 or ISO 8859 and Unicode may LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 308 Appendix B Email and International Character Sets even result in characters that cannot be displayed at all Most importantly if the mail text uses the Unicode encoding UTF 8 then it is necessary to make sure that the merge value texts in the recipients source are also UTF 8 encoded the byte sequence that stands for each merge value must be a valid UTF 8 encoded sequence representing a string of characters from the Unicode charset Then again it is usually not possible to define a charset for the mail and then in some way make sure that the merge values in the list or in the LISTSERV database match this charset since those merge values have usually been stored long before the mail was created Therefore the best way to proceed is to check which encoding was used when the data was stored in the list or LISTSERV database again you might need to ask your administrator for that information and then use the same charset for the mail In summary for the recipient types of an existing LISTSERV list or LISTSERV selecting from a database the merge value characters that have no representation in the charset that was chosen for the mail text will be displayed as a differ
209. ch of the non hosted LISTSERV lists at the LISTSERV server to include in the dataset as Linked LISTSERV Lists This option will also refresh the settings of the already linked LISTSERV lists by reading their current settings as defined in the list headers from LISTSERV so that LISTSERV Maestro will be aware of any changes to the lists Subscriber Access URLs Display the URLs for the Subscriber Access pages of the dataset s member area Tree Structure Manage operations in a dataset tree using one of the following options Cut Cut the selected category from the dataset tree in preparation for a Cut amp Paste operation more precisely the node will be marked as cut but it will only be removed from its current parent node once you select Paste in another node Copy Categories Only Copy the selected category and its subcategories in the dataset tree in preparation for a Copy amp Paste operation more precisely the category will be marked as copied but it will only be created once you select Paste in another node Note Any hosted lists in the category or sub category will not be copied Paste Paste a node into the currently selected node or root of the dataset tree The node to paste must have been marked for cut or copy see the Cut and Copy options e Clear Cut Copy State Clear the current cut or copy state and unmarks the node that was to be cut or copied see the Cut and
210. chive is enabled for a LISTSERV list then postings to this list may also be read in form of a RSS feed in contrast to subscribing to the list and receiving the messages via email RSS feed readers usually display a short abstract for each message in the feed which allows the user to determine if he she is interested in reading the full message If the current recipient definition of the mail job is set to Send to an Existing LISTSERV List with the Send job as a standard list message to list members option then the RSS abstract definition will be available on the Define Message screen Figure 6 18 RSS Abstract Support on the Define Message Screen Define Message Define the Subject and the Body of the message HTML was 4 Text Drop Ins aasi Template Forward to AZ m 6 M f L a4 Friend S MOMS 4 228 zu Subject test Plain Text Attachments Census Jans from other job To define the RSS abstract click the RSS Abstract link The RSS Abstract screen open From here you can define the abstract that will be used for your message in case your message is read via a RSS feed Figure 6 19 The RSS Abstract Screen RSS Abstract Define the RSS abstract for the LISTSERV list message If the list archive is enabled for a LISTSERV list then the messages that are posted to the list may also be read as a RSS feed This page allows you to define the abstract that will be used to represent your message in
211. cific texts like weekday names names of months and so on will be formatted using the U S locale Similarly times will be formatted using the server s time zone If you want to specify a different locale you can do so with the optional parameter to choose a predefined locale or with the optional parameters langcode and countrycode to specify your own locale See Predefined Locales for details If you want to specify the time as relative to a different time zone you can include a time zone value in the date time text Return Type Number Arguments datetext This argument can be of type Text and its the date time text string to parse Must contain the desired date time in a textual format that can be parsed by applying the given format pattern localename This argument can be of type Text and its the name of a predefined locale If specified any locale specific text in datetext will be expected according to this locale This argument is optional Either you supply no further argument at all or you only supply this argument e langcode This argument can be of type Text and its a lowercase two letter ISO 639 language code specifying the language for the locale For example see here http ftp ics uci edu pub ietf http related iso639 txt for one list of the ISO 639 language codes This argument is optional Either you supply no further argument at all or you supply both the following this argument and
212. clicking on the Revoke Send Authorization button Click the View link adjacent to each of the job details to review the selections Once the authorization has been revoked it is possible to edit the job details from the Workflow or Summary Diagrams Depending on what steps are edited other steps may have to be revisited and delivery authorization will have to be given again A yellow arrows icon represents jobs that are currently being processed It is possible to click on the ID of such a job very soon after it begins delivery if the user is quick enough or if the job is large and sending takes a longer time The Ongoing Job Details screen appears with a Stop Sending button Clicking this button while sending is still in process will abort the delivery The job will then be listed in the failed state LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 160 Section 11 Ongoing Jobs Ared X icon represents jobs that have failed to be sent Failed jobs can be the result x of a bad connection network problems or server problems Click the ID of such a job to open the Ongoing Job Details screen Three buttons appear Re Open Job Close Job and Retry Sending Click Re Open Job to re open the job for editing Click Close Job to close the job as failed and put it in the Completed Jobs list Click Retry Sending to immediately restart the sending of the failed job D Tip Use Retry Sending if the reason for the failure wa
213. column and the text for that header into the X Header Text column The additional headers will be added to the end of the header part of the email just before the actual message content They will be added in the order you enter them here Rows where both the name and the text columns are empty are ignored therefore to remove a certain header simply click the Clear Row link of the corresponding row If you need more rows than are currently visible click the Add Row link 8 1 5 Profiles If the system administrator has granted permission it is possible to save any new sender information as a profile for future use All saved sender profiles are available to all members of a group The only required field is the sender s email address but including the sender name makes the message more personalized Include a reply to address if replies are an option for recipients and if the reply to address is different from the sender s email address Click the Save as Profile link once all the information is entered The Save Sender as New Profile screen opens Enter a title for the profile and click OK This saved profile will then be available in the Load from Profile drop down menu LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 121 Section 8 Sender and Delivery Options Figure 8 2 The Save Sender as New Profile Screen Save Sender as New Profile Profile Title E mail Address htaylor lsoft com Sender Name Reply To Address B
214. column that identifies the email address decide whether to use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking and to edit the LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 51 Section 5 Defining Recipients of an Email Job column headers if necessary The Recipients Details screen is split into three sections to accommodate these steps 5 3 4 1 Usage of Recipients Data LISTSERV Maestro needs to know if additional recipient data will be used for mail merging and tracking or whether this information is to be ignored and the job sent as bulk email If Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking is selected columns from the text file or database can be used in the email message to create personalized messages These columns can also be used to identify recipients for more detailed tracking reports For more information on using mail merging see Section 6 9 Merge Fields and Conditional Blocks If Ignore additional recipient data and send job as bulk email is selected additional columns that were uploaded with the file or that appear in the database will be ignored by the system It will not be possible to use mail merging Tracking for the message will be limited to blind tracking meaning that the tracking data available from the job will not be associated with identifiable individuals or other demographic information Once a selection has been made for Usage of Recipient s Data the selections for Recip
215. com 8787 Hartford CT Xavier Xero Xavier server company com 5454 New York NY Wilfred Wonderly Wilfred server company com 9595 New York NY Vanna VonSchedule Vanna server company com 8787 Lansing MI Ursula Underhill Ursulatbserver company com Albany Once a selection has been made for Usage of Recipient s Data the selections for Recipient Identification Columns and Header Definition will change to reflect what is available for each choice 5 6 4 2 Recipient Identification Columns In order to process an email job LISTSERV Maestro needs to know which column represents the recipients email addresses Use the drop down menu to select the Email Column In the case of a mail merge job use the drop down menu to select the Name Column as well Selecting the Name Column is optional but it makes a more personalized message possible If the job is sent as bulk email with no mail merging it is necessary to type in a To address that will be used in the header of the message for all recipients Optionally type LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 68 Section 5 Defining Recipients of an Email Job in aname for the To address All messages will be sent using this address and this name no personalization is possible Tip It is common practice to use a generic email address with a matching generic name T for the organization sending the bulk mail job in the To Address and Name fields An example of this mig
216. com Evelyn Eavensong 03 17 1950 Frank maestro demo lsoft com Frank Fortuna 2 10 1964 Ginagmaestro demo Isoft com Gina Gallino 04 10 1982 Hilda maestro demo lsoft com Hilda Hines 2 7 1972 Ines maestro demo lsoft com Ines Ito 1 13 1974 jani lsoft com Jani Kumpula 01 05 1975 Refresh Preview In order to send out an email job LISTSERV Maestro must correctly interpret which column contains the name of the recipient and which column contains the email address of the recipient Other fields may be included and will appear in the Preview section located on the lower half of the screen Click the Next gt button to continue if the parsing is accurate with each column of data separated correctly and labeled with a header row 5 5 3 1 Parse Recipients Manually If LISTSERV Maestro has not interpreted the data correctly or an unconventional delimiter and or quote character has been used click on the Specify encoding and separator quote manually link to configure the data manually Use the Specify encoding and separator quote manually link when the delimiter separator character or the quote character is used in some of the data fields For example if the NAME field contained Tom the cool cat Jones as entry and double quotes was the quote character for the file the details would have to be specified manually The same would be true if a field named LOCATION contained the entry Atlanta GA where the comma was the separator characte
217. con a new comparison tab will be created This tab can be used for individually configured comparisons of the tracking events of several of the included jobs There can be any number of such additional comparison tabs for various comparisons see below for details Click the Back to Job Comparison Report Settings Page link at the top of the page to go back to the settings screen which is where you can change the general settings for the report for example the report type and the type of the included data sources To close a certain comparison tab click the Close Tab link at the top right of the tab Each freshly created comparison tab is initially empty and waits for you to select the jobs and report data sources to compare For this selection use the Job Selection for LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 182 Section 12 Completed Jobs Comparison panel that appears at the right side of the window whenever a comparison tab is the active tab Figure 12 13 Adding a New Comparison Tab Job Selection for Comparison Select All Unselect All Hide Selection Panel Job Comparison Report Back to Job Comparison Report Settings Page 060712E Another job for generating stats Job Reports Comparison 1 060810D Test Job 060906A Newsletter On this panel select the jobs that you want to compare by selecting their corresponding checkboxes For each selected job you may then also select
218. cted the OTHER topic LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 46 Section 5 Defining Recipients of an Email Job Figure 5 5 Source Details for LISTSERV List Topics Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Recipients Details Summary Cancel lt Back Next gt Source Details Use this page to specify the details about the list subscribers that will receive the mail The selected LISTSERY list contains list topics Specify how the topics that the subscribers have chosen will be used to determine the subset of the list subscribers that will receive the mail Send only to subscribers with the following topics lt none gt All subscribers ignore topics Send to subscribers with no topics or with the OTHER topic Click the Select Topic link to view the available topics for the list Use the check boxes to select which topics to include as message recipients Click the Select All link to select all topics Next decide whether to hide or expose the selected topics in the subject line of the message by selecting the corresponding option button If the list subscribers are aware of the topics and are accustomed to using them for example to automatically move list messages to folders in their email programs then consider exposing the topics in the subject line However if there are many topics selected for the message a rather lengthy subject line will result In this case consider hidi
219. ction 10 3 The Open Job Journal Section 11 4 The Ongoing Job Journal and Section 12 8 The Completed Job Journal Viewing an HTML Message in the Recipient s Browser A new system drop in gives your recipients the ability to view an HTML message in their browser For details see Section15 3 1 4 or Section 16 4 View in Browser URL LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual xix What s New for the End User in LISTSERV Maestro 4 0 Requesting Profile Field Updates It is now possible to create a message that asks a subscriber to update specific profile fields For details see Section 15 3 1 3 Profile Field Updates URL or Section 16 3 Profile Field Updates URL Tracking Permissions When the new tracking permissions profile field type has been defined for a dataset and an HRL or HLL from that dataset is used to define recipients for an email job then your options in the Tracking Definition wizard will change For details see 7 4 Types of Tracking Triggering the Delivery of an Email Job Email delivery can now be initiated from outside of LISTSERV Maestro For details on how to enable this type of delivery for an email job see Section 8 2 Scheduling Delivery of a Job For details on how to trigger the delivery of an email job once it is enabled see Section 9 6 Triggering the Delivery of an Email Job Defining Individual Delivery Times for A B Split Job Variants For an A B split job it is now possible to define
220. ction 16 Advanced Use of System Drop Ins set the check will be true otherwise it will be false The corresponding drop in looks like this Multi HOBBIES gt Swimming Use this for subscribers with at least the given hobby Use this for all other subscribers Scenario 4 If the subscriber has selected any of the hobbies Swimming Cycling and Poker not necessarily all of them and others not included can be selected from the list HOBBIES use one text for replacement if not use a different text This is a check of the type intersection If the set of hobbies selected by the subscriber first set intersects with the set that contains the hobbies Swimming Cycling and Poker second set the check will be true otherwise it will be false The corresponding drop in looks like this Multi HOBBIES amp Swimming Cycling Poker Use this for subscribers with any of the given hobbies Use this for all other subscribers Note Even though mathematically the empty set is always a subset of every other conceivable set with regards to the subset operator in LISTSERV Maestro this is not so In LISTSERV Maestro if a subscriber has not selected any choices first set is the empty set then the subset operator will always yield false 16 6 Combining System Drop Ins with Conditional Blocks The special set operator system drop in described here is especially useful wh
221. ctive chart Move the mouse pointer over the chart to display a special interval marker The marker appears as a red line in the middle of the interval with a little box at the top that contains the boundary dates and times of the interval With the help of this marker you are able to pick out a certain interval in the chart even if the interval size is very small so that each interval is only a few pixels wide You can then click on any interval to view details about it The information box of the marker that usually only contains the boundary dates times is expanded and shows additional details about the selected interval Click anywhere a second time to close the more detailed information box again The information box that is displayed when you click on an interval also allows you to drill down into the interval by performing a new report with a period that corresponds to the currently selected interval and with an interval size that is one unit finer than the currently selected interval size To do this click on the Chart for days of this month week day link in the information box after you open the more detailed information box by clicking on an interval For example If you are currently viewing a chart with interval size 1 month and click on an interval a month then the information box for this interval will contain the Chart for days of this month link If you click on this link then a new report will be executed where the
222. d Bh by the Sequence icon By clicking on the Sequence icon the sequence expands and displays all jobs in that sequence From there select any of these jobs by clicking on its ID To hide the sequence jobs simply click on the Sequence icon again or click on the icon of a different sequence which will expand that other sequence and hide the sequence that was previously expanded Only one sequence can be shown at a time w Note A job might be processed successfully but still fail to be delivered The processing state only describes the success or failure of the act of transferring the job to LISTSERV If LISTSERV fails to deliver the job no messages will be sent but the job will still be in the successful state inside of LISTSERV Maestro For example if a job is sent to a LISTSERV list with the Standard list submit option and using a sender address that is not authorized to post to the list then the job will be LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 167 Section 12 Completed Jobs successful but LISTSERV sends an error message to the non authorized email address and no messages to recipients are actually delivered Tip If a user suspects that a job that is shown as successful was actually never sent T for example because recipients report that they never got the message then the administrator should check the LISTSERV logs to find out what happened to the job 12 3 Multiple Job Actions From t
223. d dataset Download all Subscribers Download the current subscribers of the hosted list Tree Structure Manage operations in a dataset tree using one of the following options Cut Cut the selected hosted list from the dataset tree in preparation for a Cut amp Paste operation more precisely the node will be marked as cut but it will only be removed from its current parent node once you select Paste in another node Copy Copy the selected hosted list in preparation for a Copy amp Paste operation more precisely the list will be marked as copied but it will only be created once you select Paste in another node Clear Cut Copy State Clear the current cut or copy state and unmarks the node that was to be cut or copied Delete all Subscribers Delete all subscribers from the hosted list Delete List Delete the hosted list with all subscribers The Linked LISTSERV List menu contains options that are related to the Linked LISTSERV List currently selected in the dataset tree The options available vary depending on where you are in the application and what function you are performing The possible options are Dataset Overview Return to the Recipient Dataset Details screen List Configuration Open the corresponding LISTSERV Web Interface page for management of the selected Linked LISTSERV List Convert To or Clone As Hosted List Convert the select
224. d third column Now if you would leave out the EMAIL column the result would be CITY GENDER COUNT New York female 1 New York male 2 Washington female 1 Washington male 1 As you can see John and Robert from New York which differed only in their email addresses are now aggregated into the male from New York profile and there are now two events shown as coming from recipients that match this profile one from John and one from Robert If you would also leave out the GENDER column the result would be CITY COUNT LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 213 Section 13 Tracking Reports New York 3 Washington 2 13 10 Event Details Report The Event details report is available for personal anonymous unique and blind tracking jobs This report type displays a multi frame table that lists each data source Use the top frame to select the data source and the bottom frame to select the time zone and file encoding to be used to format the downloaded data Data must be downloaded and can be imported into a statistical software program to generate charts and graphs Figure 13 27 Sample of the Event Details Report Report Tracking data for This is a test job by Johannes to illustrate some features Download Report Result Report of type Raw Information of Events Collected During the Time Period To download the report result in the form of a zipped text file choose from the list below wh
225. d up the email message For each data source all events of the selected type click through and or open up and for the selected links in the case of click through are summed up and displayed in the form of a colored bar Two types of sum can be chosen for the report Sum of unique events or Sum of all events Sum of unique events plots only a single event of each type for each recipient This chart will register 0 zero events if blind tracking has been selected for the tracking type during the tracking definition because blind tracking cannot count any event as unique Sum of all events counts all events triggered for each recipient and is available for blind tracking The Sum of all events will give an overall picture of how many events were generated When compared to the Sum of unique events the report gives an idea of how well the overall number of events was distributed over the individual recipients It is possible to discern whether many recipients generated relatively few events each or whether most events were generated by only a few recipients generating the same events over and over while many other recipients only generated a few events or none at all 13 8 1 Viewing the Sum of Events Report The View Report screen of a Sum of Events report displays the collected data in a bar graph format The View Report screen of this report type changes to reflect different options set on the Change View Settings for Report screen Dep
226. ded in the report table only once Instead of including the same profile several times LISTSERV Maestro simply counts how many recipients share the same profile for each unique profile In the special purpose column called COUNT each instance of an event for the same profile is recorded If you include this column then it will be populated with the number of recipients that were matched to the condensed profile defined by the other columns in the same row Using the COUNT column allows you to find out interesting demographic statistics such as how many males or females from a certain city have clicked on a certain link Note The rows in the table will be sorted in ascending order on the first column If there w are profiles with the same values in the first column then they will be sorted after their second column and so on Example Assume that the full profile has the three columns from above EMAIL GENDER and CITY Also assume that if you included all columns plus the COUNT column then your report table would look like this CITY GENDER EMAIL COUNT New York female sally somewhere com 1 New York male john Qsomewhere com 1 New York male robert somewhere com 1 Washington female debby somewhere com 1 Washington male frank somewhere com 1 This table means that each of these recipients has generated one event of the type being counted by the data source You can also see the sort order after first second an
227. ditional recipient data was used for mail merging and tracking it is possible to edit the existing headers Editing the headers does not change the original uploaded file or the original job However editing does allow the user to create meaningful headers that can be used to merge recipient data into each message making each message personalized The name of the header becomes the name of the mail merge place holder in the message LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 536 Section 5 Defining Recipients of an Email Job therefore it is important to select names that are meaningful to the users who are assembling the message content See Section 6 9 1 Merge Fields for more information Header labels are limited to upper and lower case letters the numbers 0 9 and the underscore _ Any illegal characters in the headers will have to be changed before proceeding Before continuing to the next screen identify the recipients email address and name by using the drop down menus for the Email Column and the Name Column Figure 5 11 Recipients Details for Reaction to a Previous Job with Additional Recipient Data Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Recipients Details Summary Back Next gt TE Recipients Details The system now knows how to separate the recipients file into columns Select the columns in the recipient data containing the e mail address and name Usage of Recipients Data
228. e Depends on value1 and value2 see below Arguments condition This argument can be of type Boolean and its the condition to evaluate e valuel This argument can be of any type see below and its the value to return if the condition evaluates to true e value2 This argument can be of any type see below and its the value to return if the condition evaluates to false Note Even though value1 and value2 can be of any type the types of these two W values must either be the same or one type must be convertible into the other If both types are the same then this is also the return type of the function If the types are different but one type can be converted into the other type then this other type is the return type of the function even if the value with the first type should be selected by the condition For details on conversions see Automatic Type Conversion LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 282 Section 18 Calculation Formulas Examples If amp VALUE gt 15 greater than 15 not greater than 15 If amp VALUE 20 50 50 0 Function Counts and returns the number of elements in the given set Return Type Number Arguments set This argument can be of type Text Set or Number Set and its the set to count the elements of Examples Count SetOf eleml1 elem2 elem3 Count SetOf 1 2 3 4 5 Count amp KMULTI SELECT FIELD n I
229. e LISTSERV Maestro Interface 2 2 1 3 Hiding Showing Dashboard Sections When using the LISTSERV Maestro Dashboard you ll notice that it is divided into multiple sections that can be re organized quite easily For instance you can move any section up or down in order of importance hide sections that don t interest you and show only those that do Changes to the Dashboard are constant from session to session which means that any rearranging you do or reports that you add will be available each time you log in Each Dashboard section can be hidden or moved The x box in the top right corner of each section will hide that particular section The up and down arrows in the top and bottom right corners will cause the section to trade places with the section above below it In addition to display or hide a section you can click on the Dashboard menu and then select Hide Show Default Sections The Hide Show Dashboard Sections screen opens Figure 2 5 The Hide Show Default Section Screen Hide Show Dashboard Sections You can customize the dashboard appearance by hiding and showing some of the dashboard sections Set the checkmark for those sections which you want to appear on your dashboard Currently In The System Shows general statistics over the data and objects that are currently in LISTSERV Maestro as they are visible to your account Recently Visited Shows shortcuts to the most recently visited object of each type for a
230. e LISTSERV Maestro Interface The Dashboard menu lets you create new and manage the configuration of your Dashboard s This menu is only available from the Dashboard screen The available options are e Switch Dashboard Show the list of available Dashboards From this list select which one will be displayed as the current Dashboard in the current session Once selected that particular Dashboard will be displayed Hide Show Default Sections Hide or show any of the default Dashboard sections applies only to the currently selected Dashboard Edit Dashboard Name Edit the name title of the currently selected Dashboard e Create New Dashboard Create new Dashboard with all default sections in default order without any Dashboard reports e Copy Current Dashboard Create a new Dashboard as copy of the current Dashboard Delete Current Dashboard Delete the current Dashboard The Dataset menu lets you manage the datasets categories and members The options available vary depending on where you are in the application and what function you are performing The possible options are Dataset Overview Return to the Recipient Dataset Details screen Edit Dataset Settings Edit the dataset settings Edit Category Edit the settings of the category that is currently selected in the dataset tree e Create Create hosted lists and categories using one of the following options Create Ho
231. e Switch Dashboard screen opens LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual oe Section 2 Understanding the LISTSERV Maestro Interface Figure 2 9 Switching Dashboards Switch Dashboard Click the name of the dashboard that you want to use as the current dashboard or click Cancel to leave the page without changing the current dashboard The current dashboard is emphasized in the list below Campaign Management Dashboard Standard Sections Recent Deliveries Current And Upcoming Deliveries Dashboard Reports Tracking data for Sample Auto repeat job Tracking data for Sample Auto repeat job Forward to Friend Statistics for Sample job with Forward to Friend Conversion Tracking Data Administration Dashboard Standard Sections Currently In The System Recently Visited Jobs Due Next Dashboard Reports Delivered Recipients Statistics Member Count for Maestro Demo List Subscriber Count for Product Announcements Subscribe Unsubscribe Distribution for Product Announcements Newsletter Dashboard Standard Sections Currently In The System Current And Upcoming Deliveries Recent Deliveries Dashboard Reports Sample Sum of Events Report Bar Chart Sample Event Distribution Report Cumulative over time From this screen select the Dashboard you want to use in your current LISTSERV Maestro session The currently selected Dashboard is emphasized in the list of available Dashboards To select a diff
232. e Text and it specifies the format pattern to use to convert the milliseconds value in datevalue into the formatted representation localename This argument can be of type Text and its the name of a predefined locale If specified any locale specific text in datetext will be expected according to this locale This argument is optional Either you supply no further argument at all or you only supply this argument langcode This argument can be of type Text and its a lowercase two letter ISO 639 language code specifying the language for the locale For example see here http ftp ics uci edu pub ietf http related iso639 txt for one list of the ISO 639 language codes This argument is optional Either you supply no further argument at all or you supply both the following this argument and the next e countrycode This argument can be of type Text and its an uppercase two letter 150 3166 country code specifying the country for the locale For example see here http www iso org iso country codes iso 3166 code lists htm for one list of the 150 3316 country codes If langcode and countrycode are specified they are used to create a locale for the given language and country and any locale specific text in datetext will be expected according to this locale Examples ToDate CurrentMillis MMM dd yyyy formats the current date using the default U S locale LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 289
233. e and time specified above Use my local time zone x Note Leave the date and time field empty if you do not want to define an Authorization Due By date If a date and time is specified daylight saving time is taken into account automatically Auto Archive Administrator defined default No auto archive When you are finished defining the delivery settings click OK The A B Split Job Details screen opens with each sampling variant delivery setting shown separately LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 129 Section 8 Sender and Delivery Options Figure 8 12 The A B Split Job Details Screen with Individual Sampling Variants A B Split Job Details A B Split Job Edit ID 080729B Title A B Split Job with Sampling Type Sampling A B Split Sampling Details At least 75 of the recipients will be reserved for the main variant job Each sampling variant job will be sent to a maximum of 1 000 recipients Category 2 Recipients Edit Recipients Information lt no recipients defined gt Sampling Variant Jobs Main Variant Job Open Job ID Job Title Content Tracking Sender Test 080729858 A B Split Job with Sampling x Q x 080729B C A B Split Job with Sampling o x 4 x Add Variant Job Sampling Delivery Job ID Job Title Delivery Settings 0807298 8 A B Split Job with Sampling no delivery settings defined 080729B C A B Split Job with Sampling no delivery settings defined
234. e any text not only a single character This argument is optional but may be supplied if the default separator delimiter and delimitAll arguments have been supplied too LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 285 Section 18 Calculation Formulas Examples SetToString amp MULTI_SELECT_FIELD SetToString amp MULTI SELECT FIELD empty SetToString amp MULTI SELECT FIELD empty SetToString amp MULTI SELECT FIELD empty SetToString amp MULTI SELECT FIELD false SetToString amp MULTI SELECT FIELD true New SetToStringWithMaxLen SetToStringWithMaxLen set maxlen omissionText default separa tor delimiter delimitAll delimiterEscape Function This is a specialized version of the SetToString function SetToStringWithMaxLen also converts a set into a text string but observes a given maximum text length by listing only so many values from the set as may fit into the maximum length Similarly to Set ToSt ring the values are separated with a specified separator character and optionally enclosed in the specified delimiters If not all values fit the maximum length then optionally an omission text may be appended The Set ToStringWithMaxLen function is useful if you want to make sure that the final output leng
235. e are the two values containing the separator character lt gt John Doe Chicago Illinois USA Lucy Summers London England GB Karl Hauser Frankfurt D Both will be parsed as follows John Doe Chicago Illinois Lucy summers London England Karl Hauser Frankfurt LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 313 User s Manual Appendix C About Comma Separated Format Recipient Files Values of which some contain a comma separated by comma quoted with lt gt with empty fields Using the style that quotes all va ues John Chicago Illinois USA Summers London England GB Karl Hauser Frankfurt Or using the style that quotes only the values that have to be quoted The only values that have to be quoted in this example are the two values containing the separator character lt gt John Chicago Illinois USA summers London England GB Karl Hauser Frankfurt Both will be parsed as follows Jonn Chicago Iilinois USA Summers London England GB Karl Hauser Frankfurt Values of which some contain a comma and some the quote character separated by comma quoted with lt gt Using the style that quotes all values John Doe Chicago The Windy City Illinois USA Little Lucy Summers London England GB Karl Big Boy Hauser Frankfurt D Or using the style that quotes only the values that hav
236. e can be defined for up to 30 days If a marked page is visited at any time while the cookie is still valid then this visit will be counted as an event even if the page is not revisited by an email link Cookies be disabled by the recipient so your tracking results will never be 100 accurate however this feature can be extremely useful when analyzing trends 19 2 Adding Action Tags Next you ll need to define the action tags that will be used to track your recipient s actions To do so click on the Add Action Tag link enter the name of the action tag and then click OK Repeat this process until you are finished adding your actions tags Once you are finished all action tags will be listed in the Action Tags section LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 299 Section 19 Action Tracking Figure 19 1 The Recipient Action Tracking Screen Recipient Action Tracking Recipient action tracking is a cookie based method to track actions and page visits on the target web pages that recipients perform after they have read your e mail and followed the links in it For this you need to embed pre defined action tags into the HTML code of your web pages for example on your website or in your web shop Whenever a recipient who has previously opened one of your tracked e mails visits a page that contains such an action tag the corresponding action tracking event is registered by LISTSERV Maestro B
237. e date time is the given date time or earlier will be included If both a From and To date time is entered only jobs where the sent date time is between the two given borders including the borders themselves will be included Leave empty if you do not want to filter over the date time Recipients Count Range Enter a From and or a To range to define a number range filter If only a From number is entered then only jobs where the number of recipients is the given number or higher will be included If only a To number is entered then only jobs where the number of recipients is the given number or lower will be included If both a From and To number is entered then only jobs where the number of recipients is between the two given borders including the borders themselves will be included Leave empty if you do not want to filter over the number of recipients Job State Select one of the jobs states OK or Failed to define a job state filter Only jobs with the matching job state will be included Select Ignore if you do not want to filter over the job state Owner If applicable select an owner from the drop down menu Only jobs with the matching owner will be included Select lt Ignore gt if you do not want to filter over the owner LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 166 Section 12 Completed Jobs Mail Type Select one of the mail types HTML or Plain to define a mail type filter Only jobs with
238. e downloaded to a local file as well The Details link in the Recipients section displays information regarding the recipients for the email job The Sender section lists all the selection you made while defining the sender s information If DomainKey signing is enabled then LISTSERV Maestro interacts with LISTSERV to determine if the supplied sender address is supported by one of the DomainKeys that were deployed to the LISTSERV host when DomainKeys was configured If the email job is configured for future delivery then there is a considerable time window during which the administrator may opt to change the DomainKeys settings at the LISTSERV host Therefore if DomainKeys have been disabled during this time window then the email job delivery will fail with an appropriate error message Clicking Authorize Delivery Now will do exactly that and the job will be sent immediately or at the scheduled day and time Clicking Cancel will go back to the Job Details screen so that any part of the job may be edited or the job can be deleted LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 143 Section 9 Testing and Authorizing Delivery Figure 9 7 Authorizing Delivery Authorize Delivery Review the job summary to verify that the job settings are correct If you authorize the delivery of the job the job will be sent Aug 27 2006 08 00 AM The job will also start a new auto repeat sequence and will autom
239. e format always used in LISTSERV Maestro to mark mail merge fields Although the ampersand usually has the reserved function of separating two parameters like the second ampersand right before the page parameter when it appears to denote the merge field amp 1D it is acting as a token that will be replaced by the corresponding value of the recipient before the mail is sent out Therefore this string will not be present in the final email that appears to the recipient Instead it will have been replaced by the merge value for that recipient If the URL from above were sent to two recipients where one recipient has an ID merge value of usr15 and the other has a value of usr317 each would receive an email message with different URLs like this http host domain path visitorID usrl15 amp page home OR http host domain path visitorID usr317 amp page home By employing LISTSERV Maestro s mail merging features it is possible to insert URLs that contain constant and individual parameters for each recipient into email messages If these URLs are marked for tracking then LISTSERV Maestro is able to track all of them As a result if a URL that contains a merged parameter is selected for tracking LISTSERV Maestro will count all clicks of all recipients on this URL and each recipient will be directed to the actual URL using his or her own individual parameter For example the imaginary URL below is selected for track
240. e help LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 181 Section 12 Completed Jobs Figure 12 12 Job Comparison Report Sample Job Comparison Report Back to Job Comparison Report Settings Page Job Reports Show report for job 070718EB Sample A B Split Job Emphasize Tech Tips Report Tracking data for Sample A B Split Job Emphasize Tech Tips 0 578 1 156 1 734 2 312 Event Data Sources Summary For each data source bar only unique events are counted Open Up Events Sum 281 Wi Click Through Events for all Links Sum 2 312 Total 2 593 Additional Data Sources Summary lll Number of Sent Messages Sum 336 ll Number of Unbounced Messages Sum 336 ll Number of Bounced Messages Sum 0 The total sum is not necessarily restricted to only unique events as the different data sources might cover overlapping event sets Executed Dec 18 2007 05 41 09 PM Including events from Jul 18 2007 06 30 00 PM until Jul 19 2007 11 29 00 AM wE 12 7 3 The Comparison Tabs The comparison tabs are the heart of the job comparison report There can be any number of these tabs and each tab can be used to create an individual comparison of the data sources from various of the included jobs in the report Additional comparison tabs can be added by clicking the Add New Comparison Tab icon that appears on a separate little tab at the top When you click this i
241. e it possible to set up a team of people to collaborate on a job From the Summary Diagram the Team Collaboration settings are at the bottom and can be edited if the Edit link is active The job owner can choose team members and assign each person privileges rights to perform certain functions within that job The job owner always has privileges to all the functions of his her job and other account holders may not revoke these privileges Other team members can have different responsibilities for different aspects of a job Team members can also share responsibilities for the same aspects of a job The Team Collaboration screen displays other account holders in the job owner s group The job owner can choose the privileges to grant or revoke by clicking in the check boxes next to each account To grant or revoke a certain privilege for all accounts in the group click on the corresponding privilege in the title bar To grant or revoke all privileges for a certain account click on the account holder s name To grant or revoke all privileges for all accounts click on Team Member in the top left corner of the table It is also possible to copy permissions from another job by selecting the job from the drop down menu Click OK to save the settings Figure 4 7 The Team Collaboration Screen Team Collaboration Grant other account holders permission to execute the following workflow steps for this job You also can load permissions from another
242. e same URL If a URL appeared as http host domain path ref amp ID The tracking URL generated from it for the user with ID usr15 would look something like this http maestro domain trk click ref z4bx39x amp ref usri15 This URL contains two parameters with the name ref One comes from the original URL while LISTSERV Maestro added the other These two parameters with the same name would confuse the Maestro Tracker component Therefore a parameter called ref must never be used if there are merge fields used in the URL If merge fields are not being used in the parameter list of the URL then LISTSERV Maestro replaces the whole URL with the tracking URL including the parameters For example the following URL with three constant parameters no merge fields used http host domain path paraml valuel amp param2 value2 amp param3 value3 will be fully replaced by LISTSERV Maestro with a tracking URL similar to this http maestro domain trk click ref z4bx39x amp Since the parameters are also replaced by the tracking URL it does not matter if the parameter list contains a parameter called ref or not However this is only true if no merge field is used in the parameter list meaning that there are only constant parameters LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 101 Section 6 Defining amp Editing the Message for an Email Job 6 11 Enabling RSS Abstract Support If the LISTSERV list ar
243. e second set if the first set contains the entire second set all elements from the second set also are in the first set Note If two sets are equal then the superset condition is also true meaning that the two equal sets are always also trivial supersets of each other Except for the trivial case of equality the first set is larger than the second set amp Intersection Checks if there is a non empty intersection between the first and the second set A non empty intersection exists if at least one element of the first set also appears in the second set It does not matter how many elements appear in both sets as long as at least one appears in both the intersection is non empty and the check will result in true In other words the check is true if at least one element appears in the first set and in the second set LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 247 Section 16 Advanced Use of System Drop Ins Replace COMPARE SET with the second set of the comparison Specify this set as a comma separated list of all values in the set Each value must be enclosed within quotation marks lt gt Type the textual names of those choices from the multiple selection field column specified in TELD NAME that are to be part of the second set Enclose each name individually in quotes and use commas to separate the values if there is more than one Replace TRUE TEXT with t
244. e set that contains the hobbies Swimming Cycling and Poker zsecond set the check will be true otherwise it will be false The corresponding drop in looks like this Multi HOBBIES Swimming Cycling Poker Use this for subscribers with exactly the given hobbies Use this for all other subscribers Scenario 2 If the subscriber has selected one two or all of the hobbies Swimming Cycling and Poker from the list HOBBIES use one text for replacement if not use a different text This is a check of the type subset If the set of hobbies selected by the subscriber first set is a subset of the set that contains the hobbies Swimming Cycling and Poker second set the check will be true otherwise it will be false The corresponding drop in looks like this Multi HOBBIES lt Swimming Cycling Poker Use this for subscribers with only the given hobbies Use this for all other subscribers Scenario 3 If the subscriber has selected at least the hobby Swimming from the list HOBBIES any other hobbies can be selected as well as long as swimming is included use one text for replacement if not use a different text This is a check of the type superset If the set of hobbies selected by the subscriber first set is a superset of the set that contains only the hobby Swimming second LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 248 Se
245. e to a different time zone you can include a time zone value in the date time text Return Type Boolean LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 287 Section 18 Calculation Formulas Arguments datetext This argument can be of type Text and its the date time text string to parse Must contain the desired date time in a textual format that can be parsed by applying the given format pattern e formatpattern This argument can be of type Text and it specifies the format pattern to use to parse the datetext localename This argument can be of type Text and its the name of a predefined locale If specified any locale specific text in datetext will be expected according to this locale This argument is optional Either you supply no further argument at all or you only supply this argument e langcode This argument can be of type Text and its a lowercase two letter ISO 639 language code specifying the language for the locale For example see here http ftp ics uci edu pub ietf http related iso639 txt for one list of the ISO 639 language codes This argument is optional Either you supply no further argument at all or you supply both the following this argument and the next e countrycode This argument can be of type Text and its an uppercase two letter 150 3166 country code specifying the country for the locale For example see here http www iso org iso country codes iso 3166 code lists h
246. e to assign an alias then you have the choice between a user defined alias and using the name of the drop in as the alias To assign an alias select Automatically assign an alias to all tracked links in the drop ins To define a user defined alias select Use the following alias and then enter the alias name in the text box To use the name of the drop in as the alias name then select Use the drop in s name as the alias for all tracked links in each drop in Figure 7 4 Drop In Tracking Tracking Definition On Off Tracking Details Type Summary m Tracking Details Standard Tracking w Drop In Tracking Drop In Tracking The message content contains drop ins Please define how any trackable links that may appear in the content of these drop ins shall be tracked No do not track any links in the drop ins Yes track all trackable links in the drop ins Automatically assign an alias to all tracked links in the drop ins Use the following alias Use the drop in s name as the alias for all tracked links in each drop in Once you finished defining the type s of recipient behavior to track click Next to continue 7 3 1 Defining Tracking URLs This page defines the links in the email message that are to be tracked LISTSERV Maestro is able to track all Internet links that have a URL starting with the http or the LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 108 Section 7 Tracking
247. e to be quoted The values that have to be quoted in this example are the two values containing the separator character lt gt and also the first value of the second row which starts with the quote character In comparison the first value of the third row does contain the quote character too but not as the first character Therefore this field does not have to be quoted and the quote character is therefore also not escaped John Doe Chicago The Windy City Illinois USA Little Lucy Summers London England GB Karl Big Boy Hauser Frankfurt D Both will be parsed as follows John Doe Chicago The Windy City Illinois USA Little Lucy Summers London England GB Karl Big Boy Hauser Frankfurt D LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 3i Appendix D Email Related RFCs Comments documents RFCs available on the web These documents explain technical material on the protocols for email see the many Request for the rules that email and other software products must follow in order to work cooperatively with each other on the Internet Understanding these rules is often helpful for understanding and troubleshooting problems All RFCs http www ietf org iesg 1rfc_index txt 3000 Internet Official Protocol Standards http ietf org rfc rfc3000 txt Internet Drafts http ietf org ID html 821 Simple Mail Transfer Protocol
248. e up the statement and appear in a table below Operators are not case sensitive However strictly equal to and not strictly equal to are available when case must be respected String literals within a statement must be enclosed within quotation marks if they contain spaces Boolean operators AND and OR may be used within the statement If used the sub expressions must be enclosed within parentheses For example for this conditional block to be true both expressions must be met the recipient must be in New York State and in New York City to see the text about winning sunglasses For residences of New York NY bb amp state NY and amp city New York Congratulations You have won a free pair of XYZweb sunglasses eb For the next conditional block to be true only one of the expressions must be met the recipient is either in New York State or in New York City Recipients in Albany NY New York NY and New York CA will see the text about winning sunglasses For residences of any New York bb amp state NY or amp city New York Congratulations You have won a free pair of XYZweb sunglasses eb LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 257 Section 17 Using Conditional Blocks Table 17 3 Conditional Operators is equal to case insensitive is strictly equal to case sensitive gt is greater than lt i
249. ecipients who were part of the previous job and did react in the configured way opening up the mail and or clicking on a link contained in the message Select the exclude all recipients that performed at least one of the actions below option to include all those recipients who were part of the previous job and did not react in the configured way Next select Open Up Action and or Click Through Actions The resulting recipients list is based upon including or excluding recipients that performed one of these specific actions in a previous job Click Next gt to continue b Note If you have selected the Determine Recipients Based on Reaction to the Job option when defining the recipient type for an email job then a list of all tracked links that are in the selected source job will be displayed on the Source screen At the bottom of this list there is a Check Uncheck All link which allows you to quickly check or uncheck the items in the list This link only appears if there are at least 2 tracked links If there are no tracked links or only one then this new link does not appear Figure 5 8 Determine Recipients Based on Reaction to the Job Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Recipients Details Summary lt Back Next gt Source Define the desired recipients actions From the recipients that reacted on the job 0202258 recipients exclude all recipients that performed at least one of the action
250. ecoding scheme or charset that makes the message readable to the recipient is very important LISTSERV Maestro takes care to include this information in the email so that it is not lost during the transfer Merging Fields with International Character Sets The issue of international character sets in combination with merging fields needs to be considered very carefully to make sure that the results of the merging appear to the recipient as intended The main problem when merging fields containing text using international charsets is to decide which charset to use Potentially the characters in the body of the message require a certain charset while some of the merge values may LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 307 Appendix B Email and International Character Sets require a different charset For example a message may have English text as the body of the message but a recipient list with recipients from all over the world with names that contain letters from various languages It is likely that these international names would be encoded using a different charset than the text of the message It is important to consider what happens when merging these names into the English body text The effect that the chosen charset has on the merge values depends on the kind of recipients definition selected for a particular job If recipients are uploaded as a text file based on the reaction of a previous job selected from a dat
251. ecome enabled which has two effects The menu now contains more options and in the job list a checkbox is shown in front of each listed job Check those jobs that you want to manipulate then select the desired option from the Multiple Job Actions menu This action will then be applied to all selected jobs For the administrator the multiple job actions are always enabled and can not be disabled The Report menu lets you create a new report view any existing reports and open the Delivered Jobs Statistics and Delivered Recipients Statistics reports The options available vary depending on where you are in the application and what function you are performing The possible options are New Report Create a new tracking statistic report Reports Display the list of currently available tracking statistics reports O Recipient Action Tracking Activate deactivate recipient action tracking and define action tags Completed Jobs Statistics Display the statistical report about the previously delivered jobs Delivered Recipients Statistics Display the statistical report about the recipients of previous jobs New e System Metrics Reports For the administrator display the System Metric Reports Add Report to Dashboard Add the displayed report to the Dashboard Apply Settings to Report on Dashboard Apply report changes to the report shown on the Dashboard The Recipient Warehouse menu lets you create new and
252. ections Click on the copy link to make a copy of the data source Click on the delete link to delete the data source The Add Data Source button opens the Report Data Source Definition screen This New screen replaces the old multi paged wizard and gives the user a sleek easy to use and single page report data source definition interface In the Name field enter the name for the data source To change the color click on the color swatch in the Color field and select the color from the color palette that appears LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 188 Section 13 Tracking Reports Figure 13 5 The Report Data Source Definition Screen Report Data Source Definition Name Color Select the jobs that this data source shall report over then define what data of these jobs you want to include in the datasource Report over these jobs Include the following job data Tracking Events Total Number of Sent Messages Total Number of Unbounced Messages Total Number of Bounced Messages Available Jobs in lt Category gt v 070619A Weekly Newletter 0609064 Newsletter 060712E Another job for generating sta 060711 Auto repeat job to get decent lt gt Drag amp Drop lists Use the mouse to select items in one list with SHIFT and or CTRL to select multiple items then use drag amp drop to move the selected item
253. ed Jobs Recipient Details The Recipient Details report is only available for personal or anonymously tracked jobs because this report type is linked to recipient profile data For more information on Recipient Details reports see Section 13 9 Recipients Details Reports Event Details The Event Details report is available for personal unique anonymous and blind tracking jobs This report displays a table that lists the report type lists the time period of the report allows for the selection of encoding for downloading the data and allows for the selection of the time zone to reference the downloaded data For more information on event details reports see Section 13 10 Event Details Report 5 Note The rest of the options available on this screen will vary depending on the report u type you selected Figure 12 6 Options on the Reports tab of the Completed Job Details Screen Summary Reports Define what kind of report you want to view for the selected job Completed Job Details SERPE Swe Completed Job Details Summary Reports Forwards Event distribution over time Sum of events Event details Define what kind of report you want to view for the selected job Recipient details Report Type Result Calculation i Defines how the result shown on the Y Event distribution over time Total number of events Sum of events Q Percentage of total number of me
254. ed Linked LISTSERV List into a Hosted LISTSERV List or clone a Hosted LISTSERV List from it cloning will not change the original Linked LISTSERV List Refresh and Manage Linked LISTSERV Lists Define which of the non hosted LISTSERV lists at the LISTSERV server to include in the dataset as Linked LISTSERV Lists Tree Structure Manage operations in a dataset tree using one of the following options Cut Cut the selected Linked LISTSERV List from the dataset tree in preparation for a Cut amp Paste operation more precisely the node will be marked as cut but it will only be removed from its current parent node once you select Paste in another node LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 71 Section 2 Understanding the LISTSERV Maestro Interface e Clear Cut Copy State Clear the current cut or copy state and unmarks the node that was to be cut or copied Remove Link to LISTSERV List Remove the link to this LISTSERV List removes the Linked LISTSERV List node from the dataset tree and the actual list at LISTSERV will remain the unchanged The Lookup Table menu contain options for the currently selected lookup table The possible options are Lookup Table Settings Edit general lookup table settings name description encoding secondary columns View References View the dataset and hosted list profile fields that reference the lookup table Add N
255. ed the email forwarded by other friends from the 1st level and so on Figure 13 8 Defining Job Data and Tracking Events Include the following job data Tracking Events Total Number of Sent Messages Total Number of Unbounced Messages Total Number of Bounced Messages Of the tracking events including only the following Events of Original and Forward to a Friend Recipients v A Original Recipients Onl N Open U Original and Forward to a Friend Recipients Click Ev Forward to a Friend Recipients with Level s Count only the links below Count only the actions below lt alias gt http training soft com posi il Contact e36ddk no alias gt http www guldmusen se nc Landing Page iny1q8q no alias gt http www soft com contact no alias gt http www lIsoft com contaci no alias gt http www lIsoft com contaci no alias gt http www lsoft com corpori no alias http www lsoft com custor lt x Available Tracked Links Available Tracked Actions no alias http www lsoft com news 2 Purchase frp3ij no alias http www Isoft com news c 1 no alias http www I soft com news c no alias http www Isoft com news i no alias http www lsoft com news i no alias gt http www lsoft com news r no alias http www lsoft com news r enn alias htn Zanna leaft
256. ee more information on that particular section Two additional links are available here Update bounce count and View bounce details See Section 12 4 1 Viewing Bounce Details for more information Figure 12 4 Completed Jobs Summary Completed Job Details Summary Reports Click on the View links to get more information about the related property Job y Job ID 070619A Job Title Weekly Newletter Job Category Send Date Mar 15 2008 08 00 00 AM State Delivery has succeeded Sent to 38 recipients Bounces Bounces count not yet updated Update bounces count View bounce details Recipients View Recipient List Type List uploaded as a text file Recipients Data Usage Used for mail merging and tracking Content View Subject test Mail Type HTML Alternatives Text Format List of Attachments no attachments defined Tracking View Open Up Tracking ON Click Through Tracking ON 3 tracked links Tracking Type Unique Sender View E mail Address htaylor lsoft com Sender Name Reply To Address Bounce Address Handle bounced messages automatically DomainKeys Signing No DomainKeys signing is not used LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 169 Section 12 Completed Jobs New b w In the Tracking section you can now see how many links are being tracked You can also download the job details that are displayed on the Summary tab in form of a PDF
257. een New Previewing Options on the HTML Preview Tab Define Message Attachments Language Charset Settings Merge Fields Example Conditional Block Example RSS Abstract Support on the Define Message Screen The RSS Abstract Screen Turn Tracking On or Off Enabling Forward to a Friend Tracking Standard Tracking Details Drop in Tracking a eens eed t kee Bee he ER oe dac et a Click Through Tracking Definition Tracking Type Details sss sssrrsirssesrses inss adsan IA Personal Tracking Type Details Anonymous Tracking Type Details Tracking Definition Summary Edit Sender Information Screen The Save Sender as New Profile Screen The Delivery Settings Screen LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual List of Figures The Delivery Setting Screen with the Advanced Scheduling Options
258. een is always displayed relative to the local time of the user If a job is scheduled for a time zone different from the user s local time then the time displayed in the Job Summary may appear incorrect For example if the user enters the time 10 00 with time zone GMT as the scheduled delivery time but the user s location is not in the GMT time zone the delivery time displayed on the Authorize Delivery screen will be different from the 10 00 time selected This is because the user s local time is in a different time zone than the scheduled delivery time When converted to absolute time the delivery time will be correct Time zone differences between the local time and the delivery time may even show an incorrect day If the user sets the scheduled delivery time to 0 30 at GMT on the first of January the time will appear as LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 144 Section 9 Testing and Authorizing Delivery 23 30 on the 31 of December on this screen if the local time zone is one hour behind GMT 9 4 Authorizing the Delivery of an A B Split Job Once the A B Split Job s information is completed green icons and checkmarks will let you know when everything is completed and you are ready to authorize delivery then click the Mail Job menu and select Authorize Delivery Figure 9 8 Authorizing the Delivery of an A B Split Job Mail job Report Recipient Warehouse Utility LIST
259. eld empty if you do not want to define an Authorization Due By date If a date and time is specified daylight saving time is taken into account automatically Auto Archive Administrator defined default No auto archive v Hide Advanced Options Initial Job Settings All new job with empty settings and the following job category Job Type Standard Job vi Category lt No Category gt Define New Category Copy settings contents recipients etc and job category from job The following options are available e Delivery Notification Enter the email addresses to which a delivery notification message will be mailed after the delivery of this job The notification mail will also include the delivery status success or failure of the job This field is optional If left empty no delivery notification will be sent You can specify several addresses here separated by space linebreak comma or semicolon The first address specified will also be used to populate the From field of the notification emails Authorization Due By If you have a special date and time by which the mail job is supposed to be authorized for delivery then you can enter this information here The due date will then be displayed in the Open Jobs screen and also on the Dashboard LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 237 Section 4 Using LISTSERV Maestro to Define an Email Job w 4 2 Defi
260. elect CLICK 060711A Auto repeat job to get decent reports Data Source Click Through Events for link http www Isoft com news n subscribe us asp Select CLICK 060711A Auto repeat job to get decent reports Data Source Click Through Events for link http www Isoft com news n archives us asp Select CLICK 060711A Auto repeat job to get decent reports Data Source Click Through Events for link http www Isoft com news n contact us asp Select CLICK 060711A Auto repeat job to get decent reports Data Source Click Through Events for link http www Isoft com contact 20ann asp Select CLICK 060711A Auto repeat job to get decent reports miami i Data Source Click Through Events for link http www Isoft com news issue2 2006 us asp 1 Select CLICK 060711A Auto repeat job to get decent reports vj LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 211 Section 13 Tracking Reports From here click on the Select link that is associated with the data source you d like to use The report will be refreshed using this new data source New 13 9 1 Downloading Recipients Details Report Data The Download Report Result screen lets you download the Recipient Details report as a PDF or as a Text File CSV Note The downloaded report will contain the data source that was selected when you wW were viewing the report To download a repor
261. elect the If visual HTML editor is used Enable advanced toolbar for form elements option For more information on user preferences see Section 3 User Preferences i Important To use the Visual HTML Editor you must first enable it by selecting Note When you switch from the source code editor to the visual HTML editor any wW existing source code will be parsed and rewritten by the visual editor which may introduce changes to the code even if you do not make any changes yourself Therefore you should enable the visual HTML editor mode only if it is acceptable to you that your HTML source code may be changed by the editor Click OK to return the Define Message screen If you selected HTML source code editor then the HTML Code tab will be available Use this tab to enter any source code for you message You can type directly into the box cut and paste HTML source code or upload an HTML file For information on uploading an HTML file see Section 6 6 1 Uploading an HTML Message If you selected Visual HTML Editor then the HTML Editor tab will be available Figure 6 10 HTML Editor Toolbar HTML Preview HTML Editor Text Attachments Conditional content is disabled for this job Change Editor Mode BiG Elsore i amp BIB mid c d L ii EE b udgke o I Format Font Times New v Size small B Z U se x x 4 ay Gitiiec ei za B ig amp Use this tab to access the HTML
262. elected from the drop down selection box at the bottom of the screen Local time is relative to the workstation accessing the job and not the server running LISTSERV Maestro LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 122 Section 8 Sender and Delivery Options Figure 8 3 The Delivery Settings Screen Delivery Settings Supply Delivery Information Once the mail job delivery has been authorized Immediately begin delivering the mail job Wait until mail job delivery is triggered Schedule the mail job delivery to begin at the following time Date 08 22 2008 i mm dd yyyy Time 08 00 hh mm Advanced scheduling options are disabled Click to enable Time zone to be applied to the dates and times specified above Use my local time zone v Note Daylight saving time is taken into account automatically Note Time entered in the Time field uses the 24 hour format For example 08 00 W would be 8 am and 20 00 would be 8 pm See Appendix A 24 Hour Clock Time Conversion Table for a table on converting from AM and PM times to their 24 hour equivalents Click OK to continue Jobs scheduled for future sending will be available in the Ongoing Jobs list It is possible to revoke the send authorization of a job up until the delivery time This moves the job back into the Open Jobs list for further editing If a job is changed test messages must be resent and final approval will have to occur ag
263. elivery Externally using Security Token 149 The Open Jobs Screen 153 Advanced Filter Settings for the Open Jobs Screen 154 Multiple Job Actions for the Open Jobs Screen 156 The Open Job Journal 156 The Ongoing Jobs Screen 159 The Ongoing Job Details Screen 160 Advanced Filter Settings 162 Multiple Job Actions for the Ongoing Jobs Screen 163 The Ongoing Job Journal 164 The Completed Jobs Screen 165 Advanced Filter Settings 167 Multiple Job Actions for the Ongoing Jobs Screen 168 Completed Jobs Summary 169 Viewing Content Details 171 Show Click Rate Details 172 Downloading Invalid Recipients for Delivered Jobs 173 Options on the Reports tab of the Completed Job Details Screen 174 Line Chart Report of Events Distributed Over Time 177 T
264. ement of the set In addition the Number Set argument itself is also converted into a text set by creating a new set that contains text representations of all numbers in the number set After this both operands are of type Text Set and the set operator can be applied to them Number Set No conversion necessary Both operands are of type Number Set anyway and the set operator can be applied to them 18 4 5 Operator Precedence and Parenthesis Formulas are processed by LISTSERV Maestro following the usual mathematical conventions Operators with higher precedence are processed first If several operators with the same precedence level are encountered they are processed from left to right Parenthesis can be set freely to influence precedence where inner parenthesis will be processed before outer parenthesis Operator precedence is defined as follows from highest to lowest operators on the same row have the same precedence level not for unary minus i e negative value 5 manus Ce Sortes arte ONN lt gt lt lt gt gt or LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 271 Section 18 Calculation Formulas Examples 15 3 4 Result 27 8 7 3 Result 32 17 22 2 5 Result 2 17 22 2 5 Result 17 17 22 2 5 Result 187 18 5 Formula Functions The functions described in this section are current
265. emoved from the preamble or in other words it will be replaced with an empty string The UserMessage drop in uses a special syntax that lets you define a prefix and a suffix for the personal message The prefix and suffix are only included if the user actually supplies a personal message LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 84 Section 6 Defining amp Editing the Message for an Email Job To include a personal message anywhere in the preamble without a special prefix or suffix simply type the name of the system drop in UserMessage with the opening and closing tags that are appropriate to your message at the desired location If you want to define a prefix and or suffix for the personal message then use the following syntax UserMessage prefix VALUE suf fix where you replace prefix with the desired prefix text and suffix with the desired suffix text using the following rules The string VALUE including the enclosing characters must appear between prefix and suffix if any are present Both prefix and or suffix may be empty may be left out Both prefix and suffix may contain linebreaks The linebreaks will become part of the prefix suffix Any characters after UserMessage and before VALUE will be part of the prefix including all linebreaks even linebreaks that appear immediately before VALUE except for any whitespace that follows immediately a
266. en The link will be different depending on whether a different selection has previously been made The default link is West European Latin 1 charset ISO 8859 1 To choose a different charset click the active link The Language Charset Settings screen will open Select a charset from the drop down menu and click OK LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 95 Section 6 Defining amp Editing the Message for an Email Job Figure 6 15 Language Charset Settings Language Charset Settings Please define the language charset that is to be used for the mail during sending If your mail contains characters which are not displayable in the chosen language charset then those characters will be replaced with question marks in the outgoing mail Please be also aware of the potential problems that are associated with using one of the advanced language options see list below Please see the help pages for more information about the possible problems and how to avoid them west European Latin 1 charset ISO 8859 1 7 West European Latin 1 charset IS0 8859 1 a East European Latin 2 charset ISO South European Latin 3 charset ISO 8859 3 North European Latin 4 charset ISO 8859 4 Advanced please select LISTSERV Maestro determines optimal charset automatically but not Unicode LISTSERV Maestro determines optimal charset automatically allow Unicode West European plus Euro Currency Symbol ISO 885
267. en m news r Y lt gt When you re finished defining the data source click the OK button to return to the Define Report screen Once you are finished defining the remaining report settings click the Save amp Execute button The report is generated and displayed for viewing LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 192 Section 13 Tracking Reports Figure 13 9 Example of a Report with Forward to a Friend Events Report Includes Forward to a Friend Events 0 295 591 887 1 183 For each data source bar all events are counted Auto Repeat Jobs Sum 874 Bl Forward to a Friend Jobs Sum 1 183 Bl and Click Event Jobs Sum Total 2 538 Executed Jul 18 2008 12 08 52 PM 3 Including events from Jul 11 2006 11 01 00 AM until Jul 17 2008 11 34 00 AM Ei 13 1 2 1 Reordering Data Sources When creating or editing a Tracking report you can rearrange the order of the report s data sources using the up and down links on the Data Sources tab For distribution reports this ordering affects the order in which the data sources will appear in the legend It will also affect the order in which the lines in the chart diagram are drawn This means that the line of the first data source is drawn first the line of the second data source second and so on This order may be of interest if you have data sources with similar values where the lines are dr
268. en used in combination with LISTSERV s conditional blocks When observing the raw drop in one text that will be used for replacement for subscribers who fulfill the condition and one text that will be used for replacement for all other subscribers who do not fulfill the condition are always required However there are also possible scenarios such as If subscribers have Diving among their hobbies include an advertisement for the newest scuba gear If not do not include any additional content Other times a scenario could call for the text for one or both conditions to be very long or involved This is usually not possible using a system drop in since everything must be written on a single line For these types of scenarios combining a system drop in with conditional blocks can be the right solution The advantage of using this method is that system drop ins will be replaced before the content is evaluated for conditional blocks meaning that the result of a system drop in replacement can be used in a LISTSERV condition To utilize the order of replacement for system drop ins and conditional blocks to the best advantage specify two very simple values to be returned in the true and false cases of the system drop in For example use the words true and false or even the digits 1 and 0 for the replacement text Next use a LISTSERV condition to check for either of these values and conditionally include the desired content or n
269. enabled to send out an email job Tip Let recipients know that they are being tracked and how tracking information is being used by providing a statement in the company or institution s privacy policy Post the policy on the web and provide users and recipients the URL for reference 7 1 Defining Tracking There are five basic steps to define tracking for a single email job that are reflected in the screens that make up the Tracking Definition wizard These steps are e On Off Turn tracking on or off If tracking is switched off for a job the only other screen that will appear is the Summary screen Tracking Details Select the type of tracking event open up or click through and define the URLs within the message to track Type Select the type of tracking to use personal anonymous unique blind Type Details For anonymous tracking select the columns that are anonymous and which are used for identifying purposes Summary Displays a summary of the tracking selections for the job LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 105 Section 7 Tracking 7 2 Switching Tracking On To begin defining tracking for an email job click on the Define Tracking icon from either the Workflow or Summary Diagrams on the Job Details screen The Tracking On Off screen opens Select Yes Enable tracking for this job and then click Next gt Figure 7 1 Turn Tracking On or Off Tracking Definitio
270. ending on what options are set the number of recipients can reflect the total number of all recipients or a percentage of the number of recipients who triggered an event LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 207 Section 13 Tracking Reports Figure 13 21 Example of the Sum of Events Report Report Tracking data for A second test job by Johannes 21 10 000 10 000 0 0 2 500 5 000 7 500 10 000 Event Data Sources Summary For each data source bar only unique events are counted Bl Click Through Events for all links Sum 21 Total 21 Additional Data Sources Summary Bl Number of Sent Messages Sum 10 000 Bl Number of Unbounced Messages Sum 10 000 Bl Number of Bounced Messages Sum 0 The total sum is not necessarily restricted to only unique events as the different data sources might cover overlapping event sets Executed Oct 31 2006 03 55 43 PM Including events from Apr 28 2006 09 14 00 AM until Apr 28 2006 09 21 00 AM 1 13 8 2 Downloading Sum of Event Report Data It is possible to download the data from a sum of event report by clicking the Download Report icon You can download data in the form of a PDF file or a zipped text file in addition you can export the data into Excel First select the time zone that will be used to format the data from the drop down menu Then choose one of the following methods of download download as a PDF file click the Down
271. ends Subscribe to Your List The SubscribeURL system drop in in the preamble will be replaced with a URL of the subscribe page for the Hosted Recipient List HRL that was initially used in the recipient definition You can use this URL to include a link in the preamble that allows the friend recipient to also become a subscriber of the original list If left out then no such URL will be included in the preamble LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 85 Section 6 Defining amp Editing the Message for an Email Job E Notes Only subscriptions that happen through a click on this URL in a forwarded message will be counted as conversions and reported in the forward to a friend reports In addition The HRL and dataset must both be open to everyone in order for the SubscribeURL system drop in to function 6 4 Drop In Content Drop in content is similar to merging fields except that the same content is merged into the email message for all recipients Drop ins can be used to create pre defined content parts that can then be inserted into any message For example a drop in content element could be created with a company header and added to all the outgoing email messages simply by including the name of the drop in element in the content For more information about creating drop in content elements see Section 15 3 Creating and Managing Drop In Content Elements Drop in content must first be enabled before it ca
272. ent character The character displayed will be from the actual charset that has the same byte value like A from ISO 8859 1 and from ISO 8859 7 If there is no corresponding byte value in the charset they may not be displayed at all International Character Set Recipient Names in the Mail TO Header The previous section outlined the problems of mixing a mail text in one language with merge values from a different language As an example an English text mail was described with an international recipient list where the recipient names contain characters from many languages with the languages possibly differing between recipients from different countries The recipient s name as a merge value is probably one of the most common uses for merging fields to be able to merge the recipient s name into the text of the message to personalize the mail If this is done the problems described earlier need to be considered However the recipient s name is also often used in the header field of the mail so that the mail appears to the recipient with the recipient s own name visible in the To field which is usually displayed by the email client in some fashion personalizing the email one step further When using recipients uploaded as text files selected from the database by the Maestro User Interface or that come from a target group based on a hosted recipient list then the use of the name in the To header field does not fall
273. entives that originate from airports that do not correspond with the zip codes members have provided 3 Don t overload recipients with too many messages only offer truly special deals 3 Don t cram too many messages into a single email or send large attachments that may clog subscribers inboxes Don t neglect to test messages for formatting errors especially when sending HTML messages or when contacting AOL users LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 323 Appendix G Tips for Creating a Successful Email Marketing Campaign x Don t rely on your email program s spell checker have several colleagues proofread your message for spelling and grammatical errors Don t sell or rent your email lists to other organizations unless you have been given specific permission to do so 3 Don t expect every campaign to be an immediate home run crafting quality messages takes time and requires feedback The full text of this award winning article Successful Email Marketing Practices can be viewed and downloaded at http www Isoft com resources wp email marketing pdf LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 324 Glossary of Terms A Action Tracking A cookie based method to track actions and page visits that recipients perform after they have read your email message and followed the links to the target website A B Split Job An A B Split Job lets you define a list of recipients wit
274. ents in reports please see Section 12 5 Completed Job Reports and Section 13 1 Creating Reports specifically Section 13 1 2 Adding a Data Source 19 4 Action Tracking Example Let s say that you have an online catalog that sells various products In addition online shoppers can subscribe to your site to receive emails advertising special sales and promotions For an upcoming holiday sale you send out an advertisement mailing that contains tracked links to your product pages In addition to this link you ve also applied action tags to specific pages on your site such as the pages for your sales and your Order Confirmation page These links and action tags will let you know when a subscriber visits your site visits specific product pages and when they purchase products This will help you keep track of how successful your promotions are and what most interests your subscribers LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 301 Section 19 Action Tracking LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 302 Appendix A 24 Hour Clock Time Conversion Table se this table to convert conventional AM and PM times to LISTSERV Maestro compatible format 1 00 AM equals 01 00 2 00 AM equals 02 00 3 00 AM equals 03 00 4 00 AM equals 04 00 5 00 AM equals 05 00 6 00 AM equals 06 00 7 00 AM equals 07 00 8 00 AM equals 08 00 9 00 AM equals 09 00 10 00 AM equals 10 00 11 00 AM equals 11 00 12 00 PM equals 12
275. ents triggered by a certain user and or changes performed to a certain job part simply choose the appropriate options from the User and Job Part drop down menus at the top of the list LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 164 Section 12 Completed Jobs he Completed Jobs Screen contains a list of all email jobs that have attempted delivery and the present state they in either processed successfully or failed during delivery To access this screen perform one of the following actions From the Toolbar click Mail Job gt Completed Jobs From the Dashboard click the Completed Jobs link located in the Currently in the System section Figure 12 1 The Completed Jobs Screen Completed Jobs All previously completed jobs for your account Jobs that were processed successfully were processed previously and failed during delivery Click on the Job ID to open a job Job Title Recipients Owner Mail Type Date Time of Deliver State 0608100 Test Job 38 holly Plain Aug 27 2006 08 00 00 AM Ay 060428C ps athirdnice jt Apr 28 2006 09 14 52 S A second test job SE 0604288 by Johannes 10000 jht Plain 28 2006 09 11 22 AM This is test job lnenaon Johannes to ga 0604284 100 jht Plain 28 2006 09 09 19 features From this screen you can Display jobs in a specific category Click the Display jobs wit
276. ep cannot yet be completed Once all the components of the email job are defined they can be edited in any order from this screen or the Summary diagram If an earlier step is edited the later steps must be revisited For example if the recipient list is changed under Define Recipients the Delivery Test step will have to be redone The job owner can delete the current job from this screen by clicking Mail Job Delete Job change the Job Title and Job ID by clicking Mail Job gt Job Info or change the Team Collaboration by clicking Mail Job Team Collaboration See Section 4 5 Team Collaboration for more information LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 372 Section 4 Using LISTSERV Maestro to Define an Email Job 5 Note If the Authorization Due By date and time have expired then warning will appear on the Workflow Diagram 4 4 Using the Summary Diagram The Summary Diagram has all of the same functionality as the Workflow Diagram but the information is presented in a different manner The Summary Diagram is most helpful in reviewing and editing aspects of an email job once they have been defined It is possible to delete the current job and to authorize the delivery of a job from the Summary diagram Figure 4 6 Summary Diagram from the Job Details Screen Job Details Workflow Summary Test Reports To change the details of the current job click on the corresponding Edit link Job
277. eport 140 setting the default preferences 26 settings 200 Sum of Events report 207 using the Microsoft Excel Add In 216 217 viewing details on the Dashboard 19 RFC Documents 315 RSS Abstract Support enabling 102 S Sender advanced settings 121 defining 119 handling bounced messages 120 saving as a profile 121 using merge fields 119 Sender Profiles managing 226 saving as 121 Summary Diagram using 38 System Drop In checking whether or not a user defined drop in is empty 252 System Drop Ins advanced usage 241 calculation formulas 239 250 261 combining with Conditional Blocks 249 Login URL 233 241 multiple selection fields 235 243 Profile Field Updates URL 234 242 Unsubscribe URL 234 241 user supplied text 252 using 233 View in Browser URL 235 242 System Requirements 2 System Support browsers 2 321 requirements 2 T Team Collaboration defining the default settings for a dataset 27 setting up for an email job 39 Test Messages delivery 135 Test Reports icons 142 running 140 Toolbar Back To menu 13 behavioral changes 14 Dashboard menu 9 Dataset menu 9 Help icon 14 Hosted List menu 10 introduction 5 Linked LISTSERV List menu 11 LISTSERV menu 12 Logout menu 14 Lookup Table menu 12 menus 5 Preferences menu 13 23 Recipient Warehouse menu 7 Report menu 7 the Utilities menu 225 Utility menu 8 LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 335 User s Manual Tracking action tracking 299 creating report
278. ere are two options to ensure that all parameters are URL safe Make sure that the values of all merge fields that are used of all recipients are actually URL safe For example if all recipient IDs only contain alphanumeric characters then the ID values are already URL safe because alphanumeric characters are by definition URL safe It is important to know how recipient IDs are generated by a registration script for example in order to know if they are indeed URL safe e f the possibility exists that not all merge values are URL safe then use the special LISTSERV function 5 URLENCODE to make them so Simply enclose the merge field in the URL within the parenthesis of this function For example if there were any doubt that the ID merge field s values were URL safe then the sample URL could be written like this http host domain path visitorID amp URLENCODE amp ID page home The function amp URLENCODE amp ID tells LISTSERV to retrieve the value of the s ID merge field apply the amp URLENCODE function to it and then merge in the result in place of the whole amp URLENCODE amp ID string A Important The parameter name ref is a reserved name that is used by LISTSERV Maestro to transfer the tracking information to the Maestro Tracker component seen in the example above Therefore ref cannot be used in any parameters if there are also merge fields in th
279. ere would be 250 unbounced messages And if in an interval 150 events have been counted then the line height for that interval on the y value will be 60 because 150 is 60 of 250 Interval Size Defines the size time period for each interval on the chart The number of events that occur within the interval will be plotted on the chart Events can be grouped hourly daily or weekly Result Accumulation Defines whether values plotted on the chart will display cumulatively from one interval to the next creating an ever increasing line or whether they will display as non cumulative intervals creating a series of peaks and valleys Figure 13 11 Result Settings Tab for the Event Distribution over Time Option General Settings Data Sources Result Settings Result Type Event distribution over time Sum of events Recipient details Event details Result Calculation Defines how the result shown on the Y axis of the graph is calculated Total number of events Percentage of total number of messages sent Percentage of total number of unbounced messages sent Interval Size Defines the how many events will be grouped in each interval 9 Events per hour Events per day Events per week Result Accumulation Defines if values accumulate from one interval to the next No accumulation Accumulate interval values 13 1 3 2 Result Settings for Sum of Events The Sum of events optio
280. erent Dashboard simply click on the name of the Dashboard Note The choice you make here will only apply to the current session This means that any parallel sessions that you may have open in other LISTSERV Maestro windows can have their own current Dashboard displayed To cancel and return to the current Dashboard click Cancel 2 2 5 Deleting Dashboards If you have multiple Dashboards and would like to delete the currently displayed Dashboard click on the Dashboard menu and select Delete Current Dashboard LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual ed a Section 3 User Preferences their account s user settings The user can define specific preferences for the way LISTSERV Maestro s user interface appears on the screen as well as setting defaults for the way content is input for new jobs and reports T he Preferences menu on the Toolbar allows individual users to save and change 3 1 User Interface Preferences The following options are available to you in order to customize the User Interface Date and Number Formats Select the date time and number format for the User Interface from the drop down menus Figure 3 1 Date and Number Format Preferences Screen Date and Number Format Preferences On this screen you can set your preferences for formatting the date the time and numbers Date Format Specifiy the format that will be used for display Mon Day Year Specifiy the format that will be used for
281. ermines of two possible values as a result Set Functions e Count Counts all elements in a set LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 272 Section 18 Calculation Formulas n Determines if a set contains a certain element e SetOf Builds a set out of a list of elements e SetToString Converts a set into a string by listing all elements in the set e SetToStringWithMaxLen Converts a set into a string with a maximum length by listing all elements in the set Date Time Functions e CurrentMillis Determines the current date time in milliseconds O e IsDate Checks if a textual date time representation is valid e SubscribeTimeMillis Determines the subscription date time of a hosted subscriber in milliseconds ToDate Converts a milliseconds time value into a textual date time representation ToMillis Converts a textual date time representation into a milliseconds time value Other Functions e sSupplied Checks if a certain merge field has a value or not 6 6 e SecondaryValue Retrieves the secondary values for a single multiple select profile field Abs Abs arg Function Returns the absolute value of the given Number or Number Set argument Return Type Number or Number Set Arguments arg This argument can be of type Number or Number Set and its absolute value is to be determined If a single number is given then the absolute value of that num
282. erward to Cancel BT y AC o y gt 28 a Friend e ae ng Q Copy from other job 6 2 Message Templates You can now create professional looking HTML message without any HTML coding LISTSERV Maestro comes with ready to use message templates that contain placeholders that when selected in the template designer will let you fill in predefined areas with your own text or images In addition all text including any changes you may make down the road will be entered into both the HTML and the text part of your message so you only need to enter the text once Each placeholder can represent one or several instances of plain text or HTML or a linked or inline binary When using the template designer you can also preview each placeholder providing a full picture of what the template will look like when it is finished Important Before you can use message templates to define a message they need to A be created and enabled for use by the template manager For more information see the Interface Customization Manual for LISTSERV Maestro 6 2 1 Selecting a Template to Define the Message Content To use a message template for your email message click on the Template icon at the top of the Define Message screen Clicking this icon opens the Select Content Template screen LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 75 Section 6 Defining amp Editing the Message for an Email Job Figure
283. es that the user can select from The account holder does not have to know how to query the data the data administrator programs the query that retrieves data from the database freeing the user from this task LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 42 Section 5 Defining Recipients of an Email Job They are reusable target groups can be reused on different jobs 5 1 1 Options The first screen that opens in the Define Recipients wizard is the Options screen Select the Send to a Recipient Target Group option and then click Next gt 5 1 2 Source The Source screen for the Send to a Recipient Target Group option contains a list of the available target groups Target groups may be placed within categories by the data administrator for organizational purposes Click the Category drop down menu to select a category associated with the target group if appropriate Once the category is selected the target groups listed in the table will only be those in that category To select a target group to use for the recipients list click on the name of the target group The Source screen will confirm the selection If the selection is correct then click the Next gt button To change the target group click the Select Different Target Grou link which will re open the first source screen Figure 5 2 The Source Screen for Recipient Target Groups Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Recipients
284. esee eere rex ae e RAD e COU EROR IRR eR TR ad he Ree 5 2 1 1 Behavioral Changes to the Toolbar 14 2 2 The Dashboard ak dur bere Rowen ake Ra P eae ee a 15 2 2 1 Customizing the Dashboard 17 2 2 2 Managing Dashboard Reports 18 2 2 3 Creating Multiple Dashboards 20 2 2 4 Switching Dashboards 21 2 2 5 Deleting Dashboards 0 cette tees 22 Section User Preferences 00 e eee e eee teen eee eee 23 3 1 User Interface Preferences ccex xc ea ede Oe o RR CAR ee ee ee 23 3 2 Mail Jobs Preferences 24 3 3 Report Preferences 0 cece eee hh hh 26 3 4 Dataset Preferences 27 LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual Table of Contents Creating Jobs Section 4 Using LISTSERV Maestro to Define an Email Job 29 4 1 Starting a JOD s ane 29 4 1 1 Advanced Options 31 4 2 Defining a New JOD iussa Oa ee eee ba a a 32 4 2 1 Defining a Standard Job 32
285. ess fields are optional These static values are then used as the sender address sender name and reply to address of the email jobs The resulting jobs have the same sender information and reply to address for all recipients As an advanced feature you can provide each recipient with personalized values by entering any text containing one or several merge fields into the corresponding field The only merge fields that are available for use in the Email Address Sender Name and Reply To Address fields must come from the merge fields provided by the recipients of the job These fields may be used to personalize the sender information and reply to address The merge field names must be entered in exactly the same format as when they are used as merge fields in the content This format begins with an ampersand amp is followed by the exact name of the field and ends with a semi colon Example 1 If in your recipient data you have a merge field called SENDER_ADDRESS that contains the individual sender address to be used for each recipient then you would fill out the Email Address field with the following text SENDER_ADDRESS Example 2 If in your recipient data you have a merge field called DEPARTMENT that contains the name of the department the recipient belongs to and you have created management email accounts of the form manager DEPARTMENT Gcompany com for your departments where DEPARTMENT stands for the department
286. essages to specific recipients Recipients who are genuinely interested in the information contained in a message are much more likely to open and interact with the message Senders who understand their recipients needs and interests and target messages appropriately will experience higher levels of user satisfaction and enhance their own reputation Important Tracking and recording recipient and user information has ethical and legal implications L Soft expects that each user will utilize the software responsibly Responsible use of the software includes but is not limited to observation of all laws and legal requirements that apply to use of the software and specifically privacy concerns of the recipients It is the full responsibility of the user to be apprised of all relevant ethical and legal implications regarding use of the software T he ability to track information about email jobs is a powerful resource for LISTSERV Maestro can track a variety of different information about recipients and how they interact with a sent message Tracking statistics reports are available in a number of formats Tracking data can also be downloaded so that it can be used in other statistical and reporting software packages With a special Microsoft Excel Add In downloaded statistics can be easily imported to generate tables and graphs in Excel For more information see Section 13 11 Using the Excel Add In Note It is not necessary for tracking to be
287. essary for non ASCII To header fields then you ll have to make sure that only ASCII characters are allowed in recipient names when creating the list or database data for these recipient types LISTSERV Maestro and Bi Directional Character Sets Of the ISO 8859 charset family there are two charsets that contain letters from languages that have a standard reading direction of right to left These are the charsets ISO 8859 6 Arabic and ISO 8859 8 Hebrew both of which are supported by LISTSERV Maestro Actually LISTSERV Maestro will not use the charsets with the names ISO 8859 6 and ISO 8859 8 but will instead use the special bi directional versions ISO 8859 6 i and ISO 8859 8 i These charsets contain the same characters as their non i suffix counterparts but the i suffix tells the receiving mail client that the text should be displayed with right to left reading direction Without the i suffix in the charset name many email clients would probably display the correct characters but in the for that language incorrect left to right reading direction Even with the i suffix the recipient might require a special mail client version or even a special mail client that is prepared to display text with right to left reading direction properly and is also able to properly display bi directional text text that mixes characters with left to right and characters with right to left reading direction in the case of a Hebrew text that c
288. esulting set will be a Number Set Arguments of type Boolean are not allowed Examples SetOf 3 19882 4 3371 SetOf abc def ghi SetOf abc 15 SetOf xyz qvw 28 def SetOf amp VALUE1 xyz amp MULTI SELECT FIELD New SetToString SetToString set default separator delimiter delimitAll delimiterEscape Function Converts a set into a text string by listing all values in the set if any separating them with a specified separator character and optionally also enclosing the values in specified delimiters A Important The final result of a formula in a Calc system drop in must not exceed the maximum length of 900 characters Similarly if the formula is used in the derivation rule of a derived profile field in a dataset or hosted list then the result must not exceed the maximum length of 100 characters Using Set ToSt ring in a formula does increase the danger of exceeding these limits especially if the result of the function is also used as the direct result of the formula without further processing by other functions and if the set contains a large number of values e g this may easily be the case if the set is defined by a multiple select merge field In such a situation the mail job delivery may fail if used in a Calc system drop in or the recalculation of the derived profile field may fail if used in a derivation rule If in doubt it may be better to use the SetToStringW
289. et already contain the chosen separator as part of their value texts In such a case the occurrences of the separator text in the values may be confusing as such an occurrence may be misinterpreted as an actual separator after which a new value starts while it actually is only part of the value To avoid this it is possible to enclose the values in delimiters to better mark the beginning and end of a value if such a value then contains the separator text then this does not matter as the end of the value is no longer marked by the separator but instead by the delimiter For this the delimiter argument can be used If specified then individual values may be enclosed in the specified delimiter text depending on the delimitAll argument see below If a value is enclosed with delimiters and the value itself also already contains the delimiter text then this delimiter text is escaped in a way depending on the delimiterEscape argument see below Note that delimiter may be any text not only a single character If not specified then values are never enclosed with extra delimiters This argument is optional but may be supplied if the default and separator arguments have been supplied too e delimitAl11 This argument be of type Boolean If set to true then all values will be enclosed with the given delimiter text If set to false then only values that actually contain the separator text will be enclosed with delimiters
290. ettings for the completed job list 166 filter settings for the ongoing job list 161 filter settings for the open job list 154 LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 332 User s Manual Index handling bounced messages 120 introduction 29 journal completed jobs 183 ongoing jobs 164 open jobs 156 multiple job actions for the completed job list 168 multiple job actions for the ongoing job list 163 multiple job actions for the open job list 155 saving sender as a profile 121 scheduling auto repeat jobs 130 scheduling delivery 122 scheduling delivery for a standard job 122 scheduling delivery for an A B Split Job 125 scheduling delivery for an A B Split Job with Sampling 125 scheduling different delivery times for an A B Split Job 127 scheduling different delivery times for an A B Split Job with Sampling 129 setting the default character set encoding 24 setting the default content type 24 setting the default delivery type 26 setting the default HTML Editor preferences 24 setting the default Job Prefix 24 setting the default recipient type 24 setting the default Team Collaboration 24 setting the default template 24 setting the default test line for delivery test 25 setting the default time zone 26 setting the default tracking 25 setting the delivery notification 31 setting the DIGEST option 47 setting the INDEX option 47 setting the language character set 95 setting the MAIL option 47 setting the NOMAIL option 47 setting u
291. events and Click Tt Additional Statistics Number of Sent Messages Number of Unbounced Messi Number of Bounced Message Job Comparison Report Settings Define the settings for the comparison report you want to view for the selected jobs The comparison report will include the following jobs 0608100 0609064 Report Type Event distribution over time Sum of events Result Calculation Defines how the result shown as the length of the bars in the graph is calculated Total number of events Percentage of total number of messages sent Percentage of total number of unbounced messages sent Unique or Total Events Defines if unique events or if all events are counted Count only events unique for each recipient Count all events Show Reports Over Open Up events Click Through events all links bundled Click Through events all links separate Open Up events and Click Through events all links bundled Open Up events and Click Through events all links separate Additional Statistics CO Number of Sent Messages C Number of Unbounced Messages C Number of Bounced Messages LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 179 Section 12 Completed Jobs Note The rest of the options available on this screen will vary depending on the report type you selected 2 Define how the result shown on the Y X axis of the graph is calculated
292. ew Entry Add a new entry to the lookup table Upload Entries Upload new entries into the lookup table Download Entries Download the lookup table entries Define New Subset Define a subset of lookup table entries Edit Highlighted Subset Edit the currently highlighted lookup table subset Undefine Highlighted Subset Undefine the currently highlighted lookup table subset Delete All Entries Delete all entries from the lookup table but not the lookup table itself Delete Lookup Table Delete the lookup table The LISTSERV menu takes you to specific areas in the LISTSERV Web Interface The options available vary depending on where you are in the application and what function you are performing The possible options are Server Administration Dashboard Open the Server Administration Dashboard of the LISTSERV Web Interface List Administration Dashboard Open the List Administration Dashboard of the LISTSERV Web Interface Site Configuration Open the site configuration page of the LISTSERV Web Interface LISTSERV Archives Open the LISTSERV archives page of the LISTSERV Web Interface Server Reports Contains options for reports in the LISTSERV Web Interface Server Usage Reports Open the server usage reports page of the LISTSERV Web Interface Anti Virus amp Anti Spam Reports Open the anti virus and anti spam reports page of the LISTSERV Web Interface Server Act
293. ext Literal Expressions Restriction None Constant text literal expressions can be used in any formula Type Constant text literal expressions are as the name implies always of the type text Usage To include a text literal in a formula type the characters desired and then denote the beginning and the end of the text literal by enclosing the whole string in quotation marks lt gt There must not be any linebreaks in the text string Since the text literal must be quoted it must also follow the rules for quote escaping See Section 16 Advanced Use of System Drop Ins for details Examples example this is a text string This string contains quotes which are therefor scaped this string has three spaces at the beginning and end New 18 3 3 Constant Boolean Expressions Restriction None Constant boolean expressions can be used in any formula Type Constant boolean expressions are as the name implies always of type Boolean Usage To include a constant boolean in a formula simply type either true or false without the quotes Examples true false 18 3 4 Standard Merge Field Expressions New Restriction Standard merge field expressions are only allowed if the formula is used in one of the following contexts Inthe condition tree of a Dataset or Hosted Recipient List target group e In the derivation rule of a derived profile field of a dataset or hosted recipients list e
294. f for some reason the recipient can not view the HTML message in their own email client In an HTML message that also contains a text alternative part you can use this system drop in both in the HTML part and in the text alternative By including the system drop in in the text alternative you will give those recipients that normally only view the text alternative the option of using the URL to display the full HTML message in a separate browser window Note Viewing the message in a browser window will also display the HTML message W with the same personalized merge values of the recipient as the original email These merge values are coded into the URL Therefore in a mailing with a very large number of merge values per recipient and or values with a very long text this mechanism of coding the merge values into the URL may produce URLs that exceed the size limits imposed by the browser software that is in use Consequently you should limit the usage of this system drop in to mailings where the merge field names and their values do not combine to form an excessively long URL In addition viewing the message in a browser window does not change the behavior of the tracked links in the message The URL will have roughly the following format with different individual values depending on your LISTSERV Maestro installation and the mail job in question http YOUR SERVER list elex3jha 080102A 84c4b3 vib Note This sys
295. f auto repeat jobs this may actually be an acceptable state if there are no recipients that fit the conditions of the job In the Dynamic Recipients Example a message was supposed to be delivered to all recipients with a negative account balance on the first of each month If in a given month there are no recipients with a negative account balance no mail would be sent out for that month and the job instance for that month would fail with No recipients found as the reason for failure In this case the failure should be interpreted as a valid state because there simply were no recipients to deliver mail to on that day The auto repeat sequence would continue with another copy for the next month so if any recipients have a negative balance on the first of the next month they would then get the reminder mail 8 2 5 6 Auto Repeat Jobs and System Shutdown Auto repeat jobs are treated differently than normal jobs during a system shutdown For a normal job if the system is down at the scheduled delivery time the job will be delivered immediately when the system is started the next time The system will recognize that the delivery time of the job has passed while the system was down and will immediately start the delivery to make up for the lost time If the system is down at the scheduled delivery time of an auto repeat job the system will recognize that the delivery time of the job has passed while the system was down Instead of starting deli
296. f the file is not on this list an error message will be displayed on the Source screen If the file is not available at the moment of sending the job will fail Click Next gt to continue Important This option is only available if the administrator has enabled it on the Recipients Restriction screen in the Administration HUB Tip The Load recipients just before sending from a server file option is especially useful if the text file is created automatically by an external process such as extracting from a different data source LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual s s Section 5 Defining Recipients of an Email Job Figure 5 12 The Source Screen for an Uploaded Text File Define Recipients Information about the recipients source file Define recipients now Note The given file name and path must be a valid path on the server running LISTSERV Maestro Select the text file containing the recipients Click Upload to replace the current recipients file with the new file Click Cancel to keep the currently saved reapients file File Name DAL Softynaestroynail job filesvtest _ list csv Encoding West European 150 1 bd Information about the recipients source file Recipients File Define recipients now Source File test list csv Upload Date Time X Jan 30 2004 10 29 13 AM Upload a different file Load recipients just before sending from a server file File Name File Encoding Wes
297. fferent types of tracking reports from tracking data Download tracking data and import into Microsoft Excel Produce bounce reports tabulating the number and type of bounce LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual Section 1 Introduction to LISTSERV Maestro 1 1 System Requirements LISTSERV Maestro needs to be installed on a server and configured by a system administrator However LISTSERV Maestro does not have to reside on the same server as LISTSERV The administrator will set up user accounts assign initial passwords for all individuals who need access to the program and create account groups if collaboration is desired Groups are optional and accounts do not need to be part of a group to use the program Groups are required for collaboration among accounts Depending on the operating system of the client used for the access the following browsers are supported when accessing the Maestro User Interface Microsoft Internet Explorer 5 5 or later Windows only Apple Safari 2 0 Build 412 or later Mac OS X only Mozilla 1 0 0 or later Windows Linux or Mac OS X and any other browser on Windows Linux or Mac OS X that is based on a compatible Mozilla version such as Firefox 1 0 or later Netscape 7 0 or later e Note Some special issues apply when using Netscape or Mozilla on a Linux client See Appendix F Using Netscape or Mozilla Browsers with a Linux Client for more information The client
298. finition from Job Define recipients Upload a Recipients Text File O Select Recipients from a Database O Let LISTSERV Select Recipients from a Database or LDAP Directory LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 41 Section 5 Defining Recipients of an Email Job If you want to define the recipients for the email job then the following options are available Upload a Recipients Text File A text file uploaded into the system defines the recipients Select Recipients from a Database Recipients are defined by a LISTSERV Maestro defined database Let LISTSERV Select Recipients from a Database or LDAP Directory Recipients are defined by a database or LDAP directory that has been configured so that LISTSERV has direct access to it This option is not available for an A B Split Job with or without Sampling Options are made available by the LISTSERV Maestro administrator Every option is not always available for every account Source Selecting the source information and or uploading a source file from which the recipient data will be generated Source Details Interpreting the recipient data information Recipient Details Adding or editing header information labels for columns Summary Displaying the interpretation of the recipient data in a table for review Depending on the selection of options for each step subsequent steps and options will become availab
299. first set is superset of the second set The first set is a superset of the second set if the first set contains the entire second set all elements from the second set also are in the first set f two sets are equal then the superset condition is also true meaning that the two equal sets are always also trivial supersets of each other Except for the trivial case of equality the first set is larger than the second set amp ntersection Checks if there is a non empty intersection between the first and the second set A non empty intersection exists if at least one element of the first set also appears in the second set It does not matter how many elements appear in both sets as long as at least one appears in both the intersection is non empty and the check will result in true In other words the check is true if at least one element appears in the first set and in the second set Replace COMPARE SET with the second set of the comparison Specify this set as a comma separated list of all values in the set Each value must be enclosed within quotation marks Type the textual names of those choices from the multiple selection field column specified in FIELD NAME that are to be part of the second set Enclose each name individually in quotes and use commas to separate the values if there is more than one LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 238 Section 15 Utilities
300. formation sent by computers over the Internet to letters or more precisely characters Due to the nature of digital information and email all data is reduced to numeric code there is a finite number of positions in this table to correspond to letters and other symbols of a language Therefore different charsets have been developed to correspond to the different letters and symbols for different languages A charset will not translate one language to another it only encodes data to match positions in the table to specific characters For example in the charset ISO 8859 1 matching an alphabet suitable for West European languages the position number 196 represents the umlaut A The same position 196 using the charset ISO 8859 7 the Greek alphabet matches the Greek letter As a result the same position number in the table will result in different characters being displayed depending on the charset used for the encoding For more information on this subject see Appendix B Email and International Character Sets LISTSERV Maestro defaults to the ISO 8859 1 Latin 1 character set for encoding email messages unless a different default setting has been preset by the system administrator LISTSERV Maestro supports other charsets and if users are given the right to use other character sets an active link will appear at the end of the Language Mail will be sent with language charset for sentence at the bottom of the Define Message scre
301. freshing the Dashboard Newsletter Dashboard Data retrieved at Mar 14 2008 11 52 59 AM Refresh 3 Currently In The System Open Jobs 14 Directly Distributed Recipients 340 730 Datasets Ongoing Jobs 2 Postings To LISTSERV Lists 0 Hosted Lists 0 Completed Jobs 619 Hosted Recipients 0 Reports 5 of which tracked jobs 617 A Remaining Quota 5 166 Shows only objects in your group which are visible to your account vi l Sample Sum of Events Report Bar Chart x Sample Event Distribution Report xi pem al Cumulative over time 168 700 664 X Note The Refresh link does not update the data for any Dashboard reports Dashboard reports will automatically update their data in regular intervals 2 2 1 2 Editing the Dashboard s Name To edit the name of the Dashboard currently being displayed click on the Dashboard menu and then select Edit Dashboard Name The Edit Dashboard Name screen opens Enter the new name for the Dashboard and click OK Figure 2 4 The Edit the Dashboard Name Screen Edit Dashboard Name Enter the name for the currently selected dashboard Weekly Newsletter Dashboard Changing the name of the Dashboard is a great way to keep track of what each Dashboard represents For information on creating multiple Dashboards see Section 2 2 1 Customizing the Dashboard LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 17 Section 2 Understanding th
302. fter the word UserMessage and that appears on the same line as the word UserMessage This particular whitespace is ignored Also if the first line contains only whitespace after the word UserMessage then the linebreak at the end of this line will also be ignored and will not be part of the prefix See below for examples Any characters after VALUE and before the closing drop in tag or whatever closing tag is applicable in your message will be part of the suffix including all linebreaks even linebreaks that appear immediately after VALUE or before the closing tag See below for examples If the user does not supply a personal message then the whole system drop in starting with the opening tag and ending with the closing tag will be replaced with an empty string i e the prefix and suffix will not appear If the user supplies a non empty personal message then the whole system drop in starting with the opening tag and ending with the closing tag will be replaced with the text that is built by linking the prefix user message and suffix Or in other words in the string prefixst VALUE suffix the VALUE part including the enclosing characters is replaced with the personal message and the resulting string including prefix and suffix is used to replace the system drop in Tip For examples using the UserMessage drop in with prefix and or suffix see the online help 6 3 3 Letting Fri
303. g 6 Once the tracking links have been chosen and aliases defined click OK in the top frame to continue A summary of the tracking details will be presented From this screen you can re edit the tracking definitions by clicking Define Tracking URLs remove any of the links by clicking the Remove link adjacent to each URL or remove all the links by clicking the Remove All link at the bottom of the listing Click Next gt to continue Tip Selecting Highlight tracked links will display all links that are currently marked for D tracking on a bright yellow background in the body of the message This makes it easier to tell which links have already been selected for tracking and which have not Images that are links will be shown with a bright yellow frame when they are selected for tracking Since this frame makes the images a bit larger it may impact the overall page layout Switch off the link highlighting to restore the original layout Figure 7 5 Click Through Tracking Definition LISTSERY Maestro Tracking Definition Define the links in the message body to be tracked X Click on a link in the body of the message in the frame below to display the details about the link in the bottom frame Next use the controls in the bottom frame to define the tracking details for the selected link Highlight tracked links Do not highlight tracked links Switch Show the center frame Click OK
304. g and retaining recipient data by creating data tables and public web pages and a tracking component collecting data when a recipient opens an email message or clicks on a URL contained within the message LISTSERV Maestro can Organize and store recipient data including subscription settings so that it can be used to send out personalized and targeted mailings Create different types of mailing list Hosted Recipient Lists and Hosted LISTSERV Lists Produce customizable public web pages that allow people to sign on and off lists and to manage their own profile data Define a targeted group of recipients based on stored internal recipient data a LISTSERV list an external database a past job responses to a past job or a text file Define an email message in plain text or HTML and attach files to it Delegate various tasks related to defining recipients creating the messages and delivering email to other team members Schedule email messages for a single delivery or recurring deliveries on any date at any time within any time zone Save messages as well as sender and recipient information for future email jobs Test email messages before delivery Define the types of data to track Track when recipients open a message Track when recipients click on URLs contained within a message including URLs that are text based image based or contained within image maps Track when recipients respond to a web form Produce di
305. g ASCII character making ISO 8859 a superset of ASCII The differences of each ISO charset are in the upper 128 characters the bytes 128 255 In addition to the ISO 8859 charsets there are of course a multitude of other charsets including the Unicode charset which aims to include all characters from all languages and for example charsets for the east Asian languages such as Chinese Japanese and Korean The following charsets are currently supported by LISTSERV Maestro SO 8859 1 Latin 1 West European e SO 8859 2 Latin 2 East European SO 8859 3 Latin 3 South European SO 8859 4 Latin 4 North European LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 305 Appendix B Email and International Character Sets e SO 8859 5 Cyrillic 150 8859 6 Arabic 150 8859 7 Greek 150 8859 8 Hebrew SO 8859 9 Latin 5 Turkish SO 8859 15 Latin 9 West European update of Latin 1 with some French and Finnish letters that were omitted in Latin 1 plus the Euro currency symbol instead of the international currency symbol BIG5 Traditional Chinese e GB 2312 Simplified Chinese e SO 2022 JP Japanese e EUC JP Japanese e Shift JIS Japanese e KSC 5601 Korean EIC KR Korean UTF 8 International Unicode encoded in UTF 8 format Unicode is a very large charset with room for almost all characters of many different languages of the world even the many Asian characters The 8 bi
306. g and to the parsing process when a text string is parsed to convert it back into the numerical date time value Important For date time formatting and parsing by default the U S locale and the A current time zone of the server where the Maestro User Interface LUI component is running is used This means that if locale specific values names of months weekdays era designators and the like are required they will be given as the U S locale values by default Similarly if a time is given it will be formatted or interpreted as relative to the time zone of the server although for parsing a specific time zone can be supplied If the default U S locale is not desired specify a locale in the ToDate or 111 5 function 18 6 1 Date and Time Formats Date and time formats are specified by pattern strings Within pattern strings unquoted letters from A to z and from a to z are interpreted as pattern letters representing the components of a date or time string see below for details Text can be quoted using single quotes lt gt to avoid interpretation In a quoted text the double single quote lt gt represents a single quote All other characters are not interpreted they are simply copied into the output string during formatting or matched against the input string during parsing The following pattern letters are defined all other characters from a to z and from
307. g conditions must be met for the feature to function properly Recipients Type Forward to a Friend only works with recipients that are based on a target group that is based on a Hosted Recipient List The feature does not work with any other recipient type Drop ins Drop in usage must be enabled for the message and the special system drop in ForwardToFriendURL must appear at least once in the message body If the message has several body parts like an HTML mail with a text alternative then this special system drop in must appear at least once in each body part This system drop in will later be replaced with a URL that if clicked will send the recipient to the special page where he can enter the e mail addresses of his friends to which he wants to forward the message You should make sure that this system drop in appears in a location where it can be easily found and understood by the recipient For example in a plain mail you probably want to embed the system drop in in some explanatory text similar to this Click the link below if you want to forward this message to any of your friends ForwardToFriendURL In an HTML mail you should use the system drop in not only in the correct context but also as the value of the href attribute of an a tag so that it will actually be rendered as a clickable link similar to this a href ForwardToFriendURL gt Click here lt a gt to forward this message to any of
308. g headers within LISTSERV Maestro will in no way change the original file Click Next to continue 5 5 4 Recipients Details Once LISTSERV Maestro can successfully separate the recipient data into columns or otherwise quantify the data the next steps are to define the column that identifies the email address decide whether to use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking and to edit the column headers if desired The Recipients Details screen is split into three sections to accommodate these steps 5 5 4 1 Usage of Recipients Data LISTSERV Maestro needs to know if additional recipient data will be used for mail merging and tracking or whether this information is to be ignored and the job sent as bulk email If the Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking option is selected columns from the text file can be used in the email message to create personalized content These columns can then also be used to identify recipients for more detailed tracking reports For more information on using mail merging see Section 6 9 Merge Fields and Conditional Blocks If the Ignore additional recipient data and send job as bulk email option is selected any additional columns that were uploaded with the file will be ignored by the system It will not be possible to use mail merging Tracking for the message will be limited to blind tracking meaning that the tracking data available from the job will not be associated w
309. ge as spam A The message has not been checked for spam Check message for spam Specify Delivery Test Recipients E mail Column EMAIL Recipient ID Column EMAIL Subject LISTSERV at Work Test line This text will be added to each test message Add Row EMAIL ID FNAME LNAME Clear Row Clear Row Clear Row Send Delivery Test Messages Save amp Close Send additional plain text mail with alternative text Each test recipient will receive an additional copy of the test mail as a plain text mail that contains only the alternative text for easier proof reading Advanced Options e Copy recipients and test line from another job e Upload delivery test recipients from a text file e Download delivery test recipients LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 135 Section 9 Testing and Authorizing Delivery LISTSERV Maestro allows the user to use a previously entered group of test recipients upload and download test recipient lists or type in test recipient names and addresses The test interface displays a table for entering test data Each row represents a test recipient The columns displayed depend on the columns defined in the recipient definition stage of the job Valid Internet email addresses are necessary for all the fields in the column that is specified as the email column The test messages will be sent to
310. ges to the Toolbar xix New Options for Determining Recipients Based on Reaction to a Previous Job xix Advanced Sender Defined Mail Header Settings xix Action TKACKING cx E SX HN Nau eso d e Ra CR xix Viewing the Number of Tracked Links xix Using the Job Journal 0 0 nn xix Viewing an HTML Message in the Recipient s xix Requesting Profile Field Tracking Permissions sence 14 n eed ioe RR RR eee ee De Paha EEG Triggering the Delivery of an Email Job Defining Individual Delivery Times for A B Split Job Variants XX Using the New Report Data Source Wizard XX Using the Updated Recipients Details Report XX Using the New Calc Features XX Section 1 Introduction to LISTSERV Maestro 1 1 1 System Requirements ssssseesllleee ele 2 1 2 Accessing LISTSERV Maestro lilslsslseesesee eh 3 Section 2 Understanding the LISTSERV Maestro Interface 5 24 The Toolbar aan
311. gh the process The wizard is comprised of the following steps Options Deciding where the recipient data will come from There are seven different options split into two categories that can be selected to define the source for a recipient list If you want to use existing recipients to define the recipients for the email job then the following options are available Send to a Recipient target group Allows account holders to select pre defined groups of recipients from a database Send to an Existing LISTSERV List Recipients are defined by a LISTSERV list This option is not available for an A B Split Job with or without Sampling Determine Recipients Based on Reaction to the Job Recipients are selected based upon a defined action they performed in a previous job This option is not available for an A B Split Job with or without Sampling Use Recipients Definition from Job Recipients are copied from a previous job T he next step in creating an email job is to define or select the recipients of the Figure 5 1 Define Recipients Options Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Recipients Details Summar R4 Options Select the type of Recipients to use for the job Use existing recipients 9 Send to a Recipient Target Group Q Send to an Existing LISTSERV List Determine Recipients Based on Reaction to the Job There are no jobs available to base recipients on Use Recipients De
312. gning is not used gt When triggered Show Security Token for Delivery Trigger The security token is found in the Delivery Settings section on any of the Job Details Screens Important Everyone who is in possession of this security token and who can also access LISTSERV Maestro on its HTTP port for example with a normal web browser will be able to trigger the delivery of the job Therefore the security token should be closely guarded and not be given out to unauthorized persons To show the security token click the Show Security Token for Delivery Trigger link Copy the security token from this box and make sure that the external process or application accesses the URL described below replacing SECURITY TOKEN with the value pasted from the security token popup box Note To create a new security token for a standard job click the Create New Security Token link in the popup box To create a new security token for an A B split job variant click on the Create New Security Token for all Variants link This will LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 149 User s Manual Section 9 Testing and Authorizing Delivery create a new security token for all of the A B split job variants Once a new security token is created the old token is no longer valid and cannot be used to trigger a job externally A trigger URL always has the following form http s SERVER NAME lui exter
313. h the first copy would be delivered at 21 15h the second copy at 9 15h of the next day and so on If Deliver at 12 00h is specified and a repeat interval of 24 hours is used or for the same effect 1 day then one delivery each day at 12 00h would occur If Deliver at 10 20h on 11 24 2004 is specified which happens to be a Wednesday and a repeat interval of 2 weeks is used then this would cause a copy of the job to be delivered at 10 20h of the Wednesday of every second week after the initial delivery f Deliver at 12 00h on 1 1 2005 is specified and a repeat interval of 3 months is used a delivery on the first of each of the months of January April July and October would occur resulting in one mailing at the beginning of each quarter 8 2 5 2 Auto Repeat Jobs with Dynamic Recipients or Dynamic Content Auto Repeat delivery is particularly useful together with dynamic recipient lists and or dynamic content Dynamic recipient lists are the just in time variants of recipients defined by a target group text upload a select from a database as well as standard LISTSERV lists or recipients selected from a database by LISTSERV What all these recipient types have in common is that the actual list of recipients a job will be mailed to is determined just in time at the moment prior to delivery If such a job auto repeats itself each repeated copy may be mailed to a different list of recipients Dynamic content is content that u
314. h category drop down menu and select the category of jobs you want to view in the list Sort the job listing The column headers in the table are links that when clicked will sort the jobs in ascending one click or descending two clicks order Each subsequent click will reverse the sort order Note It is not possible to sort the table using the Owner column View the details for any job Click on the Job ID to open the Completed Job Details screen which is where you can edit or view various parts of the job Jobs that were successfully processed by LISTSERV Maestro are represented by a green checkmark Jobs that fail to be processed are represented by a red x This means that LISTSERV Maestro was unable to send the job to LISTSERV LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 165 Section 12 Completed Jobs Important A job might be processed successfully but still fail to be delivered The processing state only describes the success or failure of the act of transferring the job to LISTSERV If for some reason LISTSERV fails to actually deliver the job then no message s will be sent and the job will be listed in the successful state 12 1 Advanced Filter Settings The Completed Jobs Advanced Filter Settings screen lets you activate and define an advanced filter for the Completed Jobs list To access this screen click on the Advanced Filter Settings link on the Completed Jobs screen
315. h several different message content and tracking definitions in the form of variant jobs A B Split Job with Sampling A special version of a normal A B split job It contains two types of job categories Sampling Variants and a Main Variant and combined together they create the sub jobs of the A B split job The bulk of the recipients are reserved for the main variant while only a smaller part of the recipients are evenly divided among the sampling variants Attachment A file linked to an email message Many programs use MIME encoding to attach files B C Click Through Event A trackable occurrence available with text and HTML email messages that records each time a URL contained in the message is clicked Column A vertical set of data as in a table or spreadsheet D Database A large collection of data organized for rapid search and retrieval and managed by a DBMS Database Plugin Used to connect LISTSERV Maestro to a database and to allow the user to select recipient data from a database table in the Define Recipient wizard The user selects the matching plugin for the database he she wants to access then provides the connection data like host name port user name password etc and LISTSERV Maestro is then able to access that database to select the recipients Datasets A collection of data organized into fields and pertaining to recipients The fields making up a dataset can have different t
316. hange and so on LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 162 Section 11 Ongoing Jobs 11 3 Multiple Job Actions From the Ongoing Jobs screen you can also perform certain actions on several jobs at once by using the Multiple Job Actions feature This feature is normally disabled To enable it click Mail Job gt Multiple Job Actions gt Enable Multiple Job Actions The Ongoing Jobs screen will refresh and each job will have a checkbox next to it In addition the Mail Job menu will show additional entries that can be performed on several jobs at once To manipulate several jobs at once check all jobs that you want to edit and then select the desired option from Multiple Job Actions submenu located on the Mail Job menu These options include Edit Category of All Selected Jobs Opens the Edit Category of All Selected Jobs screen Select or define the category that you want to assign to the selected jobs Select All Selects all of the jobs in the list e Unselect All Unselects all of the jobs in the list Disable Multiple Job Actions disables the feature and hides the additional checkboxes Note Once the Multiple Job Actions feature is enabled then it will be enabled on all other job list screens i e the Open Jobs Screen and the Completed Jobs Screen until you disable it again Figure 11 4 Multiple Job Actions for the Ongoing Jobs Screen LISTSERV Maestro 3 0
317. has happened recently and what is due to happen in the future The Dashboard contains five sections that may be displayed hidden or rearranged This allows for a convenient and easy way to customize the information shown making it possible for you to see what is most important to you The Dashboard sections are Currently in the System This section displays general statistics about the objects that are currently in the system as far as these objects are visible to your account Some of these items are also clickable links that take you directly to a screen where you can view the corresponding objects The following statistics may be displayed in this section Open Jobs The number of currently open jobs This item is clickable Ongoing Jobs The number of currently ongoing jobs This item is clickable Completed Jobs The number of completed jobs This item is clickable Completed Jobs of which tracked jobs The number of completed jobs that are also tracked Directly Distributed Recipients The number of recipients directly distributed with LISTSERV Maestro This number does not count any mailings that were standard postings to LISTSERV lists see below Postings to LISTSERV Lists The number of completed jobs that were standard postings to LISTSERV lists and whose recipients are not counted under Directly Distributed Recipients see above Reports The number of tracking reports This item is clickable
318. have not bounced at the time the report is executed For example if 300 messages were sent and 50 messages bounced there would be 250 unbounced LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 206 Section 13 Tracking Reports messages And if in one interval 150 events were counted the line height for that interval would be 60 because 150 is 60 of 300 Interval Size Events are counted as occurring within a certain amount of time This amount of time is referred to as an interval Intervals can be set as hours days or weeks Result Accumulation Defines whether the values accumulate from one interval to the next No accumulation Each interval s events are counted and plotted for only that time period The resulting line on the chart displays as a series of peaks and valleys Accumulate interval values Each interval s events are counted and plotted adding to the previous interval s events until the end of the report period The resulting line on the chart displays as ever increasing The incline will become less steep over time until it plateaus into more or less a straight line once recipients no longer trigger events Click the Execute button to change the View Report screen the appearance of the chart or graph and change the downloadable data 13 8 Sum of Events Report The Sum of events option produces a bar graph that shows the number of recipients who clicked on each URL and or opene
319. he encoding for the file if it is different from the default For more information on encoding see Appendix B Email and International Character Sets After separator and quote characters have been entered and any encoding change made click Refresh Preview to have LISTSERV Maestro attempt to parse the file again with the new settings The new columns will then be displayed If the columns are now separated correctly proceed If the columns are not correct repeat the process and click Refresh Preview to see the new changes 5 5 3 2 Header Row Headers are special rows in tables Headers are used to label the columns of data so that the system and the user can correctly identify the columns An uploaded text file may contain headers or not If the file does not contain headers select the No the file does not contain a header row option and the system will automatically add a header row Each column of data in the header row will be given a generic name using the pattern COL1 COL2 COL3 and so on If the uploaded file does have a header row select the Yes the first row in the file containers headers option and the headers within the file will be used LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 59 Section 5 Defining Recipients of an Email Job System generated headers and headers uploaded from a file can be edited to be more meaningful if they will be used for mail merge and tracking on the Recipients Details screen Editin
320. he Allowing Recipients to Enter a Personal Message section SubscribeURL This system drop in allows the friend recipient to also become a subscriber of the original list For more information see Section 6 3 3 Letting Friends Subscribe to Your List 5 Note These three drop ins described above are the only drop ins that can be used wa the preamble In addition these three special drop ins can only be used in the preamble and cannot be used anywhere else in the body of the message The Actions link opens a menu with the following options Save Current Preamble as Default The current content of the preamble is saved as a default making it available for use in other mail jobs Reset Preamble to Default If you have previously saved your own default preamble with the Save Current Preamble as Default option then this option allows you to re use this default for the current job The preamble will be replaced with whatever preamble was last saved as your personal default Reset Preamble to System Default The preamble will be replaced with a system defined default preamble This option to reset to the system default is always available Tip Select this option and then make changes to the default preamble as a shortcut to defining your own preamble This will save you formatting time and provide you with an example of the usage of the system drop ins LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s
321. he Completed Jobs screen you can also perform certain actions on several jobs at once by using the Multiple Job Actions feature This feature is normally disabled To enable it click Mail Job gt Multiple Job Actions gt Enable Multiple Job Actions The Completed Jobs screen will refresh and each job will have a checkbox next to it In addition the Mail Job menu will show additional entries that can be performed on several jobs at once Figure 12 3 Multiple Job Actions for the Ongoing Jobs Screen Mail Job Report Recipient Warehouse Utility LISTSERV Back To Y D New B Open Jobs 8 Ongoing Jobs Mg Completed Jobs Jobs ed Click on the Job ID to open a job Multiple Job Actions gt Edit Category Of All Selected Jobs y were processe Edit Team Collaboration Of All Selected Jobs were processe Move All Selected Jobs To Archive Delete All Selected Jobs Display jobs with cat Select AII Y Advanced Filter Sg Unselect All Disable Multiple Job Actions Recipients Owner MailType Date Time of Delivery State This is a test job by 0604284 Johannes to illustrate 100 jht Plain Apr 28 2006 09 09 19 AM some features To manipulate several jobs at once check all jobs that you want to edit and then select the desired option from Multiple Job Actions submenu located on the Mail Job menu These options include Edit Category of A
322. he Excel Add In for details 13 7 3 Change Result Settings The Change View Setting for Report screen allows the user to change specific options and as a result change the appearance of the report on the View Report screen and change the data that is downloaded on the Download Report Result screen Any changes made on the Change Result Settings screen do not change the actual report definition they are only temporary allowing the user to see different views and download different data To change the report permanently changes need to be entered on the Result Settings tab on the Define Reports screen and then the changed report must be saved See Editing Reports for more information For an Events Distribution report the following options can be selected Result Calculation Defines how the results on the chart are calculated Total number of events Displays the total number of events counted per time interval For example if 123 events were counted for an interval the resulting line height for that interval would be 123 Percentage of total number of events Displays percentages in relation to the total number of messages sent For example if 300 messages were sent and if in one interval 150 events were counted the line height for that interval would be 50 because 150 is 50 of 300 Percentage of total number of unbounced messages sent Displays percentages in relation to the total number of messages sent that
323. he Forward to a Friend Report 178 Job Comparison Report Settings 0 0 ccc eee eee 179 Job Comparison Report Sample 182 Adding New Comparison Tab 183 The Completed Job Journal 184 The Tracking Reports Screen 185 The Define Report Screen 186 Define Report Screen General Settings Tab 187 LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual Xi List of Figures Define Report Screen Data Sources 188 The Report Data Source Definition Screen 189 Dragging and Dropping Available Jobs 190 Defining Tracking Events 191 Defining Job Data and Tracking Events 192 Example of a Report with Forward to a Friend Events 193 Reordering Data Sources 0 0c eee 194 Result Settings Tab for the Event Distribution over Time Option 195 Result Settings Tab for the Sum of Events Option 196 Result Settings Tab for the Recipient Details Option 197 Result Setting
324. he column that identifies the recipients e mail address and enter the name and address that will appear in the To header E mail Column EMAIL 7 To header information that will be used for all recipients Address optional Header Definition EMAIL MODEL_NUM Zoe Zimmerman zoe server company com 9595 Baltimore MD Yvette Yosel yvette server company com 8787 Hartford Xavier Xero Xavier server company com 5454 New York NY Wilfred Wonderly Wilfred server company com 9595 New York NY Vanna VonSchedule Vanna server company com 8787 Lansing MI Ursula Underhill Ursula server company com Albany Use the drop down menu to select the Email Column In the case of a mail merge job the drop down menu may be used to select the Name Column as well this is optional If the job is sent as bulk email with no mail merging it is necessary to type in a To address that will be used in the header of the message for all recipients If necessary type in a name for the To address All messages will be sent using this address and this name no personalization is possible 5 3 4 3 Header Definition Headers are special rows in tables Headers are used to label the columns of data so that the system and the user can correctly identify the columns The header definition used from the previous job becomes the header of the current job If a text file or a database was used to define recipients and ad
325. he drop in text for comparisons that result in a true match and replace FALSE with the drop in text for comparisons that result in a false match If the quote character appears in the text of either field it must be escaped To escape the quote character use it twice in a row rj For example to send a special advertisement for Hawaiian vacations to all those subscribers who selected surfing as one of their hobbies in the multiple selection field HOBBIES in a mail job going out to all hobbyists the system drop in would appear like this Multi HOBBIES amp surfing Follow your dreams and ride the big curl in Hawaii See your travel agent today and mention this email offer for a 10 discount on hotel rates on the Sheraton on Waikiki Visit your local Hobby Master store today Check here for the nearest one http www hobbymaster com Some scenarios that can be used as examples that demonstrate system drop ins are given below Line breaks that occur in the system drop ins have been added for readability only Scenario 1 If the subscriber has selected exactly the three hobbies Swimming Cycling and Poker from the list HOBBIES and no others use one text for replacement if not use a different text This is a check of the type equality If the set of hobbies selected by the subscriber first set is equal to th
326. he filter is set to active then only jobs that fulfill the filter condition will be displayed in the list Define the active filter condition as follows Job ID starts with or Full Job ID starts with Enter a text string that is used as a starts with filter for the job ID Only jobs where the job ID or the full job ID including the ID prefix starts with the given text will be included Whether or not the job ID or the full job ID will be used for filtering is determined by your preference setting for job ID prefix If the prefix is included in the job list then this filter will be applied to the full job ID including the prefix as it is displayed in the job list If the job ID prefix is not included in the job list then this filter will only apply to the bare job ID without the prefix Leave this field empty if you do not want to filter over the job ID Job Title contains Enter a text string that is used as a contains filter for the job title Only jobs where the job title contains the given text string case sensitive will be included Leave empty if you do not want to filter over the job title Authorization Due By Enter a From and or a To date and time in the displayed format to define a time range filter If only a From date time is entered then only jobs where the authorization due by date time is the given date time or later will be included If only a To date time is entered then only jobs where the authoriz
327. he first received event open up or click through from either job as the start time and the time of the last received event from either job as the end time Defined Period User can determine the time period for the report and make this relative to any time zone The Team Collaboration section contains an Edit link that is used to change the existing team collaboration settings for the report If this link is not active then you do not have permission to use this feature If you have permission to delete reports then the Delete this Report button is active LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 187 Section 13 Tracking Reports 13 1 2 Adding a Data Source Adding a data source is a multi step process that has to be repeated for each separate variable in the report To begin defining a data source click on the Data Sources tab Figure 13 4 Define Report Screen Data Sources Tab Define Report Define the settings of the report Title Test Report General Settings Data Sources Result Settings The following data sources have been defined for this report Color Data Source Description Test Data Source Definition copy delete Open Up amp Click Through 4 Jobs 2 Links Add Data Source The Data Source Description section lists the defined data sources available for use in a report Click on the title of the data source to open the Report Data Source Definition screen and edit the sel
328. hen an icon with little feet will appear in a toolbar 2 Click Tools gt Add Ins gt Uncheck the Importtrackerstatisticsa add in from the list and then click OK 3 Click View gt Toolbars gt Uncheck Tracker Statistics the little feet icon should dis appear 4 Click View gt Customize gt Toolbars tab gt select the Tracker Statistics listing from the menu do not check the box gt Click Delete 5 Close Excel 6 Login to LISTSERV Maestro LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 219 Section 13 Tracking Reports 7 Create a quick report Event Distribution report or Sum of Events report 8 Click the Download Report icon 9 Click the download link to download the Excel Add In 10 Right click the ImportTrackerStatistics xla link 11 Select Save Target As from the menu 12 Save the file on a local drive If there is an existing version of this file in the same location the new file is being saved in a query will ask to replace the existing file Click Yes 13 Open Excel 14 Click Tools gt Add Ins gt click Browse 15 Browse for the ImportTrackerStatistics x1la file that was downloaded and select it 16 If there is an existing version a query will ask to replace the existing file Click Yes The little feet icon should re appear on the toolbar 17 Click the little feet icon click Start and follow the directions from there Important If the
329. her variant job to the A B split job The variant jobs list is additionally separated into two tabs labeled Sampling Variant Jobs and Main Variant Job The first tab contains all sampling variants while the second tab contains only the main variant in the A B split job In addition a Delete link may appear next to each variant job allowing you to delete the corresponding variant job the link does not appear if only the minimum number of variant jobs is present in the A B split job Adding editing or deleting variants is only possible if the A B split job s state still allows it uw Note The main variant can never be deleted and the Main Variant Job tab does not contain a link to add more variants because only one main variant is permitted Delivery There are two separate delivery settings that need to be defined Sampling Delivery which applies to all sampling variants and Main Delivery which applies only to the main variant Because of this the delivery settings are located on both tabs the Sampling Variant Jobs tab and the Main Variant Job tab Similarly the authorization of the sampling variants and the main variant happen after each other The sampling variants have to be authorized first and similar to a normal A B split job it is only possible if all sampling variants are complete with green checkmarks Once the variant delivery is authorized all sampling variant jobs will be delivered according to the Sampling
330. his http YOUR SERVER list login html This system drop in is only usable if the recipient type of the mail job is based on a hosted list which could include any of the following LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 233 Section 15 Utilities Recipients type of target group with a target group of Based on Hosted Recipient List Recipients type of target group with a target group of Based on Classic LISTSERV list where the LISTSERV list it is based on is a hosted LISTSERV list in LISTSERV Maestro Recipients type of LISTSERV list where the list is a hosted LISTSERV list in LISTSERV Maestro 15 3 1 2 Unsubscribe URL The unsubscribe URL system drop in is named UnsubscribeURL This name is case sensitive and requires this exact spelling as well as the correct drop in enclosing tags for example UnsubscribeURL This system drop in is replaced with a URL that points to an unsubscribe page for the member area of the hosted list that is used in the job s recipient list The URL will have a format similar to this http YOUR SERVER list unsubscribe html This system drop in is only usable if the recipient type of the mail job is based on a hosted list which could include any of the following Recipients type of target group with a target group of Based on Hosted Recipient List Recipients type of target group with a target group of Based on Classic LISTSERV
331. ht be info xyzcorp com as the address and Your XYZ Team as the name Be sure to use an authentic email address in the To Address field to avoid any bounces that could result from recipients using Reply to all in response to the message 5 6 4 3 Header Definition Headers are specially defined rows in databases Headers are used by database tables to label the columns of data so that the system and the user can correctly identify the columns If additional recipient data is selected to be used for mail merging and tracking itis possible to editthe existing headers Editing the headers does not change the original database table It does allow the user to create meaningful headers that can be used to merge recipient data into each message making each message personalized The name of the header becomes the name of the mail merge place holder in the message so it is important to select names that are meaningful to the users who are assembling the message content See Section 6 9 1 Merge Fields for more information If the message is being sent as bulk email it is not possible to change the headers Tip It is also possible to change the header name directly in the SQL statement used to retrieve the data by making use of the AS clause of the SQL SELECT statement For example the following SQL statement selecting data from an Excel spreadsheet using ODBC will result in 3 columns called CUSTID EMAIL and FULLNAME deri
332. http ietf org rfc rfc0821 txt 2821 Simple Mail Transfer Protocol http ietf org rfc r c2821 txt 822 Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Messages http ietf org rfc r c0822 txt 2822 Internet Message Format http ietf org rfc r c2822 txt 1123 Requirements for Internet Hosts Application and Support http ietf org rfc r c11293 txt 2045 MIME Part 1 Format of the Internet Message Bodies http ietf org rfc r c2045 txt 2046 MIME Part 2 Media Types http ietf org rfc r c2046 txt 2047 MIME Part 3 Message Header Extensions for Non ASCII Text http ietf org rfc r c2047 txt 2049 MIME Part 5 Conformance Criteria and Examples http ietf org rfc r c2049 txt 1894 An Extensible Message Format for Delivery Status Notifications DSNs http ietf org rfc rfc1894 txt 1893 Enhanced Mail System Status Codes http ietf org rfc rfc1893 txt 1855 Netiquette Guidelines http ietf org rfc rfc1855 txt 2505 Anti Spam Recommendations for SMTP MTAs http ietf org rfc rfc2505 txt 2635 DON T SPEW A Set of Guidelines for Mass Unsolicited Mailings and Postings spam http ietf org rfc rfc2635 txt 3098 How to Advertise Responsibly Using Email and Newsgroups http ietf org rfc rfc3098 txt 1818 Best Current Practices http ietf org rfc rfc1818 txt 1796 Not All RFCs are Standards http ietf org rfc rfc1796 txt
333. https protocol LISTSERV Maestro is able to track image map links as well as form submission links The page is divided into four separate frames Top Frame Contains several general options links and buttons Highlight tracked links Select this button to highlight tracked links Due to the nature of image maps links selected for tracking within them will not be highlighted Do not highlight tracked links Select this option button to turn highlighting tracked links off Show HTML page Click this link to show the HTML message in the center frame Show alternative text Click this link to show the alternative text of a message in the center frame OK Click this button to save all the tracking selections and return to the Tracking Details screen Cancel Click this button to discard any tracking selections and return to the Tracking Definition wizard Main Center Frame Displays the body of the email message All trackable links in the message body either text links or image links are clickable When a link is clicked it will appear in the bottom frame If the URL is clicked from the bottom frame a separate browser window will open to that URL This is a good way to check the validity of URLs in the message If the body is composed of plain text or the alternative text of an HTML message then all links enclosed in quotation marks and starting with http or https are clickable Right Cente
334. iate this function Duplicates can be removed based on one or more selected criteria To select more than one criterion for removing duplicates hold down the SHIFT key or the CTRL key and click on the columns Tip Removing duplicates from recipient data can be a useful way to ensure that multiple T messages are not sent to the same recipient It is common practice for one person to have more than one email address for example a work email address and a personal email address By creatively selecting one or more criteria to remove duplicates itis possible to avoid sending multiple messages to the same person with different email addresses Similarly several recipients may use the same email address for example family members sharing an ISP may also share an email address In this case it might be desirable to send multiple messages to the same LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 70 Section 5 Defining Recipients of an Email Job address shared by multiple recipients but addressed to each individual using the email account From the Define Recipients Summary screen click Finish to save all settings and return to the Job Details screen the Summary diagram or the Workflow diagram The recipients can always be edited by selecting the Edit link from the Summary diagram or clicking on the Define Recipients icon from the Workflow diagram 5 7 Letting LISTSERV Select Recipients from a Database or LDAP Directory The Let
335. ich job s from which data source you want to download the events Next select the time zone and file encoding to be used to format the result and click the Download button pata Source Click Through Events for link http www Isoft com Select 0604284 This is a test job by Johannes to illustrate some features i Currently selected Data source Click Through Events for link http www lsoft com with jobs e 0604284 This is a test job by Johannes to illustrate some features Time zone Use my local time zone v File encoding Select Executed Oct 31 2006 03 59 48 PM 3 Including events from Apr 28 2006 09 09 00 AM until Apr 28 2006 09 10 00 AM 13 10 1 Downloading Events Details Report Data Select the data source from the top frame by clicking the Select link The currently selected data source will appear in the lower frame Select the time zone from the top drop down menu and the file encoding from the bottom drop down menu Click the Download button to download the raw data to a local drive The downloaded data CSV file contains comma separated and quoted tabular data with the following columns EVENT TIME The date and time to the second when the event was triggered LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 214 Section 13 Tracking Reports e RECIPIENT_ID ID of the recipient who triggered the event If the tracking type is Personal then the RECIPIENT I
336. icks 13 11 1 Downloading the LISTSERV Maestro Excel Add In The add in must be installed into Excel before it can be used This step is done only once on each workstation before the add in is used for the first time If there is an existing version of the add in file from an earlier build of LISTSERV Maestro it must be removed from the local machine and the newest version installed Please see the Section 13 11 4 Removing an Existing Version of the Add In for instructions on how to proceed From any Event Distribution report or Sum of Events report click the Download Report icon This will open the Download Report Result screen Next click the download link located under the time zone drop down menu The Microsoft Excel Add In for Tracking Statistics Import screen opens Click on the ImportTrackerStatistics xla link to download the add in file 13 11 2 Installing the LISTSERV Maestro Add In into Excel Follow the steps described below to install the add in into Microsoft Excel 2000 or later 1 Open Microsoft Excel 2 From the Tools menu select Add Ins It may be necessary to click on the small arrow symbol at the bottom of the menu to make the command visible The Add Ins screen opens listing all available add ins Click the Browse button Figure 13 28 Installing Tracker Add In Microsoft Excel Conditional Sum Wizard Euro Currency Tools Internet Assistant ODBC Add in Updates links to XL4
337. id Recipients for Delivered Jobs To download invalid recipients for a delivered job click Mail Job and select Completed Jobs The Completed Jobs screen opens From here click on the Job ID for the job you d like to download recipients from The Completed Job Details screen opens Click on the View link in the Recipients section The Detailed Recipients Information screen opens Note This is only available for recipients that were uploaded from a text file or when LISTSERV Maestro selects the recipients from a database LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 172 Section 12 Completed Jobs Figure 12 7 Downloading Invalid Recipients for Delivered Jobs Detailed Recipients Information Detailed information about the recipients of the selected job Back to Completed Job Details Page Recipient List Details List Type List uploaded as a text file File Name LMA1 csv Special Purpose Columns E mail Column EMAIL Name Column not defined Recipients Data Usage Used for mail merging and tracking Recipients Total count 19 Sample view of the recipients up to 10 CUST ID F_NAME L NAME ADDRESS1 ADDRESS2 CI 00012 Zoe Zimmerman 7801 Bucknell Terrace Apt 54 Ba 0002y Yvette Yosel 6 Manchester Place Ha 0003 Xavier Xero 903 Fairway Avenue Ne ooo4w Wilfred Wonderly 1550 Ownens Glen Rd Ne ooosy Vanna X VonSchedule 1004 Robroy Dr 456 La oo06u Ursula Underhill 7 Crossgates Circle 32 Alb D007t To
338. ie based tracking If recipient action tracking is activated then the tracking URLs of all tracked jobs which are delivered whi ng co ATC to ha oot in the raniniant a becuse e ctive will cause a Action Tag Code for Purchase Copy amp paste this code into the HTML code of all web pages that you want to mark with this action tag img src http www lsoft germany de 9105 trk act name 7u4ngd amp id frp3ij width 1 height 1 gt Once these tags are setup on your web pages then any actions performed by your recipients that relate to these tags will be tracked by LISTSERV Maestro and can be viewed in your reports In addition when creating a target group based on a hosted recipient list or dataset a job based condition node can now be based on action tracking LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 300 Section 19 Action Tracking Figure 19 3 Action Tracking Data on a Report Back to Completed Job Details Page Report Tracking data for Tracked job for action tracking test 3 1 5 0 75 For each data source bar all events are counted lll Click Through Events for link http offler Tracked Action Landing Page with ID h9qwfw a Tracked Action Purchase with ID Lwnvsix Executed May 27 2008 03 28 53 PM Including events from Apr 15 2008 11 42 00 AM until Apr 15 2008 11 42 00 AM For more information on using action tracking ev
339. ied Automatic conversion to Text Set Whenever an operand or argument of type Text Set is required an expression either of type Text Set Number Set Text or Number can be supplied In the latter cases a conversion to Text Set will be performed before the operator or function is applied A Number Set is converted into a Text Set by converting each single number element into a text element see conversion to Text above A Text is converted into a Text Set by creating a Text Set with the single text as the only element A Number is converted into a Text Set by creating a Text Set with the single number as the only element where the number in turn is first converted into a text 18 3 Expressions Operands and function arguments can appear in different expressions which are described in the following sub sections 18 3 1 Constant Number Expressions Restriction None Constant number expressions can be used in any formula Type Constant number expressions are as the name implies always of the type number Usage To include a constant number in a formula simply type the number using only uo uo the digits o 9 do not use as a thousands separator or as a decimal point Negative numbers must have a leading minus sign Examples 1 0 537 17 007 LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 262 Section 18 Calculation Formulas 18 3 2 Constant T
340. iend Tracking If enabled for the original message then LISTSERV Maestro will also keep a record of all forwards with a detail level that corresponds to the selected tracking level This means that down the road you can view reports listing how many forwards were triggered and how many of the forward recipients subscribed to the list Even when tracking statistics can be generated the privacy of the new recipient is completely safe guarded The email address of the forwarder is always identified to the new recipient to prevent abuse LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 106 Section 7 Tracking Figure 7 2 Enabling Forward to a Friend Tracking Tracking Definition On Off Tracking Details Type Type Details Summary m Tracking Details Open Up Tracking V Yes enable open up tracking for this job Forward to a Friend Tracking v Yes enable tracking of forward requests and forward conversions Click Through Tracking LISTSERV Maestro will register each time a recipient clicks on a link in the message and will log each event together with date time and recipient information who clicked the link To specify which links to track click Define Tracking URLs Figure 7 3 Standard Tracking Details Tracking Definition On Off Tracking Details ype Details Summary Tracking Details Standard Tracking Drop In Tracking Open Up Tracking O Yes enable
341. ient A customer number registration number or other unique identifier in the data works well for this purpose Click Next gt to continue LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 114 Section 7 Tracking Figure 7 6 Tracking Type Details Tracking Definition On Off Tracking Details Type Details Summary gt a lt Back _Next gt Tracking Type Details Personal Tracking with recipients from a target group Select the column from the recipient list that contains the recipient ID The recipient ID must be a value that is unique for all recipients on the list ID Column RECIPIENT_ID RECIPIENT_ID F_NAME L_NAME ADDRESS1 ADDRESS2 CITY STATE POSTAL_CODE COUNTRY PHONE EMAIL_ADDRESS 00012 Zimmerman 7801 Bucknell Terrace Apt SA Baltimore MD 21205 us 410 555 1212 zoemaestro demo Isoft com 0002 Yvette Yosel 6 Manchester Place Hartford cT 6445 us 860 633 2471 yvette maestro demo soft com 0003x Xavier Xero 903 Fairway Avenue New York 10012 us 201 555 4444 Xavier maestro demo soft com 0004w Wilfred Wonderly 1550 Ownens Glen Rd New York 10020 us 201 999 6666 Wilfred maestro demo Isoft com 0005v Vanna VonSchedule 1004 Robroy Dr 4456 Lansing MI 48906 Uus 517 330 4567 Vanna maestro demo soft com 0006u Ursula Underhill 7 Crossgates Circle 432 Albany NY 12208 us 501 244 9080 Ursula maestro demo soft com 0007t Toby Tuttle 709 Westmore Ave Rockville MD 20847 us 301 440 99
342. ient Identification Columns and Header Definition will reflect what is available Tip It is common practice to use a generic email address with a matching generic name T for the organization sending the bulk mail job in the To Address and Name fields An example of this might be info xyzcorp com as the address and Your XYZ Team as the name Be sure to use an authentic email address in the To Address field to avoid any bounces that could result from recipients using Reply to all in response to the message 5 3 4 2 Recipient Identification Columns In order to process an email job LISTSERV Maestro needs to know which column represents the recipients email addresses LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 52 Section 5 Defining Recipients of an Email Job Figure 5 10 Recipients Details for Uploaded File without Additional Recipient Data Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Recipients Details Summary Cancel lt Back Next gt TE Recipients Details The system now knows how to separate the recipients file into columns Select the columns in the recipient data containing the e mail address and name Usage of Recipients Data C Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking Ignore additional recipient data and send job as bulk e mail No mail merging possible only blind tracking possible Recipient Identification Columns Select t
343. in URL system drop in is named LoginURL This name is case sensitive and requires this exact spelling as well as the correct drop in enclosing tags for example LoginURL This system drop in is replaced with a URL that points to the login page for the member area of the hosted list that is used in the job s recipient list The URL will have a format similar to this http YOUR SERVER list login html This system drop in is only usable if the recipient type of the mail job is based on a hosted list which could include any of the following Recipients type as target group with a target group of the Based on Hosted Recipient List type Recipients type as target group with a target group of the Based on Classic LISTSERV list type where the LISTSERV list it is based on is a hosted LISTSERV list in LISTSERV Maestro Recipients type as LISTSERV list where the list is a hosted LISTSERV list in LISTSERV Maestro Tip Include the login URL system drop in in email messages so that recipients can control their own subscription settings easily and without having to find or remember a long URL 16 2 Unsubscribe URL The unsubscribe URL system drop in is named UnsubscribeURL This name is case sensitive and requires this exact spelling as well as the correct drop in enclosing tags for example UnsubscribeURL This system drop in is replaced with a URL that LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User
344. in a particular list can be used as merged fields for messages sent to that list Hosted LISTSERV List On some platforms it is possible for LISTSERV Maestro to create traditional LISTSERV lists and store the subscription data for these lists such that they are accessible from the LISTSERV Maestro subscription pages These types of lists are referred to as Hosted LISTSERV Lists or HLLs because their data is hosted within LISTSERV Maestro s system database Hosted Recipient Data A collection of data organized in columns and rows related to recipients and stored inside LISTSERV Maestro Hosted Recipient List Lists that are controlled completely by LISTSERV Maestro Identity A collection of several accounts that belong to and the same identity usually a person By collecting all accounts of one person into an identity LISTSERV Maestro knows that these accounts all belong together As a result the user is then LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 326 Glossary of Terms allowed to switch between the accounts in the identity without having to perform an actual logout and login In other words if a user logs in with one account that belongs to an identity then this user can switch over to all other accounts in the same identity without having to first logout the old account and then login again with the new account J K L Link Alias Gives each trackable link a special name A
345. ing http host domain path visitorID amp ID amp page home In the email messages that are sent out the URL is replaced by a special tracking URL that points to the server running the Maestro Tracker component This allows LISTSERV Maestro to count each click on the URL and then redirect to the actual target URL The user with the ID usr15 would have the URL in the mail that looks something like this http maestro domain trk click ref z4bx39x amp visitorID usrl15 amp page home Each user that clicks on this tracking URL will be counted and will be redirected to the actual target URL using the URL parameters for that user For example the server at host domain will receive the correct visitorID usr15 and page home parameters for other recipients the visitorID would have different values 6 10 1 URL encoding of Parameters URL parameters may only contain characters that are safe to use in a URL Some characters are not safe to use other characters have a reserved meaning for example LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 100 Section 6 Defining amp Editing the Message for an Email Job the ampersand amp which has the special meaning of separating two parameters Therefore all characters that are not valid for use in a URL parameter value must be URL encoded URL encoding is a standard that encodes unsafe characters into safe characters When using field merging in URL parameters th
346. ing for job ID prefix If the prefix is included in the job list this filter will be applied to the full job ID including the prefix as it is displayed in the job list If the job ID prefix is not included in the job list this filter will only apply to the bare job ID without the prefix Leave this field empty if you do not want to filter over the job ID Job Title contains Enter a text string that is used as a contains filter for the job title Only jobs where the job title contains the given text string case sensitive will be included Leave empty if you do not want to filter over the job title Date Time of Sending Enter a From and or a To date and time in the displayed format to define a time range filter If only a From date time is entered only jobs where the date time is the given date time or later will be included If only a To date time is entered only jobs where the date time is the given date time or earlier will be included If both a From and To date time is entered then only jobs where the sent date time is between the two given borders including the borders themselves will be included Leave empty if you do not want to filter over the date time e Job State Select one of the jobs states Authorized Being Processed or Failed to define a job state filter Only jobs with the matching job state will be included Select lt Ignore gt if you do not want to filter over the job state LISTSERV Maes
347. ing order for the multiple values of the grouped multi value placeholders so that all the first values of all multi value placeholders correspond to each other just as all second values should correspond and so on Because as you can see from the above example all the first values will be displayed one after the other followed by all second values then all third values and so on 6 3 Forward to a Friend The Forward to a Friend feature lets you set up a Forward this e mail to a friend link for each message you send to your list subscribers or message recipients Once setup this links gives your subscribers and recipients the freedom to share the message with others Using this feature gives you the ability to reach a wider audience with your message and the ability to build your subscriber list using their friends as a referral Once the message is forwarded an exact copy of the message will be delivered to all of the addresses supplied by the subscriber Upon arrival the message contains an additional preamble and personal message optional informing the new recipients who forwarded the message to them The forwarded email will also contain the same Forward this e mail to a friend link that was in the original mail allowing the recipient to forward this message yet again to more friends Note Privacy is preserved throughout the forwarding transaction and every subsequent b forwarding transaction If Forward to a Friend tracki
348. ing the LISTSERV Maestro Excel Add In 216 13 11 2 Installing the LISTSERV Maestro Add In into 216 13 11 3 Using the LISTSERV Maestro Excel 1 217 13 11 4 Removing an Existing Version of the Add In 219 Working with the Recipient Warehouse Section 14 The Recipient Warehouse 221 14 1 Recipient 5 lt ren 221 14 2 Recipient Target Groups 222 LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual Table of Contents Advanced Features Section 15 Ulillilles e ei ive bea wee Se eS he Be a Ss us 225 15 1 Managing Content Templates 225 15 2 Managing Sender Profiles 226 15 2 1 Using Merge Fields 2 xe ad eae eed Rn nd xix deco 229 15 3 Creating and Managing Drop In Content Elements 230 15 3 1 System Drop Ins 1 0 0 0 rn 233 15 4 Changing User Password 239 Section 16 Advanced Use of System 241 16 1 Login URL eek a ek ae eb aioe bled ed ded tue 241 16 2 Unsubscribe URL 122mm Rer RE E DER Ue EP
349. inished composing or uploading the message Important In order to track links inside of text messages it is necessary to enclose the URL within quotation marks http www Isoft com These quotation marks will be removed from the recipients copy of the message and serve only to let the system know that there is a trackable link in the message Notes The Plain Text Preview tab will use the same charset that is used when the mail is delivered Because of this any characters that will not be expressible during LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 2875 Section 6 Defining amp Editing the Message for an Email Job delivery will appear as a question mark on the Plain Text Preview tab This feature only applies to the Plain Text Preview tab The HTML part of amessage will never contain unprintable characters because characters that are not contained in the selected charset will be included as HTML entities instead such as amp NUMBER 6 6 Creating HTML Messages There are several ways to compose HTML messages in LISTSERV Maestro Upload an HTML file from a local drive e Copy and paste HTML source code from another application Type in HTML source code Use a message template E Note In order for any links to be tracked in an HTML message they must be enclosed w within quotation marks Most HTML editors will do this automatically but it is possible to create a link without quotation marks tha
350. inition of a job Reports Contains options for defining preferences for reports New Report Define the general tracking report preferences Datasets Contains options for defining preferences for datasets Team Collaboration Define preferences for the team collaboration settings of a recipient dataset The Logout menu logs you out of the LISTSERV Maestro Interface For a user account that is not part of an identity then this menu appears as a single item which if you click on it allows you to log out from LISTSERV Maestro For a user account that is part of an identity then this menu has the following options Logout this Account Log out from LISTSERV Maestro Switch Account Switch to a different account in the same identity without the need to logout and login again 2 The Help icon is used to access the help associated with the current screen 2 1 1 Behavioral Changes to the Toolbar The behavior of the Dataset menu on the Toolbar has been updated to accommodate those who may need to access this menu while working with lists Because of this there are several changes to the Toolbar As soon as you select a dataset the Dataset menu is displayed This menu remains visible the entire time the dataset is selected Therefore if you select one of the Hosted Recipient List HRL Hosted LISTSERV List HLL or Linked LISTSERV List LLL nodes in the dataset tree then the Dataset menu is still displayed
351. inks bundled Click Through events all links separate Open Up events and Click Through events all links bundled Open Up events and Click Through events all links separate Additional Statistics Number of Sent Messages Number of Unbounced Messages Number of Bounced Messages First select the report type by clicking the corresponding option button Three different report types are available depending on the type of tracking you selected Event distribution over time Produces a simple line graph showing the number of responses over time Time is plotted on the x axis of the chart and events are charted on the y axis LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 140 Section 9 Testing and Authorizing Delivery Sum of events Produces bar graph showing the number of recipients who clicked on each URL and or opened up the message The length of each bar shows the number of events Two types can be chosen for the report Sum of unique events or Sum of all events Sum of unique events records only a single event of each type for each recipient This chart will register 0 zero events if blind tracking has been selected for the tracking type during the tracking definition because blind tracking cannot count any event as unique Sum of all events counts all events triggered for each recipient Event details Displays a table that lists the report type lists the time period of
352. ints depend strongly on the configuration of the spam filter that is being used If the report classifies the message as spam and this decision appears to be in error please contact the administrator to review the configuration of the spam filter In order to get the Local tabs shown in the figure above you need to set up your own scripts to do the spam processing What goes into those tabs and what those tabs LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 139 Section 9 Testing and Authorizing Delivery are named are completely up to the person who writes the scripts Details for writing your own scripts will be available in the LISTSERV 15 6 documentation 9 2 Running Test Reports Once a test message containing tracked data has been delivered and the test recipients have opened the message and clicked on tracked links then the Test Reports tab available from the Job Details screen becomes active Click on the tab to open up a definition page to generate a quick report on the test message data Quick Reports are predefined report types that create a temporary report based on the selected report settings and the active email job Figure 9 6 Test Reports Job Details Workflow Summary Test Reports Define what kind of report you want to view for the selected job Report Type Event distribution over time Sum of events Event details Show Report Over Open Up events Click Through events all l
353. iod Select your display period by drag amp drop of the periods from and to marker Click on the arrows on the left right side of the timeline to move the timeline borders to the past future Tuesday Thursday 30 May 2006 17 Aug 2006 00 00 23 59 lt gt Monday Saturday 8 May 2006 9 Sep 2006 00 00 23 59 OK amp Apply OK Cancel Click either OK to only transfer the values from the timeline into the edit boxes of the from and to values click OK amp Apply to both transfer the values and then immediately apply them and execute a report with these values or click Cancel to close the timeline dialog without applying any changes to the report settings Show Immediate Past The period is defined indirectly by specifying how many time units of the past you want to see in the report This means that the to date and LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 201 Section 13 Tracking Reports time of the report always equals the present time at the moment of the report execution and the from date and time is so far in the past as specified For this simply enter the number of intervals that the report shall go into the past but no more than 125 The unit of the intervals depends on the interval size selected above Once you have finished editing the report settings click OK to apply them and to execute a report with the new settings or click Cancel to close the settings box without ch
354. ion LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 235 Section 15 Utilities Previous Versions Version 4 0 and higher Multiple Selection Field Enumerated use Calc with the SetToStringWithMaxLen function Multiple Selection Field Advanced use Calc with the lt gt lt lt gt and Set Operators gt set comparison operators You can also use the Count amp FIELD 0 function to check for the empty set Normally multiple selection fields cannot be used for mail merging Mail merging is only compatible with fields that have a single value Any field that was defined to allow subscribers to select more than one choice is classified as a multiple selection field To work around this situation a system drop in has been introduced to allow merging the information from a multiple selection field into the text of a message This system drop in is only usable if the recipient type of the mail job is a target group with the Based on Hosted Recipient List type There are three different versions of this drop in which provides access to the multiple fields in different ways Multiple Selection Field Count The name of this version of the drop in is a directive with the following syntax Multi FIELD NAME count Replace FIELD NAME with the name of the multiple selection field being used as the merge field For example a multiple selection field with the name hobbies would appea
355. ion for the email job Click Next gt to continue Figure 5 24 Define Recipients from LISTSERV Connected Database Define Recipients Options Source Source Detail Recipients Details summa i Recipients Source Let LISTSERV retrieve recipients Specify how LISTSERV shall retrieve the recipients for the e mail job Server Alias optional leave empty to use the default alias Use SQL with the statement below Use LDAP with the query below LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 7l Section 5 Defining Recipients of an Email Job 5 7 3 Source Details There are no Source Details for recipients selected from a database by LISTSERV 5 7 4 Recipients Details Because LISTSERV is communicating directly with the database or LDAP directory LISTSERV Maestro does not have any information about what data is contained in the database or how it is arranged As a result there is no preview of the columns being used by the database In order to give LISTSERV Maestro the information it needs to send the job itis necessary to know the exact names of the columns of data in the database This information can be obtained from the LISTSERV system administrator or from the database administrator Enter the name of the email column in the Email Column text box This is the minimum amount of information needed to send a job Optionally enter the name of the recipients column in the Name Column text box If mail
356. ion list could have the word other dropped into the message text The drop in would appear as Multi hobbies separated by default other Note If quotation marks are used in the replacement string they must be escaped by using them twice in succession e more CUSTOMIZED ELLIPSIS lfasubscriber s selections from the list are longer than approximately 800 characters the enumeration will break off and be replaced with ellipsis By setting the customized ellipsis parameter any text string may be added to the enumeration field replacing the standard In addition the number of items left off the list can be added by using S COUNT anywhere in the string For example if a subscriber selected surfing poker and reading from a selection list field named hobbies and a comma is the desired separator character in the mail text then the drop in would appear as Multi hobbies separated by jj andthe text surfing poker reading will be dropped into the message E Notes If quotation marks are used in the replacement string they must be escaped by using them twice in succession If you want to use both the default and the more optional parameter you must use default first and then more Here are some examples that use all these tools Assume a subscriber which has selected the hobbies Cycling Poker Windsurfing Bird Watching
357. ions Source Source Detail Recipients Details Select the columns in the recip Usage of Recipients Data No mail merging possible o s Recipients Details Summary Next gt The system now knows how to separate the recipients file into columns ient data containing the e mail address and name 9 Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking Ignore additional recipient data and send job as bulk e mail nly blind tracking possible Recipient Identification Columns Select the columns that identify the recipient s e mail address and name E mail Column Select Name Column Select optional Header Definition Anna maestro demo lsoft com Anna Anchor 03 17 1972 Bob maestro demo soft com Bob Bouchard 03 31 1981 Chuck maestro demo lsoft com Chuck Cho 7 15 1983 Darren maestro demoalsoft com Darren Donagel 6 8 1960 Evelyn maestro demo lsoft com Evelyn Eavensong 03 17 1950 Frank maestro demo lsoft com Frank Fortuna 2 10 1964 Gina maestro dema lsoft com Gina Gallino 04 10 1982 Hilda maestro demo lsoft com Hilda Hines 2 7 1972 InesdQmaestro demo Isoft com Ines Ito 1 13 1974 jani lsoft com Jani Kumpula 01 05 1975 For jobs that are sent as mail merge jobs an additional drop down menu is available to select the Name Column Selecting the Name Column is optional but it can be used to make the message more personalized LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0
358. ipients matched with a customized email message that is scheduled for delivery and then sent out Email Merge Placing variables that are extracted from a database into an email message template This operation permits individual personalization of otherwise bulk email messages Encoding The transformation of data into digital form With text encoding different character sets encode text files differently based on language and other variables If a special character set was used to encode a text file then that same encoding scheme needs to be used to interpret the data correctly LISTSERV Maestro allows for the selection of encoding based upon the original encoding scheme of the uploaded text file For example if special encoding was used to initially create and save the text file e g ISO 7 encoding for a file with Greek characters or a Unicode encoding then the same encoding will have to be selected in LISTSERV Maestro so the system interprets the uploaded data in the same way it was saved F G H Header A special row of data that defines and labels the columns in a database file Hosted Lists Hosted lists contain data from the dataset They can also have their own data fields that are not shared among lists in the dataset but belong exclusively to the list Lists that do have their own fields will also have their own web subscription forms generated when the list is created All the fields that appear in the dataset and
359. is and what is not identifying data For example zip codes are commonly used for anonymous demographic analysis However if the data contains one zip code that corresponds to just one recipient the zip code becomes identifying data for that recipient and is no longer an anonymous field In this instance the input data could be changed so that sparsely populated zip codes are all lumped together into an other category for the purposes of tracking and then the zip code would remain anonymous Anonymous tracking is available For recipients uploaded as a text file and the Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking option is selected on the Recipients Details screen of the Define Recipients wizard For recipients selected from a database by LISTSERV Maestro and the Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking option is selected on the Recipients Details screen of the Define Recipients wizard LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 112 Section 7 Tracking For recipients defined as Based on Reaction to a Previous Job which is selected on the Options screen of the Define Recipients wizard as long as the Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking option is selected on the Recipients Details screen of the Define Recipients wizard For target groups based on any of the above When anonymous tracking is used LISTSERV Maestro creates a profile for each individual mail
360. ist valuable by offering deals that non members do not receive Make sure that your company s name or product name is clearly stated in the domain name which appears in the Sender line of the email Use clearly stated words that describe what you want customers to respond to in both the Subject line and the body of your message Provide recipients with a clear way to contact you for more information including a staffed telephone number or email address Provide subscribers with clear instructions of how to be removed from future mailings and make sure that your Privacy Policy is easily accessible Plan mailings for specific opportune times so subscribers are expecting your messages and are properly suited to respond Personalize headers with recipients names and tailor messages that are ideally suited for different target segments Choose software that is capable of performing as your lists grow scans outgoing messages for viruses and can measure the effectiveness of your campaign Don t send messages to anyone who did not request to receive information Don t purchase or rent lists of email addresses from brokers who are not reputable Don t use exclamation points capitalized letters or other blatant marketing techniques that are synonymous with spammers E XNEX X RE X RR Don t send irrelevant offers to members of your database for example if you run an online travel agency do not send special airfares inc
361. ists can have up to 23 topics defined List subscribers can select the topic s they are interested in receiving including the Other topic which includes all messages that are not specifically assigned to a topic Someone sending a message to the list can designate which topic or topics that message covers Alternatively they can request that their message be sent to all subscribers regardless of the subscribers topic selections If no topic designation is made when sending a message to the list that message falls in the Other topic and is sent only to those subscribers who have selected the Other topic For example a large list could have the general subject of Insects of North America Topics could be defined by type of insect by geographical region or by areas of research For more information on Topics see the LISTSERV List Owner s Manual When topics are defined for the list selected in the Recipients wizard there are three ways to send the message Send only to subscribers with the following topics The message will be sent to only those list subscribers that selected any of the checked list topics subscribers ignore topics The message will be sent to all list subscribers regardless of their topic selections This is the same as selecting all topics and Other Sendto subscribers with no topics or with OTHER topic The message will be sent to all list subscribers that have sele
362. it Description Date Time saved Sample sample element Sep 11 2006 Test Test Drop In Content Element Sep 11 2006 To create a new drop in content element click on Utility gt New Drop In Content Note For more information about the nature of drop in content see Section 6 4 Drop In Content or the online help From the Edit Drop In Content Element screen select the type of drop in from the drop down menu The Edit Drop In Content Element screen will refresh and display the options associated with the drop in type you selected Four types of drop in content elements can be created Text Text elements can be Plain Text or HTML Text Plain text elements are best suited for plain text or alternative text messages HTML text drop ins contain HTML tags to format the text such as lt br gt for a line break and lt b gt for bold Plain text can be inserted into an HTML message but formatting such as line breaks will not necessarily appear as expected HTML text containing tags is not compatible with a plain text message because the tags will be seen in the message and will not format the text Select either Plan Text or HTML Test for the formatting of the drop in Plain Text does not support the use of HTML Tags but HTML Text does Drop in content for plain text messages should be rendered using the Plain Text option and drop in content for HTML should be rendered using the HTML Text option For HTML messages with alternat
363. ith identifiable individuals or other demographic information Once a selection has been made for Usage of Recipient s Data the selections for Recipient Identification Columns and Header Definition will change to reflect what is available for each choice 5 5 4 2 Recipient Identification Columns In order to process an email job LISTSERV Maestro needs to know which column represents the recipients email addresses Use the drop down menu to select the Email Column If the job is sent as bulk email with no mail merging it is necessary to type in a To address that will be used in the header of the message for all recipients Optionally type in a name for the address All messages will be sent using this address and this name no personalization is possible Tip It is common practice to use a generic email address with a matching generic name T for the organization sending the bulk mail job in the To Address and Name fields An example of this might be info xyzcorp com as the address and Your XYZ Team as the name Be sure to use an authentic email address in the To Address field to avoid any bounces that could result from recipients using Reply to all in response to the message LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 60 Section 5 Defining Recipients of an Email Job Figure 5 15 Recipients Details for Uploaded File without Additional Recipient Data Define Recipients Opt
364. ithMaxLen function instead which allows you to control the output length of the result If the formula is used in the condition tree of a Hosted Recipient List target group then such a restriction does not apply Return Type Text Arguments set This argument can be of type Number Set or Text Set and its the set that is to be converted into a text default This argument can be of type Text and it defines the default text that shall be the result of the function if the given set is empty If not specified then an empty text string is used as the result for an empty set This argument is optional separator This argument can be of type Text and its the separator text that is to appear between two values The separator will only appear between values i e it will not appear before the first or after the last value So if the set has less than two elements the separator will not appear at all Note that separator may be any text not only a single character If not specified the comma is used by default as the LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 284 Section 18 Calculation Formulas separator This argument is optional but may be supplied if the default argument has been supplied too delimiter This argument can be of type Text and its the delimiter text that is to be used to enclose values In some situations it may happen that the values from the s
365. itten as A n Proper Subset Comparison Boolean True if the first operand is a proper or strict subset of the second operand set all values from the first set are also contained in the second set and the sec ond set has additional other values Subset Comparison Boolean True if the first operand is a subset of the second operand set all values from the first set are also con tained in the second set where the two sets may also be the same Proper Subset Comparison Boolean True if the first operand is a proper or strict super Set of the second operand set all values from the second set are also contained in the first set and the first set has additional other values Superset Comparison Boolean True if the first operand is a superset of the second operand set all values from the second set are also contained in the first set where the two sets may also be the same If only one operand is of type Set and the other is of type Text or Number or if both operands are sets but one is of type Number Set and the other of type Text Set then the following conversion will automatically be performed before the operator is applied One operand is of type Text Set Depending on the type of the other operand one of the following conversions may be performed Number The number operand is converted into a text set by creating a new set with a text representation of the
366. ive text create two separate drop ins one in each format and use each in its appropriate message part Click the Test Drop In link to open a new browser window in order to test the formatting of the drop in Click OK to save the new drop in content element Click Cancel to discard any changes and return to the Manage Drop In Content Elements screen Click Delete to delete the drop in LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 230 Section 15 Utilities Figure 15 6 Edit Drop In Content Element Text Edit Drop In Content Element Name Description Type Text vi The drop in contains Plain Text HTML Text Any nested drop ins are enclosed in Text Test Drop In File The content of this type of drop in element is loaded from a text file that is accessed by a file name defined here The file itself must be accessible from the server and not a local file on a workstation computer See the LISTSERV Maestro Administrators Guide or the system administrator for more information Figure 15 7 Edit Drop In Content Element File Edit Drop In Content Element Name Description Type File v The drop in contains Plain Text O HTML Text Any nested drop ins are enclosed in _ _ na File Name Jl File Encoding West European 150 1 Test File Name Note The given file name and path m
367. ivity Reports Open the server activity reports page of the LISTSERV Web Interface LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual sd Section 2 Understanding the LISTSERV Maestro Interface The Back To menu is a quick way to return to the previous screen or to one of the recently visited screens The possible options are Dashboard Go back to the Dashboard screen Selected Job JOB NAME HERE Go back to the job with the given name Selected A B Split Job A B SPLIT JOB NAME HERE Go back to the A B split job with the given name Create New Job Go back to the Start New Job screen Selected Report REPORT NAME HERE Go back to the tracking report with the given name Create New Report Go back to the Define Report screen Job Comparison Report Go back to the Job Comparison Report screen Selected Dataset DATASET NAME HERE Go back to the dataset with the given name Create New Dataset Go back to the Recipient Dataset Definition wizard Selected Lookup Table LOOKUP TABLE NAME HERE Go back to the lookup table with the given name Create New Lookup Table Go back to the Lookup Table screen Selected Target Group TARGET GROUP NAME HERE Go back to the target group with the given name e Create New Target Group Go back to the Target Group Definition wizard Selected Content Template TEMPLATE NAME HERE Go back to the content template
368. k 300 Action Tracking Data on a 301 Conditional Content Settings for AOL 318 LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual xiii List of Figures LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual xiv List of Tables Advantages and Disadvantages of Linked and Embedded Files 91 Types of Tracking Available Based on Recipient Definition 114 Test Report ICONS gt ces aee ed ate eared RES XR re tl e e x DA ee VUE Ree 142 Delivered Jobs Report 1 176 Tracking Report CONS ead RR ew aa cede eed Ox RR ER Rex eed eed 198 Multiple Selection Field Replacements 235 Multiple Selection Field Replacements 243 Conditional Directives 20 0 0 00 n 255 Example of a Conditional Block 256 Conditional Operators 0 0 0 cette eee 258 Operators for Number Operands 267 Operators for Text Operands 268 Operators for Boolean Operands 269 Operators for Set Operands 0 ccc eee nena 270 AOL Rich Text Formatting Tags 317 LISTSER
369. l Comparison Boolean True if the first operand number is less than or equal to the second operand number gt Greater Than Comparison Boolean True if the first operand number is greater than the second operand number gt Greater Or Equal Boolean True if the first operand number is greater than or Comparison equal to the second operand number Note In LISTSERV Maestro division is strictly an integer division therefore any decimal WA places in the result are discarded not rounded off but simply ignored 18 4 2 Operators for Text Operands If one operand is of the Text type and the other is either of the Text or Number type then you can use the following operators Table 4 2 Operators for Text Operands Result Operator Result Type Concatenation Text A new text string that is created by appending the second operand text to the first operand text Equals Comparison Boolean True if the two operands are the same text false otherwise lt Not Equals Comparison Boolean True if the two operands are not the same text false otherwise This operator can also be written as ALIUS lt Less Than Comparison Boolean True if the first operand text is less than the second operand text lt Less Or Equal Comparison Boolean True if the first operand text is less than or equal to the second operand text LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0
370. l always be empty because only HTML messages can track open up events For click through events the body part of the message containing the event will be listed Possible body types are Plain URL in the body of a plain text message Alt URL in the text alternative of the HTML message HTML URL in the HTML body of the message XAOL URL in the AOL format alternative of the HTML message URL For open up events this will always be empty For click through events the URL that was clicked is listed ALIAS For open up events this will always be empty For click through events the alias of the URL that was clicked is listed If there is no defined alias this field will be empty FULL JOB ID The full Job ID including the User Prefix of the job that triggered the event AGENT The user agent string transmitted by the client software of the recipient who triggered the event This identifies the browser software that was used to click on the link LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 215 Section 13 Tracking Reports 13 11 Using the Excel Add In The statistics downloaded from LISTSERV Maestro are in CSV format The data from the Event Distribution and Sum of Events reports can easily be imported into Microsoft Excel in order to create tables graphs and other forms of reports LISTSERV Maestro comes with an easy to use Excel Add In that makes this import process a matter of a few cl
371. l statistics i e the number of emails sent or the number of bounces that were requested in the report The main data file named for the type of data downloaded i e distributionReport txt Or uniqueSumReport txt contains the data that will be imported into Excel Start Excel and click on the Visualize Tracking Statistics icon in the toolbar two small footprints The Visualizing Tracker Statistics screen opens Select the Import and convert a downloaded tracking data file option to create a new workbook and generate a chart based on the downloaded tracking data LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 217 Section 13 Tracking Reports Figure 13 31 Using Tracker Add In with Excel Import LISTSERV Maestro Eg Visualize Tracking Statistics Select one of the following options to visualize LISTSERV Maestro tracking data as an Excel chart Import and convert a downloaded tracking data file Let Excel create a new workbook with the data from a previously downloaded tracking data file and generate a chart from the imported values C Convert the current worksheet Let Excel create a new chart in the current workbook based on the data of the current worksheet Click the Start button A file selection screen will open Navigate to the txt file with the tracking data previously downloaded and open this file Excel will automatically open a new workbook Once the workbook has been created successfully save i
372. l the condition an email in the special AOL format is delivered containing only the AOL format alternative HTML content with both AOL format and plain text alternatives two conditions need to be specified one for the HTML content and one for the AOL format content evaluated in the following order Ifa recipient fulfills the HTML condition a full HTML email including the plain text alternative only is delivered to that recipient If the recipient does not fulfill the HTML condition but does fulfill the AOL condition an email in the special AOL format is delivered containing only the AOL format alternative f the recipient does not fulfill the AOL condition neither of the two conditions are fulfilled a simple plain text email is delivered containing only the plain text alternative If attachments are present then LISTSERV Maestro adds the attachments to each of the messages without applying conditions LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 319 Appendix E LISTSERV Maestro and AOL LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 320 Appendix F Using Netscape or Mozilla Browsers with a Linux Client Linux client to access the LISTSERV Maestro user interfaces Older versions of these browsers Netscape 7 0 or Mozilla 1 0 0 may be more susceptible to these issues than newer versions T he following issues may apply when using a Netscape or Mozilla browser on a Font Size The user in
373. le HTML tags that are not compatible with AOL Rich Text errors in coding will be displayed as regular text within the message and will be readily identifiable Any drop in content elements will be automatically added into the body of the text message Any trackable links in the alternative text message must be enclosed within quotation marks the same way as the trackable plain text message links are enclosed Merge fields and drop in content can be used in this format as described in Sections 6 4 Drop In Content and 6 9 Merge Fields and Conditional Blocks Table 1 AOL Rich Text Formatting Tags Big lt big gt Body lt body gt Bold lt b gt Break lt br gt Center lt center gt Font lt font gt Headers 1 3 h1 lt h2 gt h3 Hyperlink lt a gt Italics lt i gt Paragraph lt p gt Small lt small gt Strong lt strong gt Superscript lt sup gt Subscript lt sub gt Underline lt u gt LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 317 Appendix E LISTSERV Maestro and AOL AOL and Conditional Content In the event that recipient data is available that somehow determines the format each recipient prefers to receive that data can be used to send the preferred format to each recipient all within the same job This determination is based upon a conditional statement run against the recipient data The advantage of using conditional content is that it s possible
374. le with non identifying fields with only identifiable fields Database Connected to LISTSERV Maestro with non identifying fields s with only identifying fields LISTSERV list Standard list message with Mail Merge Standard list message without Mail Merge Special list message e LISTSERV connected database e e Based on a previous job a List Header Includes the keyword Mail Merge Yes 7 5 Type Details If Personal Tracking or Anonymous Tracking is selected the Type Details screen appears For personal tracking the Tracking Type Details screen is used to select a value that is unique for each recipient For anonymous tracking the Tracking Type Details screen is used to separate columns containing identifying information such as a name or telephone number from columns containing anonymous information such as age gender or city There are three versions of the Tracking Type Details screen This version is for personal tracking when the recipients are defined from a text file from a LISTSERV Maestro selected database or a target group based on either one Select the column from the recipient list that contains the recipient ID using the drop down menu The recipient ID must be a value that is unique for all recipients on the list This means that the value can never be repeated for any other recipient and is never empty for any recip
375. le the text file in the ZIP archive file will contain a table with the columns that you have selected in the order you selected them The rows in this table are generated in the following way For each recipient that generated at least one of the events that are counted by the selected data source one entry is made Each entry consists of the profile values of this recipient which are placed into their matching columns However only those profile values that match any of the columns you have selected will be used All columns not selected will be ignored Because of this several recipients may now have the same condensed profile This would happen if the only differences in the profile of the recipients were in columns that are not used because they were not selected For example if you use the EMAIL GENDER and CITY columns then each recipient will most likely have a different profile This is because the combination of EMAIL LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 212 Section 13 Tracking Reports GENDER and CITY will probably be unique for each recipient However if you only select the GENDER and CITY columns to form a condensed profile then in all likelihood you will have several recipients with the same profile namely all those of the same gender that live in the same city If during the creation of the report several recipients are found to have the same condensed profile this profile will be inclu
376. le or will not be necessary to complete The Back and Next gt buttons navigate to the previous and following pages automatically saving any changes on the current page Click on any active link to go immediately to that screen saving any changes on the current page Click Cancel to close the wizard without saving changes and return to the Workflow or Summary diagram Exiting the wizard by closing the browser or clicking on a navigational or functional icon before successfully completing it acts the same as clicking Cancel 5 1 Send to a Recipient Target Group Send to a Recipient Target Group allows account holders to select pre defined groups of recipients from a data source All accounts in the group where the recipient target groups are saved may use them to build a recipient list for an email job The data administrator will set up target groups based on available data and will decide what the target group functionality will look like check boxes drop down menus or a combination For information on how to create target groups see the Data Administrators Manual There are many advantages to using recipient target groups e They can be fixed pulling recipients in a predefined fashion such as all males or all cat owners above age 40 They can include parameters giving the account holder the freedom to select a sub set of data such as all customers in a certain country where country is a list of countri
377. le to your account Ivi amp Current And Upcoming Deliveries 3 In 2 hours at Feb 27 2008 06 30 00 PM e CLICK 080227B Sample repeating job with random recipients al In 20 hours at Feb 28 2008 12 21 00 PM e CLICK 080227C Sample Auto repeat job show up to 3 E jobs Shows only jobs in your group which are visible to your account m Hide Show Dashboard Sections LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual Section 2 Understanding the LISTSERV Maestro Interface 2 2 1 Customizing the Dashboard In LISTSERV Maestro you can have several independent Dashboard configurations Each Dashboard can contain its own unique set of default sections and or reports These sections can be easily rearranged and added so that the most important information appears at the top For example perhaps you are interested in seeing an overview of all jobs and subscriptions maybe you want to focus on a particular category of jobs or perhaps you would like to monitor the activities related to a particular dataset even a single list With the LISTSERV Maestro Dashboard all of this is possible In fact you can even add reports to the Dashboard giving you immediate access to your most important report statistics 2 2 1 1 Updating the Dashboard s Data To update the data displayed on the Dashboard click the Refresh link The date and time of the data being viewed is shown next to this link Figure 2 3 Re
378. led information about the content of the selected job Back to Completed Job Details Page Subject LISTSERV at Work Special Opt in Issue HTML Text Alternative Attachments Tracking Info Highlight tracked links Resolve Drop Ins V Show Click Rates Click on a marker pin to view details Determined at Aug 15 2007 03 50 02 PM Refresh Conditional content is disabled for this job Special Opt in issue Dear amp FNAME amp LNAME This is an important time for all Internet users Starting October 31 2003 all On October 22 2003 the U S Senate passed European Union member Controlling the Assault of Non Solicited states are covered by EU Pornography and Marketing Act of 2003 or the Directive 2002 58 EC also CAN SPAM Act The act is currently awaiting known the Opt in Directive This makes the EU the largest opt in zone in the world so far More approval by the U S House of Representatives and may soon become law October 31 2003 ushered than 370 million people are covered from the in the new opt in regime for the European Union Arctic Circle to the Mediterranean Austria Member states of the EU are now required to enact Belgium Denmark Finland France Germany and enforce laws that include opt in requirements for Greece Ireland Italy Luxembourg Portugal licited commercial e mail lt Ji amp Download HTML View the subject line message body attachment list and
379. less of whether the mail bounced or not Total Number of Unbounced Messages This includes the number of sent messages minus the number of messages that were detected as bounces at the time the report is executed Total Number of Bounced Messages This includes the number of messages that were detected as bounces at the time the report is executed When the Tracking Events option is selected additional information becomes available letting you choose what tracking events will be included in the report You can decide which type of events you d like to track Open Up Events Click Events or Action Events if available Note Action Events are part of the new Action Tracking feature For details see Section 19 Action Tracking LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 190 Section 13 Tracking Reports e f you ve selected any of the above events then you can define which links and actions you d like to track For example if Click Events is selected then you can select the links you d like tracked in the report To do so simply drag and drop the links from the Available Tracked Links box to the Count only the links below box If you want to track all of the links click on the Count only the links below link and select Count all links Similarly if Action Events is selected then you can drag and drop the links from the Available Tracked Actions box to the Count only the actions below box If you want t
380. lete the drop in Figure 15 9 Edit Drop In Content Element Database Edit Drop In Content Element Name Description Type Database The drop in contains 9 Plain Text O HTML Text Any nested drop ins are enclosed in ua and p Database Plugin Select x SQL Statement Test SQL Statement 15 3 1 System Drop ins System drop ins are special drop in content elements that are named and controlled by LISTSERV Maestro Some system drop ins are only available for mailing lists that derive their recipients from data hosted by LISTSERV Maestro They make it possible to include login and unsubscribe links to specific lists in the message as well as the use of other recipient data to create personalized messages The names of system drop ins start with an asterisk System drop ins need to be enclosed in the drop in opening and closing tags just like normal drop ins and drop in usage needs to be enabled for the mail content otherwise the system drop ins will be ignored and will not be replaced 15 3 1 1 Login URL The login URL system drop in is named LoginURL This name is case sensitive and requires this exact spelling as well as the correct drop in enclosing tags for example LoginURL This system drop in is replaced with a URL that points to the login page for the member area of the hosted list that is used in the job s recipient list The URL will have a format similar to t
381. liases can be used to differentiate between two different links that go to the same URL Each link in this case would be given a different alias Aliases can also be used to group different links together into a larger group in order to measure the overall number of clicks in a message In this case all the links would be given the same alias If aliases are not defined for tracked links aliases are optional then LISTSERV Maestro will only be able to find the URL of the link in the tracking data LISTSERV The most prevalent email list management software in the world today It is an application that allows users to create and maintain email lists on their corporate networks or on the Internet LISTSERV supports all types of email lists newsletters moderated and un moderated discussion groups and direct marketing campaigns List sizes can range from a few participants in a discussion group to several million in a newsletter Every list and its archives can be maintained through a simple web interface which can be fully customized to match a website profile Lookup Table A set of values that is used for the values in a selection menu Lookup tables are shared across a recipient warehouse so multiple datasets can use them Message Template Used to automatically define a job s content and allows a user to create professional looking HTML messages without any HTML coding An email job s content definition can be based on these ready to
382. list where the LISTSERV list it is based on is a hosted LISTSERV list in LISTSERV Maestro Recipients type as LISTSERV list where the list is a hosted LISTSERV list in LISTSERV Maestro O 15 3 1 3 Profile Field Updates URL When creating the message content for an email job you can now add a special system drop in that will direct your subscribers to the External Profile Edit Page This page will let your subscribers update specific profile fields without logging into the Membership Area This drop in is called ProfileEditPageURL and if included in the mail body it is replaced with a URL to the External Profile Edit Page The drop in must be written in a special form because when you write this drop in into your message you will need to include information about which profile fields will be queried from the subscriber The syntax is as follows ProfileEditPageURL FIELDNAME_LIST where FIELDNAME LIST must be replaced with a comma separated list of the names of all profile fields that the External Profile Edit Page will query from the subscriber Examples ProfileEditPageURL HOBBY will be replaced with an URL that points to an External Profile Edit Page that asks the subscriber to submit a value for the HOBBY profile field ProfileEditPageURL STREET ZIP_CODE CITY LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 234 Section 15 Utilitie
383. ll Selected Jobs Opens the Edit Category of All Selected Jobs screen Select or define the category that you want to assign to the selected jobs Edit Team Collaboration of All Selected Jobs Opens the Edit Team Collaboration of All Selected Jobs screen Grant yes revoke no or keep as is keep the team collaboration permissions for the selected jobs You can also load the permissions from a specific job and then apply these permissions to the selected jobs e Move All Selected Jobs to Archive Opens the Move Selected Jobs to Archive screen Click Move to Archive to move the selected jobs to the archive Archived jobs will no longer be viewed from within LISTSERV Maestro until they are imported by the administrator LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 168 Section 12 Completed Jobs Delete All Selected Jobs Deletes the selected jobs Select All Selects all of the jobs in the list Unselect All Unselects all of the jobs in the list Disable Multiple Job Actions disables the feature and hides the additional checkboxes Note Once the Multiple Job Actions feature is enabled then it will be enabled on all other job list screens i e the Open Jobs Screen and the Ongoing Jobs Screen until you disable it again 12 4 Completed Jobs Summary The Summary tab of the Completed Job Details screen displays information about the completed job Click on View adjacent to a section to s
384. ll reverse the sort order W Note It is not possible to sort the table using the Owner column View the details for any job Click on the Job ID to open the Job Details screen which is where you can edit or view various parts of the job LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 153 Section 10 Open Jobs 10 1 Advanced Filter Settings The Opens Jobs Advanced Filter Settings screen lets you activate and define an advanced filter for the Open Jobs list To access this screen click on the Advanced Filter Settings link on the Open Jobs screen Figure 10 2 Advanced Filter Settings for the Open Jobs Screen Open Jobs Advanced Filter Settings Define filter settings to restrict the displayed list of open jobs that have not been authorized for delivery Filters are inactive All jobs that have not been authorized for delivery will be displayed Filters are active Only jobs that have not been authorized for delivery and match the following filters will be displayed Job ID starts with Job Title contains Authorization Due By From to mm dd yyyy hh mm Owner Ignore Mail Type Ignore Leave a filter empty or select lt Ignore gt to ignore it for filtering For a range filter with From and to leave both fields empty to ignore it Leave empty only one field to define a range with only the given lower or upper bound Select if the current filter will be active or inactive If t
385. load as PDF button You can then open or save the file To download as a zipped text file click the Download as Text File CSV button You can then open or save the file To export the data into Excel see Section 13 11 Using the Excel Add In for details 13 8 3 Change Result Settings The Change View Settings for Report screen allows the user to change specific options and as a result change the appearance of the report on the View Report screen and change the data that is downloaded on the Download Report Result screen Any changes made on the Change View Settings for Report screen do not change the actual report definition they are only temporary allowing the user to see different views and download different data To change the report permanently changes need to be entered on the Result Settings tab on the Define Report screen and then the changed report saved See Editing Reports for more information LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 208 Section 13 Tracking Reports For a Sum of Events report the following options can be selected Result Calculation Defines how the results on chart are calculated Total number of events Displays the total number of events For example if 123 events have been counted the resulting bar length for will be 123 Percentage of total number of events Displays percentages in relation to the total number of messages sent For example if 300 messages were
386. load the report to get the recipient detail data Figure 13 13 Result Settings Tab for the Recipient Details Option General Settings Data Sources Result Settings Result Type Event distribution over time Sum of events Recipient details Event details 13 1 3 4 Result Settings for Event Details The Event details option is available for personal anonymous unique and blind tracking jobs The report type displays a table that lists the report type time period of the report allows for the selection of encoding for downloading the data and allows for the selection of the time zone to reference the downloaded data You must then download the report to get the event detail data Figure 13 14 Result Setting Tab for the Event Details Option General Settings Data Sources Result Settings Result Type Event distribution over time Sum of events Recipient details Event details 13 2 Executing Reports There are several ways to execute reports LISTSERV Maestro can produce quick reports that are instantly viewable on the screen from the Test Report tab on the Job Details screen see Section 9 2 Running Test Reports for more information and from the Reports tab on the Completed Job Details screen see Section 12 5 Completed Job Reports for more information LISTSERV Maestro can also produce reports from the Tracking Reports screen and Reports menu as described at the beginning
387. low LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 77 Section 6 Defining amp Editing the Message for an Email Job If the placeholder appears both in the HTML and the plain text part of a message then each of the above applies for each respective part i e in the HTML part the placeholder s value will be interpreted as HTML in the plain text part it will automatically be converted to plain text Therefore it is for example safe to use simple formatting tags like lt b gt or lt u gt for bold or underlined style so that in the HTML part some special formatting will be applied even if the same placeholder appears in the plain text part because there these tags will automatically be removed However you should avoid complicated HTML code in such placeholders as the rules by which the HTML code is converted into plain text are rather simple Any HTML entities for example like amp amp or amp quot will be resolved into the correct replacement character Any paragraph and linebreak tags p br and similar will be converted to normal linebreaks Any occurrences of ordered or unordered lists with list entries lt ol gt lt ul gt and lt li gt will be converted into simple ordered unordered lists All other HTML tags will simply be removed If in doubt make sure to check the Text Preview tab after supplying the HTML placeholder value to see how your input was converted into plain text
388. lpha AXP AXP Digital UNIX OpenVMS HP and HP UX are trademarks of Hewlett Packard Company in the United States and other countries Microsoft Windows Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries Sun Solaris SunOS and PMDF are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems Inc in the United States and other countries IRIX is a registered trademark of Silicon Graphics Inc in the United States and other countries Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds Intel and Pentium are registered trademarks of Intel Corporation All other trademarks both marked and not marked are the property of their respective owners This product includes software developed by the Apache Software Foundation http www apache org Some portions licensed from IBM are available at http oss software ibm com icu4j This product includes code licensed from RSA Security Inc Manuals are available in PDF and HTML format at http www Isoft com manuals index html L Soft invites comment on its manual Please feel free to send your comments by email to manuals lsoft com Last Updated February 17 2010 Table of Contents Understanding LISTSERV Maestro Preface About This Manual xvii What s New for the End User in LISTSERV Maestro 4 0 xix Behavioral Chan
389. lready created recipients list as a template for a new job Some settings can be changed within the new job depending on the type of job that was copied LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 54 Section 5 Defining Recipients of an Email Job i Note If the original job used just in time recipient retrieval then the copied job will too w However if the original job retrieved recipient data at the time the recipients were defined then the copied job will get an exact copy of the recipient list from the original job It will not retrieve data anew even if the source used by the original job has changed If the data should be retrieved anew run through the definition again and force the retrieval For example if the recipients of the original job were from a database retrieval click on the Click here to refresh the data from the database link on the Recipients Details screen to renew the data retrieval 5 4 1 Options The first screen that opens in the Define Recipients wizard is the Options screen Select Use Recipients Definition from Job and then select the job from the drop down menu All jobs that have had a recipients definition successfully saved will appear in the selection list Click Next gt to proceed 5 4 2 Source The settings of the previous job will determine which Source screen is presented It is possible to make changes in the selections available on the Source screen or leave the selections
390. ly available in LISTSERV Maestro The available functions are Number Functions e Abs Converts a number into its absolute non negative number New sNum Checks if the given argument can be converted into a number Max Finds the largest of several numbers e Min Finds the smallest of several numbers Pow Raises a number to a specified power e Random Generates a random number O ToNum Converts any non number data type into a number Text Functions e Contains Checks if one text contains another e EndsWith Checks if a text ends with a certain text suffix e HTMLEncode Encodes all HTML unsafe characters in a text EndsWith Finds the first or next occurrence of one text in another e LastlndexOf Finds the last or previous occurrence of one text in another Length Determines the length of a text Matches Determines if a text matches a certain regular expression ReplaceText Replaces all occurrences of a certain sub string in a text with a new string Substring Extracts a specified substring from a text StartsWith Checks if a text starts with a certain text prefix ToLower Converts a text into all lowercase ToUpper Converts a text into all UPPERCASE Trim Trims leading and trailing whitespace from a text e URLEncode Encodes all URL unsafe characters in the text Boolean Functions e f Evaluates a condition and det
391. man de Germany DE LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 296 User s Manual Section 18 Calculation Formulas ITALY Italian it Italy IT JAPA Japanese jp Japan JP KOREA Korean ko Korea KR SPAI Spanish es Spain ES SWEDEN Swedish sv Sweden SE TAIWAN Chinese zh Taiwan TW UK English en Great Britain GB US English en United State of America US 18 7 Quote Escaping Rules Any string literal in a formula is surrounded with double quotes like this This is my string literal However if the text itself is supposed to contain the quote character anywhere special rules need to be obeyed This is because if the quote was to be included just like that LISTSERV Maestro would interpret it as the closing quote of the text and would try to interpret the rest of the text as part of the formula which will almost always cause a syntax error or at least give undesirable results Therefore any quote character in the actual text must be escaped by doubling it If you want to include a quote in the text you must type two quotes one right after the other with no space between them During formula calculation this double character of two quotes will then be de escaped back to a single appearance of the quote character For example if this is your string literal This is my string literal Then the correctl
392. me Click OK to submit any changes or Cancel to exit without submitting your changes 11 2 Auto Repeat Jobs and Delivery Failures If delivery of an auto repeat job fails for any reason the failure is handled differently than with normal jobs A normal job that fails remains on the Ongoing Jobs screen and is marked as failed From there the job can be closed transferring it to the list of delivered jobs Alternatively delivery can be retried or the job can be re opened for editing A failed auto repeat job is marked failed as usual but it is automatically closed and transferred to the list of delivered jobs just as if it had been manually closed as a failed normal job If the end condition for the auto repeat has not yet been met a new copy is created and authorized for delivery after the corresponding delay interval just as if the delivery of the previous job had not failed As a result if at a given delivery time some condition that causes failure exists perhaps outside of LISTSERV Maestro such as the inaccessibility of a database then only this auto repeat instance will fail The next auto repeat instance will be created and authorized normally and will proceed to be delivered at its scheduled delivery time If the condition that caused the first failure still exists at the next interval the delivery of the next copy will fail as well However the copy after that if there is one may have a chance to get through if conditions c
393. message as a whole will have the complete state only if all placeholders are supplied with a value and are marked with the green checkmark In addition any placeholders that are mandatory are shown with bold text while optional placeholders are shown with normal text A mandatory placeholder means that you must supply a non empty value for this placeholder For an optional placeholder you may choose to leave the placeholder empty However you will have to do so actively via the available links see below in order for the placeholder to be marked as complete with the green checkmark Finally the placeholder that is currently selected is marked in the list with a highlighted background Click on a placeholder in the list to select it The message preview pane to the right shows the current message with the current placeholder values already replaced In the preview the currently selected placeholder is marked with a highlighted background Any placeholders that are still undefined are shown with a suitable dummy text as a stand in for the yet to be defined actual value so that the preview is more meaningful You can move the mouse pointer over the preview to see and select placeholders When the mouse hovers over the value of a placeholder the placeholder is highlighted and you can Click it to select this placeholder Below the preview the current value of the currently selected placeholder is displayed together with an Edit link
394. message you will need to include information about which profile fields will be queried from the subscriber The syntax is as follows ProfileEditPageURL FIELDNAME_LIST where FIELDNAME LIST must be replaced with a comma separated list of the names of all profile fields that the External Profile Edit Page will query from the subscriber Examples ProfileEditPageURL HOBBY will be replaced with an URL that points to an External Profile Edit Page that asks the subscriber to submit a value for the HOBBY profile field ProfileEditPageURL STREET ZIP_CODE CITY will be replaced with an URL that points to an External Profile Edit Page that will ask the subscriber to submit values for the STREET ZIP_CODE and CITY profile fields 16 4 View in Browser URL When defining the content for an HTML message you can now use a new system drop in ViewInBrowserURL that will allow the recipient to view the HTML message in their own browser LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 242 Section 16 Advanced Use of System Drop Ins Note The system drop in s name is case sensitive and requires this exact spelling as well as the correct drop in enclosing tags The system drop in will be replaced with a http URL that points to a special page that displays the HTML part of your message This lets the recipient view it in a separate browser window i
395. ministrator to review the configuration of the spam filters In addition the spam rating given by your spam filters can only be used as a general guideline when trying to evaluate if your message may be classified as spam The actual spam filters of your recipients may be configured differently than your spam filters which are used by LISTSERV Maestro to determine this rating Therefore a message that passes your tests may still be classified as spam by a recipient s filter or vice versa For additional details see the online help Figure 9 5 Example of a Spam Rating Result Message Spam Rating Spam Rating Results Local Local SA 1002 4 5 0 SpamAssassin 1002 4 5 0 This spam filter has processed the message successfully with the following results The content was classified as spam Content analysis details 1002 4 points 5 0 required pts rule name description 1000 GTUBE BODY Generic Test for Unsolicited Bulk Email 2 4 TVD FW GRAPHIC NAME LONG BODY TVD FW GRAPHIC NAME LONG 0 0 HTML MESSAGE BODY HIML included in message You may want to review the message content and or the sender settings Download spam rating results Click OK to return to the Delivery Test screen Click Download Spam Check Results to review the settings of the mailing before returning to the Delivery Test screen Important The exact contents of the spam report and most importantly the performed spam tests and the assigned penalty po
396. mp EB Mail merge substitutions and conditional blocks are explained in more detail in the LISTSERV Advanced Topics Manual 6 10 Using Merged Parameters within URLs URL parameters are specially constructed parts of a web address URL that allow a single URL to initiate various specific operations by passing particular instructions and data to the web server Parameters are text based instructions and data that are passed to a web server which passes them on to a script for example a Java Perl C C or a UNIX shell script The script then executes the corresponding parameter as instructed LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 98 Section 6 Defining amp Editing the Message for an Email Job by the URL and passes the results back to the web server The web server then returns the results to the client In essence parameters can be used to select a certain page or part of a page to display or tell the server which page to display to a specific user or type of user A URL parameter is a pair such as name value that appears after the path part of the URL separated from the path by a question mark similar to the example below http host domain path param value If there are several parameters in one URL then the individual parameters are separated by ampersand characters s http host domain path paraml valuel amp param2 value2 URL parameters have many uses and when it comes
397. mpty text string for this argument Special Feature If inside of the omission text you specify the placeholder COUNT with this exact spelling in all UPPERCASE then this placeholder will be replaced with the number of omitted elements before the omission text is appended So if you for example specify the text and COUNT more and in the result twelve elements LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 286 Section 18 Calculation Formulas have been omitted then the omission text in the result will read and 12 more If not specified then is used as the default omission text The remaining arguments default separator delimiter delimitAll and delimiterEscape work exactly as with the SetToString function Please see there for details These arguments are optional but may be supplied if the omissionText argument has been supplied too Examples SetToStringWithMaxLen amp MULTI SELECT FIELD 100 SetToStringWithMaxLen amp MULTI SELECT FIELD 100 and more empty SetToStringWithMaxLen amp MULTI SELECT FIELD 200 and COUNT more empty s SetToStringWithMaxLen amp MULTI SELECT FIELD 200 empty SetToStringWithMaxLen amp MULTI SELECT FIELD 200 false SetToStringWithMaxLen amp MULTI SELECT FIELD 200 true CurrentMillis Curre
398. n On Off Tracking Details Back Next Tracking On Off Yes enable tracking for this job C No do not track this job 7 3 Tracking Details The Tracking Details screen lets you determine the type s of recipient behavior to track LISTSERV Maestro will track two different types of recipient interaction with a message Standard Tracking and Drop In Tracking If both types of tracking are available then the Tracking Details screen will contain two tabs the Standard Tracking tab and the Drop In Tracking tab If only one type of tracking is available then only that type of tracking will be shown on the Tracking Details screen If the content of the message is HTML or if there is at least one trackable link in the message then the Standard Tracking tab will be displayed There are two types of Standard Tracking available Open Up Tracking LISTSERV Maestro will register when an email message is opened by its recipient and will log each event together with date time and recipient information who opened the email Open up tracking is only available for HTML messages Some email clients can be configured to block open up tracking therefore open up tracking cannot provide an exact count of open ups but can give you a lower estimate In other words if a job has a 5096 open up rate then this indicates that at least 50 of the messages were opened but it s probably more Forward to a Fr
399. n be used in a message Click the Drop Ins icon to open the Drop In Content Settings screen Figure 6 7 Drop In Content Settings Drop In Content Settings Enable or disable the drop in content feature for the job To create new drop in content element or to edit an existing one click on the Utility menu and select New Drop in Content or Drop Ins If drop in content is enabled define the opening and closing tags that are used to enclose drop in content placeholders so that LISTSERV Maestro can recognize them For example if the opening tag is and the closing tag is you would create a drop in placeholder that looked like this PLACEHOLDER_NAME Disable drop in content for this job Enable drop in content for this job Use the following placeholder tags Opening tag Closing tag LISTSERV Maestro recognizes drop in elements if they appear in the message enclosed by specially defined tags The tags surround the name of the drop in content element creating a drop in placeholder This placeholder will be replaced by actual content at the time the message is sent It is possible to see what the drop in will look like within the context of the message by clicking any of the preview tabs Text Preview HTML Preview or AOL Preview The default setting for drop in content tags are double open and closed curly brackets e g and An example of a drop in content placeholder using the default settings
400. n element set Function Checks if the given element is contained in the given set Returns true if the element is found in the set or false if not Return Type Boolean Arguments element This argument can be of type Number or Text and its the element to look for set This argument can be of type Number Set or Text Set and its the set to search in Examples In value amp MULTI SELECT FIELD New SetOf SetOf argl argN Function Returns a set that contains all arguments If some arguments are also sets then the resulting set will contain all elements from these sets individually i e the resulting set will not contain the other sets themselves as its elements but rather will contain all elements from these other sets If no argument is given at all then an empty set is returned Return Type Number Set or Text Set depending on the arguments see below Arguments All arguments are optional e argl This argument can be of any type except Boolean The first element to include in the result set LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 283 Section 18 Calculation Formulas argN This argument can be of any type except Boolean The Nth and last element to include in the result set If any of the arguments is of type Text or Text Set then the resulting set will also be a Text Set If all arguments are either of type Number or Number Set then the r
401. n helpful for understanding and troubleshooting problems See Appendix D Email Related RFCs for links to various RFCs S Select Statement A SQL statement in the form of a query that is issued to a database to retrieve data Separator Character A character or symbol used to separate one item from another In databases commas are often used as separator characters SQL Stands for Structured Query Language It is a language used to create maintain and query relational databases SQL uses regular English words for many of its commands making it easy to use It is often embedded within other programming languages LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 328 Glossary of Terms T Target Groups Predefined recipient lists complete with name and description created by the data administrator Target groups can simplify and streamline the use of data sources including databases uploaded text files and email lists to select recipients and recipient data to the point where end users do not need to know anything about how and where data is stored Template Placeholder Template placeholders make content templates easy to use and truly customizable as they define the blanks that the user will have to fill out A placeholder with a given name can appear several times throughout the template body and may appear both in the HTML and the plain text part if the placeholder s type allows this U URL Stand
402. n look like this Cycling Poker Windsurfing and 3 more When a subscriber has not selected any hobbies the system drop in Multi HOBBIES separated by will then be replaced with no text at all Leaving a blank spot in the message text To fill something in for subscribers who do not have anything selected a default string can be created as follows Multi HOBBIES separated by default no hobby selected gt The replacement text in the message body for only those subscribers with no hobbies selected would then look like this lt no hobby selected gt These examples can be combined to cover those subscribers who have a few selections from the multiple selection list many selections from the list and no selections from the list like this Multi HOBBIES separated by default lt no hobby selected gt more COUNT more The line break has been added for readability In LISTSERV Maestro this would have to be on one line If both default and more are used default must come first and more second The resulting replacement text would be different for different subscribers depending on what if anything they had selected from the list Subscribers with only a few selected values would get the correct comma and space separated list for example Cycling Poker Swimming Subscribers with too many values would get the abbreviated list with a customized ellip
403. n most cases be stripped from the message by a firewall Consider the use of images linked or embedded carefully to avoid complications for the recipients Any invalid links will be counted as errors and will be reported in the Load Results dialog box If Yes is clicked then LISTSERV Maestro will continue uploading the HTML file even if it contains link errors The error report is only a warning to remind the user that there are currently problems but the upload is not suspended The reason that uploads are not halted when the HTML contains errors is that the linked files simply may not be available yet Sometimes referenced web sites are under development or are being LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 90 Section 6 Defining amp Editing the Message for an Email Job updated as the email message is being created Once the linked site is complete the message will be valid and can be sent out Tip Make clicking each link for linked files a part of the testing procedure and don t approve the test until all of the links are working correctly For more information on testing an email job see Section 9 1 Delivery Testing for a Job Table 6 1 Advantages and Disadvantages of Linked and Embedded Files Advantages Disadvantages Linked Smaller message size Recipients must have a live Internet Files Mail servers will most likely not connection refuse a small message Some firewalls strip HTML content Drop in c
404. n produces a bar graph that shows the number of recipients who clicked on each URL and or opened up the email message For each data source all events of the selected type open up and or click through and the selected links in the case of click though are summed up and displayed in the form of a colored bar LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 195 Section 13 Tracking Reports Options available for this report type include Result Calculation Defines how the number of events is calculated There are three choices Total number of events Displays the total number of events For example if 123 events have been counted the resulting bar length will be 123 Percentage of the total number of messages sent Displays percentages in relation to the total number of messages sent For example if 300 messages were sent and if 150 events have been counted then the bar length will be 50 because 150 is 50 of 300 Percentage of the total number of unbounced messages sent Displays percentages in relation to the total number of messages sent that have not been bounced For example if 300 messages were sent and 50 bounced there would be 250 unbounced messages And if 150 events have been counted then the bar length will be 60 because 150 is 60 of 250 Unique or Total Events Selects the type of events to include in the report Count only events unique for each recipient Plots only a
405. nalAction do token SECURITY TOKEN where SERVER NAME is replaced with the name of your LISTSERV Maestro server If a non standard HTTP port is used also include the port separated with a colon If access to your LISTSERV Maestro is protected with HTTPS you need to specify https instead of http where SECURITY TOKEN is replaced with the security token for the action that the URL will trigger The external delivery trigger is of the Simple URL Access type and does not contain any download data in its response With this type the action is triggered by accessing the external trigger URL with a HTTP GET request By accessing this URL a HTTP GET request is made to LISTSERV Maestro The server then verifies the given security token and if it is valid triggers the corresponding action The result of the action will be returned in the form of a HTTP response If everything went well a response with the status code 200 OK will be returned In this case the response body will contain the result of the action If there was a problem executing the action a response with a different status code will be returned for example 404 Not Found if an invalid security token was specified A Important If you type the value manually then make sure to maintain the exact spelling because security tokens are case sensitive 9 7 Re authorizing Auto Repeat Jobs Any auto repeat job c
406. ne New Category Copy settings contents recipients etc and job category from job A new job can be created one of two ways first way is by selecting the All new job with empty settings and the following job category option which requires you to enter all new information Once you ve selected this option click the Job Type drop down menu and select the type of job you d like to create Your choices are a Standard Job an A B Split Job or an A B Split Job with Sampling For information on creating an A B Split Job see Section 4 2 2 Defining an A B Split Job For information on creating an A B Split Job with Sampling see Section 4 2 3 Defining an A B Split Job with Sampling Finally click the drop down menu and select the category you want this job to belong to To define a new category for this job to belong to click the Define New Category link The second way is by selecting the Copy settings content recipients etc and job category from job option which automatically takes the settings from an existing job as the basis for the new job Once you select this option click the drop down menu and select the job you want to copy information from A new empty job needs to have the email message defined as well as the sender and recipient information determined A job based on a copy of an existing job can reuse a previously composed message sender information testing information and recipient information
407. ned auto repeat end condition is met LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 123 Section 8 Sender and Delivery Options If this option is chosen a delay interval must be supplied between each repeated delivery of a copy of the original job by entering a positive value into the Delay interval between repeated deliveries field and choosing an appropriate time unit from the selection list Choose between Hours Days Weeks and Months An end condition must be entered to stop the auto repeat sequence Select one of these options Repeat until stopped manually After each delivery a new auto repeat copy will always be created and authorized This can only be stopped manually by selecting the latest copy located in the Ongoing Jobs list awaiting delivery and revoking its delivery authorization Repeat until the following threshold time With this option specify the threshold date and time to stop the auto repeat sequence After each delivery a new auto repeat copy is created and authorized only if its designated delivery time the time of the previous delivery plus the specified interval is not later than the date and time specified here Figure 8 4 The Delivery Setting Screen with the Advanced Scheduling Options Delivery Settings Supply Delivery Information lOnce the mail job delivery has been authorized Immediately begin delivering the mail job Wait until mail job delivery is triggered
408. new version of the ImportTrackerStatistics xl1a file is A downloaded and saved in a different location than the old version the existing file will not be replaced after answering Yes to the query The old file may remain associated with Excel even when the new version is selected under Tools gt Add Ins gt Browse If this is the case an error message will appear saying the file already exists and it is not possible to have two versions of the same file To correct this situation search for all versions of the ImportTrackerStatistics xla file on your local drive and delete them Then follow all the steps above LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 220 Section 14 The Recipient Warehouse he Recipient Warehouse is LISTSERV Maestro s name for the method of creating storing and retrieving data within the system Every group or single user account has its own Recipient Warehouse that is the repository for recipient datasets lookup tables and recipient target groups Administering the Recipient Warehouse is only available to the data administrator or to those accounts with this permission granted by the data administrator If your account has the data administrator rights see Section 4 The Recipient Warehouse of the Data Administrator s Manual for more information on this feature 14 1 Recipient Datasets If your account has been granted access to certain functions with regard to an existing dataset then
409. ng 160 P Password changing 239 Preferences 23 defining the default dataset team collaboration 27 for datasets 27 for new jobs 24 for new reports 26 for the User Interface 23 Profile Fields requesting updates 234 242 Profiles managing 226 saving 121 Q R Recipient Warehouse 221 recipient datasets 221 recipient target groups 222 Recipients previewing delivery count 73 Reports 185 186 adding to the Dashboard 19 completed jobs 173 creating from a template 202 LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 334 User s Manual Index data sources adding 188 reordering 193 Delivered Recipients Statistics 203 details 198 dowloading the Microsoft Excel Add In 216 downloading Event Distribution report data as PDF 206 as text file 206 into Excel 206 downloading Events Details report data 214 downloading Recipient Details report data 212 downloading Sum of Events report data as PDF 208 as text file 208 into Excel 208 editing 202 editing tracking reports 186 Event Details report 214 Event Distribution report 204 executing 197 Forward to a Friend statistics 177 generating for delivered jobs 173 icons 198 installing the Microsoft Excel Add In 216 Job Comparison Report 178 adding more comparisons 182 settings 179 viewing 181 managing on the Dashboard 18 Recipient Details report 210 removing the Microsoft Excel Add In 219 renaming on the Dashboard 19 re organizing on the Dashboard 19 running a test r
410. ng the topics from the recipients Hiding topics can also be useful if the topics are only used to sub divide the list and have not been directly selected by the recipients Click OK to save the selections and return to the Source Details screen Cancel negates the action and returns you to the Source Details screen without changing any settings 5 2 3 2 Special LISTSERV Messages A special LISTSERV message is one that by passes the normal operation of the list and instead treats the subscriptions in a list as a recipient database Special messages do not get archived and do not honor subscriptions settings such as SUBJECTHDR DIGEST or NOMAIL However the subscription settings MAIL DIGEST INDEX and NOMAIL can be used to subset the list List owners generally use such special messages to send administrative messages to a certain class of subscribers for example all subscribers set to NOMAIL When messages are sent to a list as a special list message the Source Details screen allows for setting a condition as well as setting other options for mail delivery Setting a condition is a means of creating a subset of recipients from the selected LISTSERV list based on the email address or in the case of DBMS based lists other information in the list s database table For information on setting conditions for a LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual df s Section 5 Defining Recipients of an Email Job LI
411. ng was enabled for the original message then LISTSERV Maestro will also keep a record of all these forwards with a detail level that corresponds to the selected tracking level For information on enabling tracking see Section 7 Tracking For information on using the tracking report see Section 12 6 Forward to a Friend Report E Notes If the original message uses merge fields to fill in profile field values of the original b recipient then these fields will be freshly merged for each forward This means that if the original recipient s profile fields have changed since the original mailing then the forwarded message will contain different merge field values than the original message The forwarding will only work while the original Hosted Recipients List still exists and the original recipient is still a subscriber of that list 6 3 1 Enabling Forward to a Friend The Forward to a Friend feature can be enabled while you are defining the content of your email job At the top of the Define Message screen click Forward to a Friend icon to open the Forward to a Friend Setting screen This screen allows you to enable or disable the forward to a friend feature for your message The screen is divided into several parts The top part is where you enable the feature by simply clicking the Enable forward to a friend for this job option Once this option is enabled the rest of the screen becomes active LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User
412. nly once The set can either have no elements an empty set single elements or any number of elements Text Set The value is a set of text strings Similar to a number set a text set is a collection of distinct values of the text type that can have zero one or several elements 6 66 18 2 Automatic Type Conversion O Operators and functions usually require their operands and arguments to be of a certain type However under some circumstances it is possible to supply an expression of a LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 261 Section 18 Calculation Formulas different type as an operand or argument which will then automatically be converted to the required type Automatic conversion to Text Whenever an operand or argument of type Text is required an expression either of type Text or of type Number can be supplied In the latter case the number will then first be converted into a text before the operator or function is applied For this conversion the number value is simply converted into the corresponding string representation for example the number 157 becomes the text string 157 e Automatic conversion to Number Set Whenever an operand or argument of type Number Set is required an expression either of type Number Set or of type Number can be supplied In the latter case the number will then first be converted into a number set with a single element before the operator or function is appl
413. nt 318 using LISTSERV Maestro with 317 Auto Archiving 32 Auto Repeat Jobs delivery failures 132 reaction to a system shutdown 132 re authorizing delivery 150 scheduling delivery 130 viewing in the completed jobs list 167 with Dynamic Content 131 with Dynamic Recipient 131 working with delivery failures in the ongoing jobs list 162 Bounced Email Jobs handling 120 viewing details 170 Browsers supported 2 using Mozilla with a Linux client 321 using Netscape with a Linux client 321 C Calculation Formulas automatic type conversion 261 constant number expressions 262 constant text literal expressions 263 data types 261 date patterns 293 expressions 262 function expressions 266 functions 272 introduction 261 operators 267 optional merge field expressions 265 predefined locales 296 quote escaping rules 297 standard merge field expressions 263 time patterns 293 Character Sets bi directional 310 email use 305 international use 305 international use in the To field 309 merge fields with international character sets 307 setting language for an email job 95 within LISTSERV Maestro 306 Comma Separated Files 31 1 Completed Jobs 165 filter settings 166 generating reports 173 multiple job actions 168 viewing auto repeat jobs 167 viewing click rates 171 viewing content details 171 viewing summary of 169 Conditional Blocks combining with System Drop Ins 249 conditional operators 257
414. ntMillis Function Returns the current time in milliseconds since Jan 1st 1970 00 00 00 GMT Return Type Number Arguments None Examples CurrentMillis O IsDate IsDate datetext formatpattern localename langcode countrycode Function Checks if the given format specifications can be used to correctly parse a numerical date time value from the given datetext text argument Returns true if a date time value can be correctly parsed from the arguments false if not This function is a companion function to ToMillis If IsDate returns true for a given set of arguments then it is safe to use ToMillis the same set of arguments i e ToMillis will not generate an error when used with the same arguments Please see Date and Time Patterns for details about how to write the format pattern Note For formatting purposes LISTSERV Maestro will by default use the U S locale w and the time zone of the server where the LUI component is running Therefore locale specific texts like weekday names names of months and so on will be formatted using the U S locale Similarly times will be formatted using the server s time zone If you want to specify a different locale you can do so with the optional parameter localename to choose a predefined locale or with the optional parameters langcode and countrycode to specify your own locale See Predefined Locales for details If you want to specify the time as relativ
415. ntains merged fields then study those fields in the actual data what are the shortest and longest instances of those fields Are those fields ever empty Next make sure to send tests that have values of the shortest and longest lengths and empty fields if appropriate to make sure that the message layout looks correct in all cases It is sometimes necessary to change the layout or use conditional blocks to accommodate special cases If using conditional blocks make sure that the test cases exercise every possible condition being especially cautious about the formatting when working with HTML messages Send test messages to email accounts running different email clients A message that looks fine in one client may look messy or unreadable in another The recommended method for testing mailings that have the recipients defined from a LISTSERV list and are being sent a standard list message is to create a clone of that list within LISTSERV such as TEST listname Make sure that the entire list configuration is exactly duplicated including customized templates especially the top and bottom banners if these are defined Subscribe only the test recipients to LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 137 Section 9 Testing and Authorizing Delivery the test list On the Delivery Test screen enter the full address of the test list as the sole test address It is important to test every facet of an email job including bounce se
416. nts that meet the following condition senaii type h Send plain text content to all other recipients OK Cancel In the HTML content with plain text alternative field enter at least one condition for the HTML content If a recipient fulfills the condition the full HTML email including the plain text alternative is delivered to that recipient If the recipient does not fulfill the condition LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 2 02 Section 6 Defining amp Editing the Message for an Email Job a simple plain text email is delivered instead containing only the plain text alternative If attachments are present then LISTSERV Maestro adds the attachments to each of the messages without applying conditions 6 6 4 Previewing Blocked HTML Images To preview your message and check whether or not your message is still discernible even if your images get blocked go to the Define Message screen for your email job This screen contains the new options Preview with linked images and Preview with inline images used for previewing your message s HTML images Figure 6 13 New Previewing Options on the HTML Preview Tab Define Message Define the Subject and the Body of the message Ac HTML mp Text Dy Drop Ins sass Template Forward to nr TA P fn n 38 a Friend a8 eats pu 2 c MEME So c n Copy from other job Subject test HTML Preview HTML
417. number as the single element of the set LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 270 Section 18 Calculation Formulas After this both operands are of type Text Set and the set operator can be applied to them Text The text operand is converted into a text set by creating a new set with the text as the single element of the set After this both operands are of type Text Set and the set operator can be applied to them Number Set The number set operand is converted into a text set by creating a new set that contains text representations of all numbers in the number set After this both operands are of type Text Set and the set operator can be applied to them Text Set No conversion necessary Both operands are of type Text Set anyway and the set operator can be applied to them One operand is of type Number Set If the other operand is of type Text Set then we are dealing with a case that was already described above If the other operand is not of type Text Set then depending on the type of the other operand one of the following conversions may be performed Number The number operand is converted into a number set by creating a new set with the number as the single element of the set After this both operands are of type Number Set and the set operator can be applied to them Text The text operand is converted into a text set by creating a new set with the text as the single el
418. number of resulting intervals must not exceed 125 an error message will tell you so if this should be the case To specify a fixed period you can either enter the from and to dates times into the corresponding edit boxes directly in the form Date Time or you can click on the Select link and select the report period visually by dragging markers on a timeline The link will open a popup dialog that contains a segment of the timeline with two markers one for the from and one for the to date and time Simply define the report period by dragging each marker to the desired position The intervals on the timeline i e the units by which the markers will move when dragged correspond to the interval size chosen on the report page see above The report period can not be longer than the length of the timeline segment in this dialog which corresponds to the maximum number of 125 intervals This means that you can not move the two markers further apart than the timeline allows However you can scroll the timeline to the left or right i e to earlier and later times if either the desired to or from date is not present on the timeline segment that is currently visible For this use the arrow icons for small one unit steps and double arrow icons for large steps equal to about half of the total timeline segment length at the left and right of the timeline Figure 13 18 The Select Display Period Screen Select Display Per
419. ny previously visited objects which allow you to jump back to each object directly to the last visited page of the object similar to the Back To menu Jobs Due Next Shows a list of jobs which are currently open and which are due next for authorization does not show any jobs for which a Authorization Due By date has not been configured Current And Upcoming Deliveries Shows a list of jobs which are currently being delivered and which are scheduled next for upcoming delivery Also shows any failed jobs which have not yet been closed or re opened Recent Deliveries Shows a list of jobs which have been delivered recently Also shows failed jobs which have been closed To also change the ordering of the visible dashboard sections please use the arrow icons at the right hand border of each section on the dashboard page itself 2 2 2 Managing Dashboard Reports Dashboard reports are for users who want immediate access to key email reports and statistics at a single glance helping you make better decisions for any future email communication initiatives Once a report is placed on the Dashboard you can drill down to problem areas share success stories and best practices with your team and quickly adjust your email campaigns In addition with one click you have full access to the report for closer inspection LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 18 Section 2 Understanding the LISTSERV Maestro Interface L
420. ny of these were successful and how many have failed The graph displays a certain time period with a given From and To date and time and divides this period into a number of equally long intervals For each interval the number of completed jobs in that interval is plotted against the y axis The graph contains three lines the green line shows the successful jobs the red line shows the failed jobs and the blue line shows the total jobs both successful and failed Note If for a given interval all jobs are successful then the blue line which is plotted last w will cover the green line with the same value so in these intervals only the blue line will be visible in the graph The same will happen with the red line for intervals where all jobs have failed Below the graph itself a summary is displayed for the three job types including the total count over the whole period For information about using the interactive report chart see Section 13 2 1 Report Details For information on the Show Settings link see Section 13 2 2 Report Settings 13 6 Delivered Recipients Statistics The top of the report contains the Job Category drop down menu This selection allows the user to filter the jobs so that only jobs that are in the selected category are included in the statistics In addition to all available categories this drop down menu also contains the following options lt All Categories all jobs will be included no m
421. o version 4 0 User s Manual 97 Section 6 Defining amp Editing the Message for an Email Job into the message If the condition is false the text will not be inserted An ELSE clause can be included as part of the conditional statement so a different section of text will be inserted into the message when the condition is false For more information on coding conditional blocks see Section 17 Using Conditional Blocks If conditional blocks are used in an HTML message first create the basic HTML message then go into the HTML Code and correctly insert the conditional statements making sure to maintain proper HTML syntax once the directives are followed The HTML Preview page will now look incorrect because the directives are interpreted as part of the HTML source code A Important Test all possible conditional values in the testing stage see Section 9 1 Delivery Testing for a Job to make sure that the HTML code works correctly in all cases Figure 6 17 Conditional Block Example If BOOK2 is blank then use the singular phrasing amp BOOK2 The following book borrowed using library ID card amp IDNUM is overdue ELSE The following books borrowed using library ID card amp IDNUM are overdue EB amp BOOK1 To avoid extra blank lines we only include the lines for other books if they are not blank amp BOOK 2 amp BOOK2 EB amp BOOKS a
422. o a second variable charted on the report It is only available for HTML messages Open Up and Click Through events all links separate This option creates separate variables for the open up and each of the click through events It is only available for HTML messages Other data sources can be added to the chart by selecting any or all of the Additional Statistics option buttons These additional data sources can provide comparison data in the chart so that it is possible to see the total number of messages sent in relation to the number of open up events that occurred for example Three Additional Statistics options are available Number of Sent Messages Adds the number of messages that were sent to LISTSERV as a constant reference value in the report Number of Unbounced Messages Adds the number of unbounced messages as a constant reference in the report This value shows the number of messages that LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 41 Section 9 Testing and Authorizing Delivery were sent and not detected as bounces by LISTSERV This option is only available if LISTSERV handles bounces automatically selected during the sender definition Number of Bounced Messages Adds the number of bounced messages as a constant value in the report This value shows the number of messages that were sent but were detected as bounces by LISTSERV This value can go up over time as new bounces are received by
423. o a statistical software program to generate charts and graphs On the Reports tab of the Completed Job Details screen the options for defining the Recipient Details report has been streamlined When you select the Recipient details option the Include Data Sources For section will contain the Open Up Events and Click Through Events options When Click Through Events is selected you can select to Separate data sources per link or Bundle all links in one data source Once you are finished defining the report click OK The Recipient Details Report is displayed The usability features for the report have changed To rearrange the order of the columns you can use the left and right arrows associated with each column In addition to remove a column simply click the x box When you re finished rearranging the columns click Apply Figure 13 23 Applying Column Changes to the Recipient Details Report Column Structure Changed You can continue to reorder the columns in the profile or add and remove columns Once you have finished click Apply to update the report with the new column structure If there are additional columns that are not shown on the report then the More Columns link appears Use this link to add columns to the report Another way to change the order of the data is to click on the Sort Order link and select a sort option from the pop up menu LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 210 Section 13
424. o lsoft com Ines Ito 1 13 1974 jani lsoft com Jani Kumpula 01 05 1975 5 5 5 1 Duplicate Elimination LISTSERV Maestro can eliminate duplicate recipients from the Summary screen Click on the Define Duplicate Elimination button to initiate this function Duplicates can be removed based on one or more selected criteria To select more than one criterion for LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 63 Section 5 Defining Recipients of an Email Job removing duplicates hold down the SHIFT key or the CTRL key and click on the columns desired Click OK to remove duplicates and return to the Summary screen Tip Removing duplicates from recipient data can be a useful way to ensure that multiple T messages are not sent to the same recipient It is common practice for one person to have more than one email address i e a work email address and a personal email address By creatively selecting one or more criteria to remove duplicates i e a customer ID number it is possible to avoid sending multiple messages to the same person with different email addresses Conversely several recipients may use the same email address for example family members sharing an ISP may also share an email address In this case it might be desirable to send multiple messages to the same address shared by multiple recipients but addressed to each individual using the email account Figure 5 18 Elimination of Duplicate Recipients
425. o the Workflow diagram to select the next step The Summary Diagram is a textual listing of the process of creating an email job To reach this diagram click on the Summary tab from the Workflow diagram Each area of LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 232 Section 4 Using LISTSERV Maestro to Define an Email Job LISTSERV Maestro is listed in the left column the status of the step is listed in the middle column and an Edit link is listed in the right column Access to each function is obtained by clicking the Edit link After the definition or editing has occurred the account holder will be returned to the Summary diagram to select the next step T Tip Individual account holders can set their preference for the Job Details screen to open as either the Workflow Diagram or the Summary Diagram See Section 3 1 User Interface Preferences for more information The Test Reports tab only becomes active once an email job had been completed through the delivery test phase At that point it becomes possible to run quick reports on the test messages containing tracked links For information on using the Test Reports functions see Section 9 1 Delivery Testing for a Job 4 2 2 Defining an A B Split Job An A B Split Job lets you define a list of recipients with several different message content and tracking definitions in the form of variant jobs which are sub jobs of the A B split job During delivery the list of recipients will
426. o track all of the actions click on the Count only the actions below link and select Count all actions Figure 13 7 Defining Tracking Events Include the following job data Tracking Events Total Number of Sent Messages Total Number of Unbounced Messages Total Number of Bounced Messages Of the tracking events including only the following v Open Up Events Click Events Action Events Count only the actions below soft cor Contact e36ddk om posl _ Landing Page inyiq8q no alias http www gutdmusen se nc no alias gt http www lsoft com contaci no alias http www lsoft com contacl lt Available Tracked Links Available Tracked Actions no alias gt http www Isoft com news 2 Purchase frp3ij no alias http www lsoft com news c no alias http www lsoft com news c no alias http www lsoft com news i no alias http www Isoft com news i no alias gt http www Isoft com news r no alias http www lsoft com news r no alias http www lsoft com news r no alias http www Isoft com news r no alias htto www Isoft com news c Y lt gt Count only the links below lt n Count all links lt Forward to a Friend feature is used for any of the email jobs you re using in the report then you can decide whether or not to track events pe
427. ob is not the first job of the auto repeat sequence and has been changed since the delivery authorization was revoked This means that this job is already an automatically created copy that is part of an auto repeat sequence The delivery authorization of this job was revoked and then it was changed in some way When re authorized the job will create a new auto repeat sequence and it will no longer be part of the sequence it belonged to before the delivery authorization was revoked This happens because the job is no longer an exact copy of the previous jobs in its original sequence Instead it will be the first and still only job of a new auto repeat sequence LEN Note Ajobis defined as changed since authorization was revoked if the recipients definition content definition tracking definition or sender definition of the job has changed since the delivery authorization was revoked If these four parts remained unchanged the job is interpreted as unchanged Changes on the Delivery Test or Delivery Settings screens are not interpreted as changes to the job LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 151 Section 9 Testing and Authorizing Delivery LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 152 Section 10 Open Jobs assigned a Job Title and Job ID and that can be edited These jobs have not been authorized for delivery To access this screen perform one of the following actions From the Toolb
428. olean Arguments e text This argument can be of type Text and its the text string whose suffix is to be checked e suffix This argument can be of type Text and its the suffix to check for Examples EndsWith a longer text text EndsWith amp VALUE xyz HTMLEncode HTMLEncode arg Function Returns the given text argument or set of texts with the following characters which are unsafe to use in a HTML context encoded into HTML entities so that the resulting text can be safely included in a HTML context lt becomes amp lt gt becomes amp gt amp becomes amp amp becomes amp 34 Return Type Text or Text Set Arguments arg This argument can be of type Text or Text Set If a single text is given then this text is encoded and the result is returned If a set of texts is given then all texts in the set will be encoded and a set with these encoded texts is returned LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 277 Section 18 Calculation Formulas Examples HTMLEncode This text contains lt characters gt which are not safe in HTML amp need to be encoded IndexOf IndexOf text searchfortext startindex Function Searches for an occurrence of the text searchfortext in the given text Returns the zero based index of the first occurrence of searchtext or 1 if none was found Optionally a zero based startindex can be specified with the effect
429. on 4 0 User s Manual 252 Section 16 Advanced Use of System Drop Ins Examples Assume that you have an auto repeat job with a user drop in called DailyQuote that pulls its content from a file The job is sent on a daily basis and the content of the drop in file is also updated daily so that each day there is a different quote included Only on some days there is actually no content at all for this drop in Now assume that in the part of the mail where this drop in is included there is also some short intro text which is only supposed to appear if the user drop in is actually not empty Also if the user drop in is empty a suitable replacement text should appear instead For this a conditional block with the HasContent system drop in can be used indentations for readability only BB HasContent DailyQuote true Included only if the DailyQuote user drop in has content Here comes the daily quote DailyQuote ELSE Included if the DailyQuote user drop in is empty Sorry but we do not have a quote for you today EB Assume that you have a job with a user drop in called Sample that is included at some location in the mail job where the drop in also sometimes is empty In case that it is empty there is supposed to appear a certain alert text at another location in the same mail job For this too a conditional block with the HasContent system drop in can be used indentations for readability only
430. on of the type is done during delivery when the merge values of all recipients are known Special Note for Datasets and Hosted Recipient Lists If the formula is used in the condition tree of a Dataset or Hosted Recipient List target group or ina Calc system drop in together with recipients based on such a target group then there are special rules for profile fields of type Number or Text If such a profile field is defined in the dataset or hosted recipient list as optional then this field can not be LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 264 Section 18 Calculation Formulas used in a standard merge field expression Instead use the optional merge field expression instead see next section 18 3 5 Optional Merge Field Expressions O Restriction Optional merge field expressions are only allowed if the formula is used in one of the following contexts Inthe condition tree of a Dataset or Hosted Recipient List target group e Inthe derivation rule of a derived profile field of a dataset or hosted recipients list e Calc system drop in of a job with the following recipient types Uploaded CSV text file LISTSERV Maestro selects from a Database Target Group if the target group is based on either of the two above or on a Dataset or Hosted Recipient List If the system drop in is used in a job with a different recipients type the formula must not contain any merge field e
431. ons The Open Jobs screen will refresh and each job will have a checkbox next to it In addition the Mail Job menu will show additional entries that can be performed on several jobs at once To manipulate several jobs at once check all jobs that you want to edit and then select the desired option from Multiple Job Actions submenu located on the Mail Job menu These options include Edit Category of All Selected Jobs Opens the Edit Category of All Selected Jobs screen Select or define the category that you want to assign to the selected jobs Edit Team Collaboration of All Selected Jobs Opens the Edit Team Collaboration of All Selected Jobs screen Grant yes revoke no or keep as is keep the team collaboration permissions for the selected jobs You can also load the permissions from a specific job and then apply these permissions to the selected jobs Delete All Selected Jobs Deletes the selected jobs Select All Selects all of the jobs in the list Unselect All Unselects all of the jobs in the list Disable Multiple Job Actions disables the feature and hides the additional checkboxes Note Once the Multiple Job Actions feature is enabled then it will be enabled all other job list screens i e the Ongoing Jobs Screen and the Completed Jobs Screen until you disable it again LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 155 Section 10 Open Jobs Figure 10 3 Multiple Job Ac
432. ontains English names for example Some clients may only display the characters with the right direction but still left align each line of text instead of the correct right alignment Occurrences such as this are subject to the mail client itself and out of the scope of LISTSERV Maestro LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 310 Appendix C About Comma Separated Format Recipient Files used as a catchall term for all kinds of text based data formats where the data is formatted in a line by line fashion Each line contains one date record anda number of columns per line where the different columns are separated by comma a tab or some other separator character T he term comma separated format or tab separated format or CSV is often LISTSERV Maestro can correctly interpret comma separated text files in various formats as long as the following rules are applied character may be used as the separator character although a comma tab or semicolon is conventional same separator character must be used in all lines for the entire file All lines in the file must have the same number of columns which means the same number of separator characters Empty columns may be created in the order that the same number of separator characters is present in every line of the file Having two separator characters in direct succession without any characters in between creates an empty column
433. ontent can be used linking to outside sources Some email clients refuse to show linked files Image server must be available Embedded No image server needed Large message size Files Firewall will not strip content Some mail servers may refuse or Visible without a live Internet delete large messages connection Drop in content can be used 6 6 2 Alternative Text for HTML Messages To add a plain text alternative to an HTML message go to the Define Message screen select the HTML icon select the HTM Mail option and then check the Include plain text alternative box Figure 6 11 Creating an HTML Message Message Content Type Settings Please define the content type of the message The message can either be a HTML message or a plain text message In case of a HTML message you can also choose to include a plain text alternative This alternative may allow recipients whose e mail program can not display HTML messages correctly to still read your message sme HTML Mail Include plain text alternative For editing of the HTML content use the following editor mode HTML source code editor text editor Visual HTML editor WYSIWYG Note The visual HTML editor will parse and rewrite the HTML code which may introduce changes to the code when you first switch to this mode Only enable the visual HTML editor if this rewriting of the HTML code is acceptable Plain Text Mail LI
434. ook like this Figure 6 16 Merge Fields Example Dear amp NAME The following book s borrowed using library ID card amp IDNUM are overdue amp BOOK1 amp BOOK2 amp BOOK3 Please return them to the library at BRANCH as soon as possible Sincerely Your Librarian kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk Note This email was sent to amp EMAIL if you wish to change the email settings for library ID amp IDNUM please visit http library example com mylibrary kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk In an HTML message the HTML Code would be altered to include the merge fields being careful to respect the resulting HTML source code In an HTML message with alternative text or alternative AOL remember to put the merge fields in both the HTML Code and the alternative messages 6 9 2 Conditional Blocks Conditional blocks act much the same way that merge fields do in that their use is dependent upon the recipient data available in the mail job Well thought out use of conditional blocks can also save time and resources by allowing one job to contain different content for different recipients that would otherwise have to be sent in multiple jobs Conditional blocks are sections of text that are inserted into a message based on a conditional statement If the condition is true a particular section of text will be inserted LISTSERV Maestr
435. ormat of the downloaded results change the settings below and click on the Execute button Result Calculation Defines how the result shown as the length of the bars in the chart is calculated Total number of events C Percentage of total number of messages sent C percentage of total number of unbounced messages sent Unique or Total Events Defines if only unique events or if all events are counted Count only events unique for each recipient C Count all events Execute Changing the settings above only affect the resulting diagram produced when you click the Execute button To permanently change the report click on the Edit Report icon below Executed Sep 30 2002 04 26 07 PM Including events from Aug 15 2002 12 20 00 PM until Aug 15 2002 06 56 00 PM amp fe LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 209 Section 13 Tracking Reports Click the Execute button to change the View Report screen the chart or graph and change the downloadable data 13 9 Recipients Details Reports New The Recipient Details option is only used for personal or anonymously tracked jobs because this report type is linked to recipient profile data This report type displays a multi frame table that lists each data source and the profile field columns recipient definition Use the table to select which data sources and which columns will be downloaded Data can be downloaded and then imported int
436. ort Once you have opened the Dashboard report you can change the view settings however these changes are only temporary and only apply to the current report details To apply these changes to the report on the Dashboard as well click on the Report menu and then select Apply Settings to Report on Dashboard 2 2 2 4 Renaming the Dashboard Report To rename the report on the Dashboard click on the report title enter the new name in the text box and then click OK Figure 2 6 Renaming the Dashboard Report Rename the Report Here amp OK Cancel s R t Unique events 4 P Refresh bounces for jobs in this report vi Click OK to confirm the deletion of the current Dashboard LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 19 Section 2 Understanding the LISTSERV Maestro Interface 2 2 3 Creating Multiple Dashboards Users can define and configure several Dashboards each with a unique collection of standard sections and reports Once these Dashboards are created a user can easily switch back and forth between these Dashboards 2 2 3 1 Copying the Current Dashboard After customizing the Dashboard you can create a new Dashboard based on your changes To do so click on the Dashboard menu and select Copy Current Dashboard The copied Dashboard is displayed Figure 2 7 Copying a Dashboard
437. ot For more information about conditional blocks see Appendix E Using Conditional Blocks Some scenarios that can be used as examples that demonstrate system drop ins combined with conditional blocks are given below Line breaks that occur in the system drop ins have been added for readability only Scenario 1 If the subscribers have Diving among their hobbies listed in the multiple select field HOBBIES include an advertisement for the newest scuba gear If not do not include anything can be written as LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 249 Section 16 Advanced Use of System Drop Ins BB true Multi HOBBIES gt Diving true false Ty The advertisement text for the Scuba gear goes her EB Scenario 2 If subscribers have selected any of the hobbies for which there is a special this week specials are Cycling Poker and Diving this week then include HTML formatted content describing the special s If not include some other HTML formatted content of a general nature This can be written as linebreaks in the drop in added for readability only BB 1 Multi HOBBIES amp Cycling Poker Diving 1 0 lt hl gt Weekly Hobbies Special lt h1 gt lt p gt Did you know that our current Weekly Hobbies Special covers some of the hobbies you are interested in lt p gt lt p gt Check it out at lt p gt
438. ounce Handling lt automatically handled gt No advanced settings defined 8 2 Scheduling Delivery of a Job LISTSERV Maestro allows the user to send out an approved email job immediately on approval or schedule a job for future sending Jobs can be scheduled to be delivered once or to repeat automatically over programmed intervals Scheduling the delivery of a message can take place at any time during the creation of the email job however final delivery is still subject to delivery testing and delivery authorization To schedule the delivery of an email job click on the Delivery Settings icon on the Workflow diagram or the Edit link in the Delivery section of the Summary diagram 8 2 1 Scheduling Information for Standard Jobs The Delivery Settings screen opens with selections to schedule the delivery of a normal job that will be delivered once and not repeat This is the default delivery scheduling format for LISTSERV Maestro Select one of the following options Deliver immediately when authorized If selected then the job will be delivered immediately after authorization O Wait until mail job delivery is triggered If selected then the job will be delivered once you trigger it Deliver at the following time If the job is scheduled for a future delivery date and time enter the date and time in the edit boxes using the format displayed adjacent to each box The date and time entered are dependent on the time zone s
439. ow to create recipient target groups LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 69 Section 5 Defining Recipients of an Email Job Figure 5 23 Define Recipient Summary Summary Options Source t Recipients Details Summary CS Cancel Back Finish Summary A summary of the recipients information Click the Finish button to save this as a new recipients definition for your job Special Purpose Columns E mail Column EMAIL ADDRESS Name Column F NAME Usage of Recipients Data Used for mail merging and tracking Validation Results Execute Date Time May 26 2004 04 04 02 PM Valid recipients will be used for delivery 102 download Recipients with errors ignored during delivery 0 Duplicate Elimination Selected Duplicate Elimination Do not remove duplicates Define Duplicate Elimination Recipient Sample F_NAME L_NAME EMAIL_ADDRESS MODEL_NUM PET Zimmerman zoedmaestro demo Isoft com Yosel yvetteQmmaestro demo Isoft com Xero Xavier maestro demo soft com Wonderly Wilfred maestro demo l soft com VonSchedule Vanna maestro demo soft com Underhill Ursula maestro demo lsoft com Tuttle Toby maestro demo soft com Simpson Seth maestro demo soft com Remmington Ron maestro demo l soft com Quartermaster Quod maestro demo lsoft com 5 6 5 1 Duplicate Elimination LISTSERV Maestro can eliminate duplicate recipients from the Summary screen Click on the Define Duplicate Elimination button to init
440. p team collaboration 39 setting up the Authorization Due By date and time 31 testing delivery 135 the auto archive setting 32 triggering delivery 146 using conditional blocks 97 using drop in content 86 using merge fields 96 using merge fields for the Sender information 119 using URL parameters in a message 98 viewing auto repeat jobs in the completed jobs list 167 viewing bounce details of completed jobs 170 viewing content details of completed jobs 171 viewing in the open jobs list 153 viewing summary of delivered jobs 169 viewing the completed jobs list 165 viewing the ongoing jobs list 159 viewing tracking details of completed jobs 171 F Formulas automatic type conversion 261 data types 261 predefined locales 296 quote escaping rules 297 Forward to a Friend report 177 tracking 106 G H HTML Editor enabling 88 setting the default preferences 24 HTML Messages viewing in the recipient s browser 235 242 Icons for reports 198 for Test Reports 142 for the Completed Jobs Report 176 Help 14 in the Outbox 160 Invalid Recipients downloading 172 J Job Comparison Report 178 adding more comparisons 182 settings 179 viewing 181 Job Journal completed jobs 183 ongoing jobs 164 open jobs 156 LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 333 User s Manual Index K L LDAP Directory defining recipients using 71 LISTSERV Maestro bi directional character sets 310 introduction 1 logging in 3 s
441. pam which would impede the deliverability of your message For a message that has not yet been checked since it was last edited click the Check message for spam link to initiate the spam check Figure 9 3 Spam Checker Link at the Delivery Test Screen Delivery Test Message Spam Rating Check if your configured spam filters would classify the message as spam The message has not been checked for spam Check message for spam Specify Delivery Test Recipients E mail Column EMAIL Name Column FNAME Recipient ID Column EMAIL For a message that has already been checked the spam classification classified as spam or not will be displayed Click View results to view the detailed results of this spam check or click Repeat spam check to initiate a new spam check LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 138 Section 9 Testing and Authorizing Delivery Figure 9 4 Spam Checked on Delivery Test Screen Delivery Test Message Spam Rating Check if your configured spam filters would classify the message as spam A The message has been rated as spam by your configured spam filters View results Repeat spam check e Notes The exact contents of the spam report and most importantly the performed spam tests and how they are rated depend strongly on the configuration of the spam filters that are being used If the report classifies the message as spam and this decision appears to be in error please contact the ad
442. performed to a certain job part simply choose the appropriate options from the User and Job Part drop down menus at the top of the list LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 184 Section 13 Tracking Reports have received and have opened the message data from selected events can be O nce an email job has been sent and enough time has gone by so that recipients gathered This data can be used to generate reports in several ways 1 The first way is by selecting an option from the Report menu on the Toolbar Selecting the Reports option opens the Tracking Reports screen Each report is displayed with its title and the date and time it was last saved To execute and view the report click on the title To edit the report s settings click on the report s Edit link Figure 13 1 The Tracking Reports Screen Tracking Reports The list below shows all reports defined for your account Click on a report title to execute and view that report Click on Edit if available to edit delete the report Report Title Date Time saved Test Report Edit Sep 6 2006 Sample Report Edit Sep 6 2006 Tracking Statistics Edit Sep 6 2006 Selecting the Completed Job Statistics option generates the Completed Jobs Statistics report See Section 13 5 Completed Job Statistics for more information on this report Selecting the Delivered Recipients Statistics option generates the Delivered Recipients Statistics report
443. plit job does not have a common security token Instead each sampling variant and the main variant has an individual security token that is found on the variant job s details page once the variant job has been authorized Each individual security token must be used to trigger the delivery of each individual variant job This also allows you to trigger the variants at different times The same similar security tokens with different suffixes are used for the variants as described above for Standard A B Split Job with Individual Delivery Settings for Variants LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 148 Section 9 Testing and Authorizing Delivery Figure 9 11 Triggering the Delivery Externally using Security Token Ongoing Job Details Click on the View links for more information about the related property Job Job ID 080617A Job Title Kayaking Newsletter Job Category State Authorized for Delivery Recipients View Recipient List Type Recipients uploaded as a text file Number of Recipients 38 Recipients Data Usage Used for mail merging and tracking Content View Subject Kayaking the Bay Mail Type Plain List of Attachments no attachments defined Tracking View Tracking is OFF Sender View E mail Address htaylor lsoft com Sender Name Reply To Address Bounce Address DomainKeys Signing Delivery Settings Send at Handle bounced messages automatically No DomainKeys si
444. ps option on the Recipient Warehouse menu is active By clicking this option you will open the Recipient Target Groups screen This screen lists all of the defined target groups if any and provides a wizard to create new target groups Figure 14 2 The Recipient Target Groups Screen g 8 Recipient Target Groups All defined target groups for your account Category Hosted Lists Default Target Groups gt Hosted Recipient List Sample List in Sample dataset Enable Copy Target Group Based On Hosted Recipient List Description Default target group for the hosted recipient list Sample List in dataset Sample dataset This target group contains all subscribers which are subscribed to the recipient list at the moment of sending Note The target group was created autornatically by the system Status Complete LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 222 Section 14 The Recipient Warehouse Recipient target groups are created to simplify and streamline the use of data sources including databases uploaded text files and email lists for selecting recipients and recipient data With recipient target groups regular account holders do not need to know anything about how or where data is stored they simply choose which recipient target group to use while defining the recipients for a job There are many advantages to using recipient target groups Using recipient data stored in a database can save time and s
445. r LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 58 Section 5 Defining Recipients of an Email Job Figure 5 14 Source Details for an Uploaded Text File Specify Details Manually Section Character Encoding Column Separator and Quote Character Specify how the columns in the file are separated Columns are separated by Comma Specify if and how the columns in the file are additionally enclosed Columns are not enclosed by a quote character Columns are enclosed by Double Quotes v Specify the language that the file is encoded with Character Encoding West European ISO 1 v Use standard encoding and automatically determined separator quote LISTSERV Maestro has four selections for choosing separator characters Tab M Comma Semicolon Other if this is chosen type the character into the adjacent box Columns can be defined as not enclosed by a quote character or select the quote character from three choices e Double Quotes Apostrophe Other if this is chosen type the character into the adjacent box In addition to interpreting the separator character and the quote character LISTSERV Maestro will select the encoding used to create the text file If the original data file was created with a specific character set such as Greek characters the file encoding will have to be changed to match that character set Use the drop down menu to select t
446. r Frame Contains the Track all Links link a fast way to select all links for tracking Records each selected link to be tracked and an alias if one has been defined Edit an alias or remove a tracked link by clicking Select Link Bottom Frame Shows the details of the selected link and allows the user to define whether the link will be tracked or not If the links will be tracked aliases can be defined to help distinguish different links that go to the same URL from one another The buttons in the bottom frame change depending on previous selections To track a link 1 Click on the link in the message in the main center frame If the link is a form sub mission click on the Submit button of the form The link will appear in the bottom frame 2 Click Track with Alias or Track without Alias 3 For tracking with an alias enter an alias in the Define New Alias text box or select an existing alias from the drop down menu Click OK to save the alias definition The new definition will appear in the right frame 4 Tracking links will appear in the right frame It is possible to add or change an alias by clicking Select Link under the URL and then following step three 5 To edit or remove a tracked link click Select Link under the URL in the right frame and then click the Edit Alias or Do not track this Link button in the bottom frame LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 109 Section 7 Trackin
447. r as Multi hobbies count The directive is case sensitive and requires this exact syntax and the correct drop in enclosing tags It will be replaced by the number of selections that each subscriber has made from the available choices of the profile field with the name FIELD NAME If a subscriber has selected 3 different items from the list the number 3 will be dropped in the message body Multiple Selection Field Enumerated The name of this version of the drop in is a directive with the following syntax F IELD NAME separated by SEPARATOR Replace FIELD NAME with the name of the multiple selection field being used as the merge field Replace SEPARATOR with any string which must be enclosed quotation marks This string will be used to separate the enumerated values if more than one choice has been made by the subscriber For example if a subscriber selected surfing poker and reading from a selection list field named hobbies and a comma is the desired separator character in the mail text the drop in would appear as Multi hobbies separated by and the text surfing poker reading will be dropped in the message body Additional optional parameters are available for this type of system drop in They include LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 236 Section 15 Utilities default CUSTOMIZED DEFAULT
448. r for each job in the report period where the length of the bar corresponds to the total number of recipients in this job Above each bar the ID and LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 199 Section 13 Tracking Reports title of the corresponding job are displayed The number of recipients in the job is displayed to the left of the bar Each bar is separated into a blue part representing the successfully delivered recipients of the job it represents and a red part for the bounced recipients if any Hover the mouse over one of the bar parts for a short while and a little popup box will display the exact amount of successful or bounced recipients in this job depending on which part of the bar the mouse is over Of course if the job contains only successful recipients then the whole bar will be blue or if all recipients have bounced the whole bar will be red Figure 13 16 Example of the Recipients Per Job in Period Report Delivered Recipients Statistics Show Settings Recipients Per Job in Period 0609064 Newsletter 38 0608274 Test Job 38 0 95 19 26 5 38 Bl count of successfully delivered recipients for this job Bl Count of bounces for this job Interactive Bar Chart Hover the mouse cursor over a bar in the chart to view details Executed Oct 31 2006 02 30 PM Including recipients processed between Aug 31 2006 12 00 PM and Oct 1 2006 11 58 AM The bounce count is not refreshed a
449. r identifying Identifying columns contain information about individual recipients than can be used to identify them such as name and telephone number Using identifying columns in recipients profiles creates profiles that are not anonymous and could violate recipients privacy Anonymous columns on the other hand contain information about individual recipients that cannot be used to identify them such as gender age or city Using anonymous columns creates recipient profiles that will not identify individual recipients See Section 13 9 Recipients Details Reports for more information on running reports from anonymous tracking jobs and downloading demographic information Figure 7 8 Anonymous Tracking Type Details Tracking Definition On Off Tracking Details Type Iype Details Summary Cancel Back Next gt Tracking Type Details Anonymous Tracking Anonymous tracking creates and saves a profile of each recipient from column data that cannot be used to identify the recipient Select which of the columns are anonymous and which are identifying like name phone number or address Anonymous Columns Identifying Columns Click on an item in one of the boxes to select it Next click on an arrow to move the item from one column to the other Sample from the recipient list EMAIL NAME FIRSTNAME STATE MODEL_NO MODEL_NAME PRICE Xavier maestro demo lsoft com Xavier Xero Xavier Clean Air Machine Ursula m
450. r instead of allowing LISTSERV Maestro to attempt to parse the file automatically By manually defining the separator and quote characters LISTSERV Maestro is forced to look at the entire file and parse it according to the LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 312 Appendix C About Comma Separated Format Recipient Files values entered for these characters If LISTSERV Maestro attempts to parse the file automatically when only some but not all fields are quoted then those fields may be parsed incorrectly or may be rejected as invalid Here are some examples Simple values separated by comma not quoted John Doe Chicago USA Lucy Summers London GB Karl Hauser Frankfurt D This will be parsed as follows John Doe Chicago USA Lucy Summers London GB Karl Hauser Frankfurt D Simple values separated by comma not quoted with empty fields John Chicago USA Summers London GB Karl Hauser Frankfurt This will be parsed as follows John Chicago USA Summers London GB Karl Hauser Frankfurt Values of which some contain a comma separated by comma quoted with lt gt Using the style that quotes all values John Doe Chicago Illinois USA Lucy Summers London England GB Karl Hauser Frankfurt D Or using the style that quotes only the values that have to be quoted The only values that have to be quoted in this exampl
451. r this job Delete Job Delete the job Multiple Job Actions Work with one or several jobs at once with one of the following options Job Comparison Report Generate the Job Comparison report for the selected jobs Edit Category of All Selected Jobs Edit the job category of all selected jobs Edit Team Collaboration of All Selected Jobs Edit the team collaboration settings of all selected jobs Move All Selected Jobs to Archive Move all selected jobs to the archive Delete All Selected Jobs Delete all selected jobs not recoverable LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual Section 2 Understanding the LISTSERV Maestro Interface Select All Select all jobs in the current job list Unselect All Unselect all jobs in the current job list Enable Multiple Job Actions Enable the multiple job actions Checkboxes will appear next to every job allowing multiple job selection and the Multiple Job Actions menu will be displayed Disable Multiple Job Actions Disable the multiple job actions Checkboxes and the Multiple Job Actions menu will be hidden Change Owner of All Selected Jobs Change the owner of all selected jobs Import all Selected Jobs Import all selected jobs from the archive Notes default multiple job actions are disabled and the menu contains only the Enable Multiple Job Actions option By selecting this option multiple job actions b
452. r without an error and you want to avoid this error then use the companion function I sNum to first check if the argument can be converted at all together with the function If This function can for example be used to convert a profile field of type Text which only contains numbers to the type Number which can then be used in contexts that require the type Number such as number operators and functions that require a number argument Return Type Number or Number Set Arguments e arg This argument be of any type Text The text is parsed and an attempt is made to convert it into a number This is possible if the text contains only digits and optionally a leading minus sign otherwise an error is generated A single number is returned Text Set All elements in the set are parsed and converted into numbers if possible otherwise an error is generated A Number Set that contains all these numbers is returned Boolean The boolean value true is converted into the number 1 the boolean value false is converted into the number O This number is then returned Number or Number Set The argument is returned unchanged Examples ToNum 12345 ToNum amp AGE ToNum true ToNum 123 456 If IsNum amp TEXTFIELD ToNum amp TEXTFIELD 0 Notes The result of the second to last example will not be the number 579 but will instead be the number 123
453. ransferred to A LISTSERV will generate an error message from LISTSERV that will be displayed in the Maestro User Interface However if there are mistakes in the syntax of the conditional statement that turn up when the conditions are evaluated for each recipient the test messages will not be sent although they will appear to because LISTSERV cannot process the job with incorrect coding No error message will be displayed in the Maestro User Interface Errors of this nature will be reported in the LISTSERV logs and an email message will be sent to the LISTSERV Postmaster If your test messages are not delivered in a reasonable amount of time contact your LISTSERV administrator for assistance diagnosing the problem LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 258 Section 17 Using Conditional Blocks Presented in 17 1 is an example of a detailed plain text email message using mail merge and complex conditional blocks Each variable and combination of variables needs to be tested before the job is sent out Some of the resulting test messages for particular combinations are presented in the following examples Figure 17 1 Plain Text Message with Conditional Blocks Happy birthday To celebrate the occasion XYZweb is pleased to credit your account with 10 00 in birthday credits You can spend these cred its on anything in our online store but there s a catch They will expire in a week if you do not use them So wait no f
454. reate unique URL parameters based on the fields of a database For example assume there is a merge field named for each recipient that contains the visitor ID of that recipient The sample URL would be written as http host domain path visitorID amp ID amp page home Let us dissect the different parts of this example The URL begins as usual with the protocol header the host name and the URL path http host domain path visitorID amp ID amp page home The question mark follows next signaling the end of the path part and the beginning of the parameter part LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 99 Section 6 Defining amp Editing the Message for an Email Job http host domain path visitorID amp ID amp page home The first parameter is the parameter visitorID with the value amp ID http host domain path visitorID amp ID amp page home Between the first and the second parameter is the ampersand as a separator http host domain path visitorID amp ID amp page home The second parameter is the parameter page with the value home http host domain path visitorID amp ID amp page home The second part of the first parameter visitorID amp ID usesthe LISTSERV Maestro convention of denoting mail merge fields Its value is not an actual user ID but instead is the name of the merge field with the preceding ampersand and the trailing semicolon th
455. recipient and stores this information in the system database The creation of this profile takes place during the delivery of the mail as the job is being transferred to LISTSERV With a large recipient list the additional work of creating profile entries in the database will make the transfer to LISTSERV noticeably slower If general statistics are required without the need to correlate events with demographics use unique tracking instead because the processing time is much faster Unique Tracking Records the number of times open up and click through events happen to unique recipients but is not associated with individual users or other identifying data Unique tracking is available For recipients uploaded as a text file and the Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking option is selected on the Recipients Details screen of the Define Recipients wizard For recipients selected from a database by LISTSERV Maestro and the Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking option is selected on the Recipients Details screen of the Define Recipients wizard For recipients defined by a LISTSERV list with the special list message option selected on the Source screen of the Define Recipients wizard For recipients retrieved from by a database by LISTSERV For recipients defined as Based on Reaction to a Previous Job which is selected on the Options screen of the Define Recipients wizard as long as the
456. ressions 263 18 3 5 Optional Merge Field Expressions 265 18 3 6 Function Expressions sssini ede EANA ee ek varia ee eas 266 18 3 7 Target Group Parameter Expressions 266 18 4 Operators ois ode ed m hex dete LER dest deer Rude eed 267 18 4 1 Operators for Number Operands 267 18 4 2 Operators for Text Operands 268 18 4 3 Operators for Boolean Operands 269 18 4 4 Operators for Set Operands 270 18 4 5 Operator Precedence and Parenthesis 271 18 5 Formula Functions pesca bee be ae ead RO os bee ee tg 272 19 5 ADS ids deeem ete xe behead ae uei ee dpa ues 273 18 5 2 ISNUM eti bee Be wecken an d Rd gne e dabat S Sort d x acs 273 18 5 9 Pr 274 LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual yb Table of Contents Iso MIN dca nandiak ad 274 18 5 5 ROW ic d ht ei Ros ae ee ig ue Reed Ox QR OR a 275 18 5 6 Random EP 275 18 5 7 i eiu Ex x Rte REX EROR Aiea od heed aie 275 18 5 8 CONTAINS csse rb rx Ru RR aud a E dws RR GEL A docs 277 18 5 9 Ends WIL so ate vet adden er eed pene
457. rformed by your original recipients or by both original and friend recipients To define click on the Events of drop down and select one of the following options Original Recipients Only If selected then the report will only use events that were triggered by the original recipients of the email there will be no events triggered by friend recipients This is the same behavior that was present in earlier versions of LISTSERV Maestro that is before the 4 0 release In addition this is the same behavior found in Quick Reports LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 19 Section 13 Tracking Reports Original and Forward to a Friend Recipients If selected then the report will use all events both those triggered by original recipients and those triggered by any friend recipients Forward to a Friend Recipients with Level If selected then an additional field becomes available In this field enter a number greater than or equal to 1 This number defines the forward level you are interested in The report will not include the events of the original recipients but only of the friend recipients of the given level If you enter 1 then only events for friend recipients of the 1st level will be included i e only those friends that got the emails forwarded by the original recipients If you enter 2 then only events for friend recipients of the 2nd level will be included i e only those friends who receiv
458. ription Details Bvlines for articles Images to go with articles Current value for Issue number for newsletter plain text Body text for articles 3 June 25 2007 URL to unsubscribe Physical address of your organization t Footer text for J newsletter Apply Value Cancel Language Mail will be sent with language charset for English American charset US ASCII For single value placeholders these options are available Plain Text The text that you type will be interpreted as plain text without any HTML code If the placeholder is used in the HTML part of a message and the text you type contains any special HTML characters then those will be HTML escaped before replacement HTML The text that you type will be interpreted as HTML code and may contain special HTML tags that are handled depending on the context If the placeholder appears in the HTML part of a message then the HTML code appears unescaped and will be interpreted as normal HTML This allows you to include HTML formatting code in the placeholder value e g for attributes like underline bold color font etc but it also requires you to remember to manually escape any HTML sensitive characters that are not be supposed to be interpreted as HTML code If such a placeholder is used in the plain text part of a message then the HTML code that you enter will be converted automatically to plain text see be
459. rnal can be accessed by selecting a job from the Ongoing Jobs screen clicking on the Mail Job menu and then selecting Job Journal Figure 11 5 The Ongoing Job Journal Job Journal All previously collected events in the selected job s history Back to Ongoing Job Details Page Date Time User Job Part Action All All E Jun 17 2008 12 37 20 PM holly Job Info Delivery authorized Jun 17 2008 12 01 29 PM holly Test Delivery Test delivery succeeded Jun 17 2008 11 59 43 AM holly Content Changed Jun 17 2008 11 58 49 AM holly Test Delivery Test delivery succeeded Jun 17 2008 11 58 48 AM holly Test Delivery Changed Jun 17 2008 11 55 09 AM holly Job Info Changed Jun 17 2008 11 29 10 AM holly Test Delivery Test delivery succeeded Jun 17 2008 11 29 08 AM holly Test Delivery Changed Jun 17 2008 11 13 24 AM holly Tracking Definition Changed Jun 17 2008 10 59 57 AM holly Recipients Definition Changed Jun 17 2008 10 57 28 AM holly Content Changed Jun 17 2008 10 56 14 AM holly Sender Information Changed Jun 17 2008 10 45 51 holly Delivery Settings Changed Jun 17 2008 10 44 31 holly Job Info Job created If the job began its life as a copy from another job that still exists in the system then the job creation history entry contains a shortcut link to this job Click this View journal for job JOB ID link to open the journal of the source job To restrict the list to ev
460. rs from several ISO 8859 charsets then LISTSERV Maestro will choose Unicode as the charset Similarly if you have used Chinese Japanese or Korean characters which can be displayed with one of the supported Asian charsets then LISTSERV Maestro will choose such a charset And optionally only if you have told LISTSERV Maestro that using Unicode is OK if you have used characters that can not be displayed with one of the supported 150 8859 or Asian charsets or if you have mixed characters from several ISO 8859 charsets and or from other languages then LISTSERV Maestro will choose Unicode as the charset Once a charset is chosen LISTSERV Maestro encodes each character as a bit sequence according to that charset The email that is sent is then augmented by the information of which charset was used to encode it This information is then used by the receiving mail client to decode the bit sequence into characters that can be displayed to the recipient For example with ASCII charset where each 7 bit sequence denotes one character the sequence 1000001 would mean the character with the decimal value 65 which is the Latin A With the ISO 8859 1 charset where each 8 bit sequence denotes one character the sequence 11000100 would mean the character with the decimal value 196 which is the umlaut A However with the ISO 8859 7 charset also 8 bit the same value 196 would mean the Greek letter instead Consequently the d
461. rt immediately 666 Trigger Delivery of Authorized A B Split Job Variants Trigger the A B split job variants for delivery If triggered delivery will start immediately Revoke Send Authorization Revoke the delivery authorization of the job e Revoke Authorized Variants of A B Split Jobs Revoke the delivery authorization of all authorized variant jobs of an A B split job Stop Sending Stop delivery of the job Re Open Job Re open the job for further editing Re Open Failed Variants of A B Split Job Re open the failed variant jobs of an A B Split job for further editing Close Job Close the job in its failed state Close All Open Variants of A B Split Job As Failed Close the open variant jobs of an A B split job as failed e Retry Sending Retry the delivery of the failed job Resume Sending Resume the delivery of the job to the pending recipients Comparison Report for Completed Variant Jobs Generate the Job Comparison report for the selected A B split testing variant jobs Move Job to Archive Move the selected job to the archive An archived job will no longer be accessible in the normal LISTSERV Maestro User Interface it will appear as if the job was deleted Only the Maestro administrator can import an archived job Also an imported job will be frozen into the state that it had when it was initially archived for example no more tracking events will be collected fo
462. rt shows the distribution over time of the jobs that were processed in the display period supplied above sub divided in delivered and failed jobs Interactive Chart Hover the mouse cursor over the chart Click to view more details and further options Executed 24 Aug 2006 15 51 Including jobs processed between 30 Apr 2006 00 00 and 7 Aug 2006 23 59 To save a quick report as a regular report click the Create Report icon This opens the Define Report screen Click the Save amp Execute button and the quick report will be saved as a regular report with the same name Instructions for further editing and using reports are covered in Section 13 Tracking Reports 12 6 Forward to a Friend Report If the Forward to a Friend feature and Forward to a Friend tracking was enabled for an email job then the Forwards tab on the Complete Jobs Details screen is available This tab displays a report that charts all forward requests and conversions Forward requests are forwards requested by users either by the original recipients or by friend recipients Conversion occur when someone joins the membership area using the special SubscribeURL link in the forwarded message w Notes Once a Forward to a Friend report is created it can be added to the Dashboard for quick access see Section 2 2 2 1 Adding Reports to the Dashboard In addition to this report you can also view forward to a friend tracking events in O other tracking repor
463. rts on the Tracking Reports screen Edit the settings of this new report by clicking the Edit Report icon again This option is not available for quick reports generated from delivery test data See Section 12 5 Completed Job Reports for more information 13 5 Completed Job Statistics v The top of the report contains the Job Category drop down menu This selection allows the user to filter the jobs so that only jobs that are in the selected category are included in the statistics In addition to all available categories this drop down menu also contains the following options lt All Categories gt all jobs will be included no matter what category they are in and lt No Category gt only the jobs which are not in any category will be included Below the chart at the very bottom a message bar displays additional information about when the report was executed and which period is covered in the report This message LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 202 Section 13 Tracking Reports bar also contains the Download icon at the very right Click on the icon to download the report as a PDF or as a ZIP file that contains the current report in form of a text file with comma separated values a CSV file plus an additional readme txt file with details about the report The Completed Jobs Statistics report displays a chart of the completed jobs as a timeline graph that plots the number of completed jobs plus how ma
464. rue false otherwise or Boolean Boolean True if one or both operands are true false oth erwise not Boolean Not Boolean True if the operand is false false otherwise This operator has only a single operand at the right side of the operator Equals Comparison Boolean True if the two operands are the same boolean value false otherwise lt gt Not Equals Comparison Boolean True if the two operands have different boolean val ues false otherwise This operator can also be writ ten as LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 269 Section 18 Calculation Formulas 18 4 4 Operators for Set Operands If one of the operands if of type Set and the other operand is not of type Boolean then you can use the following operators Table 4 4 Operators for Set Operands Operator Result Type Result Union Set A set that contains all elements from both operand sets Relative Completement Set A set that contains all elements from the first operand set that are not in the second operand set Intersection Set A set that contains all elements that are present in both operand sets Equals Comparison Boolean True if the two operands are not the same set oth erwise false lt gt Not Equals Comparison Boolean True if the two operands are not the same set oth erwise false This operator can also be wr
465. ry Ongoing Jobs Display the list of ongoing jobs that are authorized for delivery and that are currently being processed or awaiting delivery Completed Jobs Display the list of completed jobs that have been delivered or closed after a delivery failure Archived Jobs Display the list of archived mail jobs Job Info Define the general information of the email job such as the job title O Job Journal View the job s history Copy Settings From Other Variant Copy the job definition settings from another variant job of the same A B split job to the current variant job The copied settings will include the message definition tracking definition sender definition and test delivery definition Authorize Delivery Authorize the job for delivery e Authorize Sampling Variant Delivery Authorize the sampling variant jobs of an A B split job with Sampling for delivery LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual Section 2 Understanding the LISTSERV Maestro Interface Authorize Main Variant Delivery Authorize the main variant job of an A B split job with Sampling for delivery Team Collaboration Define the team collaboration settings for the job Trigger Job Delivery Trigger the job for delivery If triggered delivery will start immediately Trigger Main Variant Delivery Trigger the main variant job of an A B split job with Sampling If triggered delivery will sta
466. s will be replaced with an URL that points to an External Profile Edit Page that will ask the subscriber to submit values for the STREET ZIP_CODE and CITY profile fields New 15 3 1 4 View in Browser URL When defining the content for an HTML message you can now use a new system drop in ViewInBrowserURL that will allow the recipient to view the HTML message in their own browser Note The system drop in s name is case sensitive and requires this exact spelling as w well as the correct drop in enclosing tags The system drop in will be replaced with a http URL that points to a special page that displays the HTML part of your message This lets the recipient view it in a separate browser window if for some reason the recipient can not view the HTML message in their own email client In an HTML message that also contains a text alternative part you can use this system drop in both in the HTML part and in the text alternative By including the system drop in in the text alternative you will give those recipients that normally only view the text alternative the option of using the URL to display the full HTML message in a separate browser window Note Viewing the message in a browser window will also display the HTML message W with the same personalized merge values of the recipient as the original email These merge values are coded into the URL Therefore in a mailing with a very large number of merge value
467. s been removed This functions interprets all characters with an ASCII value of 32 20h or lower as whitespace Return Type Text or Text Set LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 261 Section 18 Calculation Formulas Arguments arg This argument can be of type Text or Text Set If a single text is given then this text is trimmed and the result is returned If a set of texts is given then all texts in the set will be trimmed and a set with these trimmed texts is returned Examples Trim this text has whitespace at beginning and end URLEncode URLEncode arg Function Returns the given text argument or set of texts with all characters that are unsafe to be used in a URL parameter encoded in URL safe form so that the resulting text can be safely included in a URL or as a URL parameter Return Type Text or Text Set Arguments arg This argument can be of type Text or Text Set If a single text is given then this text is encoded and the result is returned If a set of texts is given then all texts in the set will be encoded and a set with these encoded texts is returned Examples URLEncode This text contains characters like and amp which are not URL safe and need to be encoded e If condition valuel value2 Function Evaluates the condition and returns either the value1 if the condition is true or the value2 if the condition is false Return Typ
468. s per recipient and or values with a very long text this mechanism of coding the merge values into the URL may produce URLs that exceed the size limits imposed by the browser software that is in use Consequently you should limit the usage of this system drop in to mailings where the merge field names and their values do not combine to form an excessively long URL The URL will have roughly the following format with different individual values depending on your LISTSERV Maestro installation and the mail job in question http YOUR SERVER list elex3jha 080102A 84c4b3 vib B Note This system drop in can not be used in messages that use conditional blocks of W the style BB EB The only system merge fields beginning with amp allowed in the message are amp TO amp URLENCODE and amp INDEX 15 3 1 5 Multiple Selection Fields WARNING The system drop in for the multiple selection fields has been deprecated It is still available for backwards compatibility with existing email jobs For LISTSERV Maestro 4 0 please use the Formula Calculation system drop in Calc with the Count Set ToStringWithMaxLen functions as well as the lt gt lt lt gt and gt set comparison operators Table 15 1 Multiple Selection Field Replacements Previous Versions Version 4 0 and higher Multiple Selection Field Count use Calc with the Count funct
469. s 02B Completed Jobs plit Job with Sampling Job Info ling A B Split Authorize Sampling Variant Delivery st 75 of the recipients will be reserved for the main variant job Team Collaboration sampling variant job will be send to a maximum of 1 000 recipients Delete Job Edit Sampling Variant Jobs Main Variant Job Recipients Recipient List Type List uploaded as a text file Number of Recipients 38 Recipients Data Usage Used for mail merging and tracking Open Recipients Content Tracking Sender Test 5 Y v X wv 4 Y v Add Variant Job Job Title 070702B B A B Split Job with Sampling 070702B C A B Split Job with Sampling Edit Sampling Delivery VL Delivery Settings Deliver immediately when authorized The Authorize Delivery screen opens presenting you with a final overview of the job Verify that everything is correct and then click the Authorize Delivery Now button The sampling variant jobs are authorized and delivered first while the main variant job is held back You can then use the tracking results of the sampling variants to evaluate the success of each variant just like a normal A B split job With these results you can copy the content of the most successful sampling variant job into the main variant After this is done you can authorize the delivery of the main variant 9 6 Triggering the Delivery of an Email Job O In some cases it may be desired
470. s 185 186 defining 105 defining aliases 110 defining URLs 108 drop in tracking 106 editing report 202 setting detail level 106 setting the default for new jobs 25 setting the type 111 setting the type detail level 114 standard tracking 106 turning on 106 Tracking Types anonymous 112 blind 113 permission based personal 112 personal 111 setting the detail level 114 setting up 111 unique 113 U URL Parameters constant 99 encoding 100 individual 99 using in an email message 98 User Preferences 23 for datasets 27 for new jobs 24 for new reports 26 for the User Interface 23 User Settings creating drop in content elements 230 Utilities 225 changing password 239 managing drop in content elements 230 sender profiles 226 V What s New Action Tracking xix define recipient options xix defining individual delivery times for A B Split job variants xx requesting profile field updates xx Toolbar changes xix tracking permissions xx triggering the delivery of an email job xx using the Job Journal xix using the new report data source wizard xx using the updated Recipients Details report xx viewing an HTML message in the recipient s browser xix viewing the number of tracked links xix Workflow Diagram using 37 X Y Z LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 336 User s Manual
471. s Manual 24 Section 16 Advanced Use of System Drop Ins points to an unsubscribe page for the member area of the hosted list that is used in the job s recipient list The URL will have a format similar to this http YOUR SERVER list unsubscribe html This system drop in is only usable if the recipient type of the mail job is based on a hosted list which could include any of the following Recipients type as target group with a target group of the Based on Hosted Recipient List type Recipients type as target group with a target group of the Based on Classic LISTSERV list type where the LISTSERV list it is based on is a hosted LISTSERV list in LISTSERV Maestro Recipients type as LISTSERV list where the list is a hosted LISTSERV list in LISTSERV Maestro Tip Include the unsubscribe URL system drop in in email messages so that recipients can easily leave your mailing list 16 3 Profile Field Updates URL O When creating the message content for an email job you can now add a special system drop in that will direct your subscribers to the External Profile Edit Page This page will let your subscribers update specific profile fields without logging into the Membership Area This drop in is called ProfileEditPageURL if included in the mail body it is replaced with a URL to the External Profile Edit Page The drop in must be written in a special form because when you write this drop in into your
472. s a temporary one for example the LISTSERV server being down so that the job can be delivered once the temporary reason is gone AN Important If a job contains a virus and virus protection is enabled in LISTSERV then it will fail during delivery It will be rejected by LISTSERV The job will remain on the Outgoing Jobs screen in the failed state The reason for the failure a message about the detected virus will be visible when clicking on the job to view the job details From there the job can either be re opened to change the content to get rid of the virus and sent again or closed and remain in the list as a failed job 11 1 Advanced Filter Settings The Ongoing Jobs Advanced Filter Settings screen lets you activate and define an advanced filter for the Ongoing Jobs list To access this screen click on the Advanced Filter Settings link on the Ongoing Jobs screen Select if the current filter will be active or inactive If the filter is set to active then only jobs that fulfill the filter condition will be displayed in the list Define the active filter condition as follows Job ID starts with or Full Job ID starts with Enter a text string that is used as starts with filter for the job ID Only jobs where the job ID or the full job ID including the ID prefix starts with the given text will be included Whether or not the job ID or the full job ID will be used for filtering is determined by your preference sett
473. s as well as saving time and reducing the chance for errors while sending multiple jobs In order to use the Conditional Content feature it must first be enabled To enable Conditional Content click on the Change link that appears directly under the tabs of the text box on the Define Message screen when HTML with text alternatives is selected The Conditional Content Settings screen opens Select Enable conditional content Once enabled it is necessary to type in the condition that determines which recipients receive which type of mail LISTSERV Maestro uses the standard LISTSERV syntax to create the condition See Section 17 Using Conditional Blocks or more information on constructing conditions The condition needs to include at least one merge field from the recipient data so that the condition acts like a variable whose true false result is different for those recipients receiving each of the different message formats Figure 6 12 The Conditional Content Settings Screen Conditional Content Settings Enable or disable conditional content delivery for the job The current content definition contains HTML with a plain text alternative Please define which content type shall be sent to which recipients C Disable conditional content Send multipart HTML with alternatives to all recipients Enable conditional content Send different contents depending on recipient settings e Send HTML content with a plain text alternative only to recipie
474. s below Open Up Action The recipient did open the mail Click Through Actions The recipient clicked on one of the following links Iv microsoft http dgl microsoft com 5 3 3 Source Details When a recipients list is generated by a reaction from a previous job the Source Details screen opens so that a time frame can be set to define the reactions of the previous recipients in relation to a time period LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 50 Section 5 Defining Recipients of an Email Job Figure 5 9 Source Details for Reaction to a Previous Job Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Recipients Details Summary lt Back Next gt Time Period Details Recipient actions will only be considered if they occur in the time period that is specified on this page Start Time Send time of the original job 0405214 May 21 2004 02 45 PM this time is relative to your local time zone C The following time EET Format mm dd yyyy hh mm Time is optional If left out 00 00 is used End Time C Send time of the current job The following time ns 27 20008N Format mm dd yyyy hh mm 05 27 2004 Time is optional If left out 23 59 is used The given date and time values are relative to this time zone cur 00 00 GMT without daylight saving time adjustments Recipient reactions will only be considered for the new job if they fall within the
475. s for Uniform Resource Locator formerly Universal Resource Locator URLs are Internet addresses that tell browser programs where to find Internet resources The URL for L Soft is http www Isoft com V Variant Jobs Sub jobs of an A B split job During delivery the list of recipients will be evenly split between all of the variant jobs and each variant job will then be delivered to its recipient share If tracking is defined for the variant jobs then the tracking results can later be used to assess the success of each variant job in comparison to the other variants These results give you valuable insight into which kind of content has the most impact and which should be used to optimize future jobs W X Y Z LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 329 Glossary of Terms LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 330 Index A A B Split Job authorizing delivery 145 A B Split Job with Sampling authorizing delivery 145 scheduling delivery 125 scheduling different delivery times for each variant 129 A B Split Jobs creating 29 defining 33 scheduling delivery 125 scheduling different delivery times 127 A B Split Jobs with Sampling creating 29 defining 34 Action Tracking 299 activating 299 adding action tags 299 adding tag codes to web pages 300 cookie lifetime 299 example of usage 301 AOL alternative text for HTML messages 317 using conditional conte
476. s if replies are an option for recipients and if the reply to address is different from the sender s email address Bounce Handling Select Handle bounced messages automatically to have LISTSERV handle bounced messages or select Send bounced messages to and enter an email address in the text box This email address will be the address where all bounced messages are sent To enable advanced sender information click the Click to enable link The Advanced Sender Defined Mail Header Settings section lets you define additional user defined mail headers following the X Header convention as described in RFC822 These mail headers will be added to the mail headers of the message during delivery Figure 15 3 The Edit Sender Profile Screen with Advanced Sender Information Settings Edit Sender Profile Supply Sender Profile Profile Title E mail Address Sender Name optional Reply To Address optional Bounce Handling 9 Handle bounced messages automatically O Send bounced messages to Advanced Sender Defined Mail Header Settings You may define additional mail headers here They will be added to the mail headers of the message during delivery Header Override sss _ optional Clear Row E 3 f Clear Row Advanced sender defined ride settings are enabled Click 5 disable DomainKeys settings are disabled To Header Override This allows you to override the value of
477. s less than gt is greater than or equal to lt is less than or equal to matches wildcard expression negation used in conjunction with the other mathematical operators for instance means is not equal to IN The specified text is found in the space separated data provided For instance bb DEC IN amp DATE The server s internal variable amp DATE outputs the day s date in the format Day dd Mon yyyy hh mm ss TZ This statement would evaluate true if the date were any day in December and false for any other day of the year NOT IN The specified text is not found in the space separated data provided 17 4 Testing Conditional Blocks Any number of conditional blocks can be inserted into the body of a message Conditional blocks will be processed and resolved by LISTSERV during delivery and will not appear as part of the final message that is sent to recipients Figure 17 1 shows a plain text message that contains conditional blocks and merge fields Figures 17 2 and 17 3 show variations of the resulting message when certain conditions are met One of the most important steps to perform when using multiple conditional blocks is extensive testing Send messages to test every condition and combination of conditions to ensure that your conditional text matches up with your recipient data in the expected manner Important Any basic syntax errors that are detected when the job is t
478. s of the report Copy Settings Save amp Execute Title Test Report General Settings Data Sources Result Settings Report Period Automatic Report period is automatically sized to fit the registered events Defined Period From To Format mm dd yyyy hh mm Time is optional If left out full days are used The given date and time values are relative to this time zone Team Collaboration Edit Edit and Execute holly Only Execute Delete this Report At the top of the Define Report screen there are four buttons and a text box to enter the report s title Settings Copies settings from a previously generated report to the new report Save amp Execute Saves the report and executes the collection of the selected data A graph or table is produced based on the settings OK Saves any selections or entered information such as a title Cancel Cancels any settings or entered information Below the buttons is a tabbed table Click on the tabs to toggle between the sections General Settings Defines the time period of the report including time zone and team collaboration settings For more information see Section 13 1 1 General Settings LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 186 Section 13 Tracking Reports Data Sources Opens the Data Source wizard a series of screens that leads the user through the process of cre
479. s that the curve will rise and fall depending on the event occurrence during each interval Accumulate interval values Each interval will show the accumulated number of events counted from the very beginning of the report period until the end of the interval This means that the curve may only rise but never fall However as events get more and more sparse with each proceeding report period the curve will become less and less steep until it tapers out into an almost horizontal line 6 Select the type and the bundling of events to appear in the report Open Up Events This option bundles all open up events together into one variable charted on the report Click Through Events Select one of these options Separate data sources per link This option creates separate variables for each click through event that is tracked Bundle all links in one data source This option bundles all click through events together into one variable charted on the report gt Action Tracking Events Select one of these options LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 180 Section 12 Completed Jobs Separate data sources per link This option creates separate variables for each action event that is tracked Bundle all links in one data source This option bundles all action events together into one variable charted on the report Note Action Events are part of the new Action Tracking feature For details
480. s the greatest of all given Number arguments Return Type Number Arguments e argl This argument can be of type Number or Number Set and its the first argument to find the maximum of Further arguments are optional e arg2 This argument can be of type Number or Number Set and its the second argument to find the maximum of e argN This argument can be of type Number or Number Set and is the Nth argument to find the maximum of If any of the arguments are a set of numbers then the maximum will be determined over all numbers in this set and any other arguments if present Examples Max 3 4 Max 17 22 4 Max 82 amp VALUE 7 Min Min argl arg2 argN Function Returns the smallest of all given Number arguments Return Type Number Arguments e argl This argument can be of type Number or Number Set and its the first argument to find the minimum of Further arguments are optional LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 274 Section 18 Calculation Formulas e arg2 This argument can be of type Number or Number Set and its the second argument to find the minimum of e argN This argument can be of type Number or Number Set and its the Nth argument to find the minimum of If any of the arguments is a set of numbers then the minimum will be determined over all numbers in this set and any other arguments if present Examples Min 13 2 Min 16 29 4 Min 72 amp VALUE
481. s to the corresponding other list To add jobs to the report click on a job in the Available Jobs box and drag it to the Report over these jobs box Click Apply when you are finished To remove a job from the Report over these jobs box simply drag and drop it in the Available Jobs box Click Apply when you are finished Tip It is possible to combine data from different jobs into one report from this screen Different jobs can be combined into one data source or they can each have their own data sources depending on what the report is set up to compare LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 189 Section 13 Tracking Reports Figure 13 6 Dragging and Dropping Available Jobs Report over these jobs 080716D Forward to a Friend tracking 070619A Weekly Newletter 060712E Another job for generating stat 060711A Auto repeat job to get decent r 060906A Newsletter Drop to add to selected jobs lt ANB 8 Available Jobs lt No Category gt v 080716C Test for Forward to a Friend tre 080716B Send to Dataset 080618D Bi Weekly Newsletter 060906 Newsletter Iw To include specific job data in the report click on one of the following options in the Include the following job data section Tracking Events This requires additional information to be defined See below for details Total Number of Sent Messages This includes all sent messages regard
482. se accessed by LISTSERV Target Groups Display the list of currently available target groups Bounce Processing Define the bounce processing strategy for the Recipient Warehouse The Utility menu lets you create new and manage drop in content and sender profiles plus it lets you change your account password The options available vary depending on where you are in the application and what function you are performing The possible options are New Content Template Sub menu for creating new content templates Create Empty Template Create a new empty content template Create Template Based on Mail Job Create a new content template that is based on the message definition of an existing mail job Upload Template Create a new content template by uploading a content template definition file ZIP file Content Templates Show the list of currently available content templates New Drop in Content Create new drop in Drop ins Display the list of currently available drop ins New Sender Profile Create a new sender profile Sender Profiles Display the list of currently available sender profiles Change Password Change the password of the current user account Print Page Print the current page About LISTSERV Maestro Show detailed information about the current LISTSERV Maestro version LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual Section 2 Understanding th
483. sed on such a target group then the type of each merge field is already defined by the profile field s type which was defined during creation of the associated dataset or hosted recipient list Profile fields of type Number have the expression type Number Profile fields of type Text have the expression type Text Profile fields of type Boolean have the expression type Boolean Profile fields of type Single Selection have the expression type Text Profile fields of type Multiple Selection have the expression type Text Set This determination of the type is already done during parsing of the formula e If the formula is used in a Calc system drop in with the recipients types uploaded CSV text file or LISTSERV Maestro selects from a database then the type of the field is determined by the field s content as follows If the field s content can be interpreted as a number the type Number will be used If it cannot be interpreted as a number or is empty the type Text will be used which for an empty content will then be an empty text string Consequently if the merge field appears in a location of the formula where a Number type is expected you need to ensure that the field s content can be interpreted as a number for all recipients Otherwise the field will have the type Text for some recipients which would usually cause the calculation of the formula and the delivery of the job to fail This determinati
484. ses drop ins to pull content into the message just in time before delivery Different content can be used with auto repeat jobs to mail constantly changing content to a list of recipients without editing the other parts of a job Examples of these types of jobs are provided below 8 2 5 3 Dynamic Recipients Example A bank or credit union could employ dynamic recipient lists for sending a generic Your account balance is negative warning message on the first of each month to only those recipients who have a negative account balance on that day To set up such an auto repeat job create a job with static content telling the recipients that their account balance is negative possibly using the balance value as a merge field pulled from the customer database Use a recipient definition that is just in time and that selects exactly those recipients from the database where the account balance is negative Next schedule this job to be delivered at a certain hour of the first day of the next month with a repeat interval of one month After the initial authorization of that first job the mail would automatically go out at the set hour of the first of each month to only the recipients with a negative account balance 8 2 5 4 Dynamic Content Example A weather report service could employ dynamic content to automatically mail the daily weather forecast to all subscribers on their list To set up this type of auto repeat job create a job with conten
485. sis text for example Cycling Poker Windsurfing and 3 more Subscribers without any selection would get a customized default text lt no hobby selected gt Multiple Selection Field Advanced Set Operators This set of operators allows for the creation of drop ins to personalize content for recipients based on their selections from the multiple selection field This is a complex yet very powerful tool that can be used to send specialized content to individual recipients based on their recipient data For example in a message to subscribers who selected a hobby or hobbies from the selection list a special advertisement for Hawaiian vacations for those who selected surfing as one of their choices will be included Hobbyists LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 246 Section 16 Advanced Use of System Drop Ins without surfing as a selection will not receive the ad but will receive another general advertisement This type of system drop in is based upon comparing two sets The first set of items is taken from the multiple selection list and the second set of items is created by the user The two sets two groups of items can then be compared using four different operators to see what relationship they have to one another The outcome of this comparison can be either true or false and will determine which content is dropped into which message The name of this version of drop in is a directive with
486. split job The bulk of the recipients are reserved for the main variant while only a smaller part of the recipients are evenly divided LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 34 Section 4 Using LISTSERV Maestro to Define an Email Job among the sampling variants The sampling variants are authorized and delivered first while the main variant is held back The tracking results of the sampling variants are then used to assess the success of each variant just like a normal A B split job With these results you can copy the content of the most successful sampling variant into the main variant maybe with some additional changes After this is done you can finally authorize the delivery of the main variant which contains the bulk of the recipients By holding off the delivery of the main variant you can use the insight gained from the sampling variants so that the bulk of the recipients receive the message that has proven most successful in contrast to normal A B splitting where the insight can only be utilized for the next job The drawback of A B split sampling is that some recipients will get the message earlier the recipients that are used in the sampling variants while the bulk of the recipients will receive the message later when the main variant is authorized and delivered The A B Split Job Details screen screen lets you access the details of an A B split job so that you can view and edit the various job parts
487. ssary to grant permission to use the applet every time HTML files are uploaded in a new browser session 3 Grant permission to install and run HTML Upload Applet for the first time only Check Always trust content from L Soft Germany GmbH to prevent the dialog box from re appearing Click Yes to continue 4 Browse a local drive for the file select the file to upload and then click OK If there are any image files that are linked remotely or embedded from local files then a screen will appear listing each and asking whether to proceed with the upload Click Yes The HTML message will then appear in the HTML box 5 Review the Load Properties and then click Yes to continue 6 Review the Load Results and then click Yes to continue The LISTSERV Maestro applet will also check to ensure internal and external references to linked or embedded image files are valid Linked files are not sent with the message embedded files are sent with the message One advantage of using linked files is that the message will be smaller However a live Internet connection is necessary to view linked files If the image server is down they will not be visible In addition some firewalls strip HTML messages that contain links to outside sources thus rendering the image invisible Embedded files on the other hand will be visible without a live Internet connection and if the image server is down They will make the message larger but they will not i
488. ssible to download the validated recipient list and the list containing recipients who have been rejected If available a sample of the recipient list will appear at the bottom of the screen Figure 5 17 The Summary Screen for an Uploaded Text File Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Recipients Details Summary rs Summary summary of the recipients information Click the Finish button to save this as new recipients definition for your job Recipients File Source File Name subscribers bday dataset txt Upload Date Time Aug 10 2006 Special Purpose Columns E mail Column EMAIL Name Column lt not defined gt Usage of Recipients Data Used for mail merging and tracking Validation Results Valid recipients will be used for delivery 38 download Recipients with errors ignored during delivery 0 download Duplicate Elimination Selected Duplicate Elimination Do not remove duplicates Define Duplicate Elimination Recipient Sample EMAIL FNAME LNAME DOB Anna maestro demo lsoft com Anna Anchor 03 17 1972 Bobimaestro demo Isoft com Bob Bouchard 03 31 1981 Chuck maestro dema lsoft com Chuck Cho 7 15 1983 Darren maestro demo lsoft com Darren Donagel 6 8 1960 Evelynimaestro demo Isoft com Evelyn Eavensong 03 17 1950 Frank maestro demo lsoft com Frank Fortuna 2 10 1964 Gina maestro dema lsoft com Gina Gallino 04 10 1982 Hilda maestro demoa lsoft com Hilda Hines 2 7 1972 Ines maestro dem
489. ssion constructs that are supported by LISTSERV Maestro please see the online help Return Type Boolean Arguments text This argument can be of type Text and its the text string to match regexp This argument can be of type Text and it the regular expression to use Examples Matches a longer text longer Matches amp VALUE sample ReplaceText ReplaceText arg oldtext newtext Function Searches for all occurrences of oldtext in the given arg and replaces these occurrences with newtext If arg is a single text then the replacement is performed in this text and the result is returned If arg is a Text Set then the replacement is performed individually on all texts in the set and the resulting set is returned Return Type Text or Text Set LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 279 Section 18 Calculation Formulas Arguments arg This argument can be of type Text or Text Set and its the text or set of texts to search in oldtext This argument can be of type Text and its the text that will be replaced newtext This argument can be of type text and its the text that will replace all occurrences of oldtext Examples ReplaceText abc def abc def abc xyz Substring Substring originaltext startindex endindex Function Returns a text substring that has been extracted from the given original text string according to the other argument
490. st follow these additional rules LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 311 Appendix C About Comma Separated Format Recipient Files Any character except for the separator character can be used as the quote character quotation marks or apostrophe are conventional This character must be used both as the opening and closing quote and must be used for all quoted fields in the file A field must be quoted if it fulfills any of these two conditions If the field contains the separator character in the value then the field must be quoted If the field contains the quote character in the value and this quote character is also the first character of the value then the field must be quoted This also means that if the field contains the quote character but it s not as the first character then it is not necessary to quote the field It is not necessary that all fields are quoted Only fields that fall into one of the two cases described above have to be quoted However it is legal to also quote fields which do not fulfill these conditions Usually one of two styles is used One style quotes all fields both the ones that have to be quoted and the ones which do not while the other style quotes only those fields which have to be quoted all others are left unquoted LISTSERV Maestro is able to understand both of these styles and also mixes of the two styles as long as the rules described here are followed
491. sted Recipient List Create a new Hosted Recipient List in this dataset Create Hosted LISTSERV List Create a new Hosted LISTSERV List in this dataset Create Category Create a new category either in the currently selected category or in the root of the dataset tree Convert or Clone Standard LISTSERV List Covert an existing non hosted LISTSERV list into a Hosted LISTSERV List or creates a Hosted LISTSERV List as a clone of an existing non hosted LISTSERV list without changing the original list Browse Edit Confirmed Members Browse through the members of the dataset and edit them manually Browse Confirmed Members Browse through the members of the dataset Add Single Member Add a single new member to the dataset New Member Import Add update or delete members in the dataset by uploading or importing a file Import Members Now Open the Import Members wizard where you can define which members to import at this moment LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual Section 2 Understanding the LISTSERV Maestro Interface New Member Importer Define member importer for future use Member Importers Display list of member importers for the selected dataset Download all Members Download the current members of the dataset Team Collaboration Define the team collaboration settings for the dataset Refresh and Manage Linked LISTSERV Lists Define whi
492. stro Time zone given as GMT offset see General time zone Time zone given as RFC 882 4 digit notation see RFC 822 time zone Examples The following examples show how date and time patterns are interpreted in the default U S locale with the U S Pacific Time time zone The given date and time are 2001 07 04 12 08 56 local time in that time zone Date and Time Pattern Result yyyy MM dd G at HH mm ss z 2001 07 04 AD at 12 08 56 PDT EEE MMM d Wed Jul 4 01 h mm a 12 08 PM hh o oclock a ZAZA 12 o clock PM Pacific Daylight Time K mm a 0 08 PM PDT yyyyy MMMMM dd GGG hh mm aaa 02001 July 04 AD 12 08 PM EEE d MMM yyyy HH mm ss Z Wed 4 Jul 2001 12 08 56 0700 yyMMddHHmms s Z 010704120856 0700 18 6 3 Predefined Locales When specifying a locale to be used for date time formatting in ToDate or for parsing in ToMillis you can either specify the specific ISO codes of the desired country and language see ToDate and ToMillis or you can simply specify one of the following predefined locale names which stands as a shortcut for the given language and country combination Locale Name Language Country CANADA English en Canada CA CANADA FRENCH French fr Canada CA CHINA Chinese zh China CN FRANCE French fr France FR GERMANY Ger
493. stro administrator will be able to restore such an archived job and when it is restored the job will appear frozen in the state that it had at the moment it was archived for example no further tracking events will be collected for this job ning a New Job 4 2 1 Defining a Standard Job Once a new job has been created the next steps are to define the recipients of the message and create the email message itself unless these components are being based on an existing job Both of these operations must take place before defining any tracking data to be collected for reports Defining the sender and scheduling the delivery can take place at any time The Job Details screen displays either a Workflow or Summary diagram These diagrams serve to guide account holders through the proper sequence of events for defining an email job Both of these displays chart the process of creating an email job and contain links that allow each step to be edited The Workflow Diagram is a visual representation of the process of creating an email job To reach this diagram click on the Workflow tab from the Job Details screen Clickable icons represent each of the steps the order in which they must occur and the status of each step By clicking an icon on the Workflow diagram the account holder opens up a wizard in LISTSERV Maestro that defines and edits that step of the email job After the definition or editing has occurred the account holder will be returned t
494. t 13 1 3 1 Result Settings for Event Distribution over Time The Event distribution over time option produces a simple line graph showing the number of responses over time Time is plotted on the x axis of the chart and event statistics are charted on the y axis Options available for this report type include Result Calculation Defines how the number of events is calculated There are three choices Total number of events The y value of the graph will display the total number of events For example if 123 events have been counted for an interval the resulting line height for that interval on the y value will be 123 Percentage of the total number of messages sent The y value shows percentages in relation to the total number of messages sent For example if 300 messages were sent and if in an interval 150 events have been counted then the line height for that interval on the y value will be 5096 because 150 is 50 of 300 LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 194 User s Manual Section 13 Tracking Reports Note The percentage could be more than 100 if multiple event types are being W represented by a given data source or if single recipients produce multiple events Percentage of the total number of unbounced messages sent The y value shows percentages in relation to the total number of messages sent that have not been bounced For example if 300 messages were sent and 50 bounced th
495. t Delivery Notification Defines the default delivery notification e mail addresses for a new job to which a notification e mail is sent after delivery of the job Requires usage of the Advanced Options during job creation Default Team Collaboration Click on the following link to change the team Edit Recipients Definition Message Authoring Tracking Scheduling Testing Delivery Use in Reports Manage Variants Recipients Select the default recipient type for new jobs Figure 3 4 The Recipient Preferences Screen Recipient Preferences Set your individual recipient related preferences on this page Default Recipient Type Use the following recipient type Upload a recipients text file Content Select the default content type Plain Text or HTML default template default drop in tags as well as the default character set encoding Elect to have LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 24 Section 3 User Preferences HTML messages default to having alternative text or not using the options buttons and select whether or not to use the HTML Editor Figure 3 5 The Content Preferences Screen Content Preferences Set your individual content related preferences Default Content Type Use the following content type Plain Text Defaults for HTML Messages V Use text format alternative Defaults for HTML Editor O Use visual HTML editor
496. t European ISO 1 Note The given file name and path must be a valid path on the server running LISTSERV Maestro 5 5 3 Source Details When a text file is uploaded LISTSERV Maestro will try to determine how the columns of data are separated and how each column or field of data is labeled header on the Source Details screen LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual ssf Section 5 Defining Recipients of an Email Job Figure 5 13 The Source Details Screen for an Uploaded Text File Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Recipients Details Parse Recipients The uploaded source file needs to be interpreted correctly before being usable as a recipient list The preview below shows the result of the parsing performed using the settings specified on this page Character Encoding Column Separator and Quote Character The system will interpret the recipients file with standard encoding and will try to determine the separator and quote character automatically Specify encoding and separator quote manually Header Row 9 Yes the first row in the file contains the headers No the file does not have a header row Preview EMAIL FNAME LNAME DOB Anna maestro demo soft com Anchor 03 17 1972 Bob maestro demo lsoft com Bob Bouchard 03 31 1981 Chuck amp maestro demo lsoft com Chuck Cho 7 15 1983 Darren maestro demo I soft com Darren Donagel 6 8 1960 Evelyngmaestro demo Isoft
497. t Job go to the Completed Jobs screen and select the A B split Job not one of its variants that you want to work with The A B Split Job Details screen opens From here select Mail Job Comparison Report for Completed Variant Jobs The Job Comparison Report Settings Screen opens Note Once a Job Comparison report is created it can be added to the Dashboard for quick access see Section 2 2 2 1 Adding Reports to the Dashboard LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 178 Section 12 Completed Jobs 12 7 1 The Job Comparison Report Settings Screen Use the Job Comparison Report Settings screen to define the settings for the report 1 Select a report type Event distribution over time A simple line graph showing how event occurrence evolves over time Sum of events A bar graph that summarizes the number of recipients that clicked on each URL or opened up the email the number and size of displayed bars depends on how the statistics are bundled see choices below Figure 12 11 Job Comparison Report Settings Job Comparison Report Settings Define the settings for the comparison report you want to view for the selected jobs The comparison report will include 0608100 0609064 Report Type Event distribution over time Sum of events Show Reports Over Open Up events Click Through events all link Click Through events all link Open Up events and Click Tt Open Up
498. t have a single value Any field that was defined to allow subscribers to select more than one choice is classified as a multiple selection field To work around this situation a system drop in has been introduced to allow merging the information from a multiple selection field into the text of a message This system drop in is only usable if the recipient type of the mail job is a target group of the Based on Hosted Recipient List type There are three different versions of this drop in which provides access to the multiple fields in different ways Multiple Selection Field Count The name of this version of the drop in is a directive with the following syntax Multi FIELD NAME count Replace FIELD NAME with the name of the multiple selection field being used as the merge field For example a multiple selection field with the name hobbies would appear as Multi hobbies count The directive is case sensitive and requires this exact syntax and the correct drop in enclosing tags It will be replaced by the number of selections that each subscriber has made from the available choices of the profile field with the name FIELD If a subscriber has selected different items from the list the number 3 will be dropped in the message body Multiple Selection Field Enumerated The name of this version of the drop in is a directive with the following syntax Multi FIELD
499. t range of 0 255 is not enough to accommodate all letters from even the European languages at once therefore there is a need for more than a dozen different members of the ISO 8859 family Also 8 bit charsets do not take into account the other major language groups of the world such as Asian languages To address the limitations of 8 bit charsets recently the 16 bit charset Unicode with a range for 65536 characters has become more and more widespread This charset contains more or less all letters and characters from the most widely used languages as well as a set of symbols and other useful characters LISTSERV Maestro offers Unicode in the form of its UTF 8 variant UTF 8 is a transfer encoding for the 16 bit Unicode charset which maps Unicode characters to one two or more bytes in a way that more common characters like ASCII characters need fewer bytes than uncommon characters Again for convenience the first 128 characters of Unicode 0 127 are the same as in the ASCII charset while the first 256 characters 0 255 are the same as in ISO 8859 1 West European A large percentage of all other letters of world languages are assigned values from 256 to 65535 although not even the large range of Unicode is enough to accommodate all letters from all languages LISTSERV Maestro and International Character Sets What happens when international characters are used in email messages written and delivered in LISTSERV Maestro LIS
500. t that uses a drop in that pulls the text of the daily forecast from a Suitable source for example from a web server Next schedule this job to be delivered at a certain hour of the next day with a repeat interval of one day Before setting the hour LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 131 Section 8 Sender and Delivery Options of delivery check to make sure that the source of the weather forecast drop in is updated before the hour of the delivery time After the initial authorization of that first job the mail would automatically go out at the scheduled hour each day with a different forecast as pulled from the web server source by the drop in each day 8 2 5 5 Auto Repeat Jobs and Delivery Failures If delivery of an auto repeat job fails for any reason the failure is handled differently than with normal jobs A failed auto repeat job is marked failed as usual only itis automatically closed and transferred into the list of delivered jobs just as if it had been manually closed as a failed normal job If the end condition for the auto repeat has not yet been met a new copy is created and authorized for delivery after the corresponding delay interval just as if the delivery of the previous job had not failed See Section 11 2 Auto Repeat Jobs and Delivery Failures for more information on delivery failures Important No recipients found is a valid reason for a delivery failure However in the context o
501. t using the Save Statistic File screen After the file had been saved a message will appear saying the data has been successfully imported and saved as an Excel Workbook Click OK to close the message The new workbook has two sheets the first sheet shows the imported tracking data in chart form and the second sheet contains a table with the downloaded tracking data Figure 13 32 Example Excel Graph Event Distribution Over Time E3 Maswiedl t cel X15 GB oe t wem twat lunt 1b Qut ain D OSS GAY ME wr A fa Ge pm x 3 z or Te l J BO tead Notis Overt roe Sates Gate le Ren LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 218 Section 13 Tracking Reports Figure 13 33 Example Excel Data Table I pU OSE GAP IRE OreH BOP esu x y 2061 01 07 000000 41417 0 muns 000 qe naro 2009 09 07 000000 2000 0047 OP 90 qu 21 27 qe 1 41 08 woe 2000 01 07 000000 2000 0417 06 290 ut 4t 4 16 000 ut t 4 te OR 20000107 1900006 2000 047 11 220 uan 4 12 CT wer 0 4 12 VE 20041 47 122006 300 0 4T 13 9200 4t 47 14 0 06 2001 01 47 14 006 Wear iamo 000007197006 2061 01 47 t 0006 2001 01 07 16 0500 0001 37 175000 00 04 4717 890 2061 4147 120006 2061 4t 47 10 0006 2001 00 37 780000 0004027189000 2001 01 47 2001 01 07 200000 SAAT MOS vemena 2061 01 47 220000 2069 41 07 229
502. t will be read in Internet Explorer this browser is very forgiving of HTML coding errors If in doubt or if there is trouble selecting a tracking definition for a seemingly good link double check the HTML coding of the links An example of correct coding appears below a href http www lsoft com gt Link text goes here lt a gt Omitting the quotation marks would result in incompatible coding for LISTSERV Maestro tracking Important In order to upload HTML files into LISTSERV Maestro it is necessary to have A the Microsoft Java Virtual Machine MS JVM or Sun Microsystem s The Java Virtual Machine JVM installed This ensures that any accompanying image files for backgrounds banners icons diagrams and pictures will be automatically uploaded with the source code Most Windows systems manufactured before 2003 already have MS JVM installed If a system does not download The Java Virtual Machine from http java sun com getiava index html Before creating the actual HTML message you must enable it for HTML On the Define Message screen select the HTML icon The Message Content Type Settings screen opens Select the HTM Mail option and then select which editor mode you want to use for the HTML part not available when using the Safari browser To edit on the source code level with a normal text editor select HTML source code editor The advantage is that you have direct control over the HTML code the disadvantage is the
503. t with a different data source simply view the report again select that data source using the Change link and then use the Download icon to download the new report Figure 13 26 Download Report Results Screen Report Tracking data for Auto repeat job to get decent reports Download Report Result Report of type Details of Recipients that Triggered Events During the Time Period Data source Open Up Events To download the report result click the Download button for the desired format below The report result can be downloaded in two different formats e As a PDF file which contains the report chart with the first result rows up to 100 for easy distribution or printing e As a zipped CSV text file which contains the raw report data of all result rows in form of comma separated values CSV for import into 3rd party tools for example Excel for further analysis For CSV text file download you first have to select the file encoding to be used to format the result Download as PDF ASCII American ii Download as Text File CSV Executed Jul 25 2008 05 21 45 PM Including events from Jul 11 2006 11 01 00 AM until Jul 12 2006 01 31 00 AM 8 To download as PDF click the Download PDF button To download as a text file select the file encoding for the download from the drop down menu and then click the Download as Text File CSV button to begin downloading the data When downloaded as a text fi
504. t your administrator for assistance 8 1 4 Advanced Sender Defined Mail Header Settings The Advanced Sender Defined Mail Header Settings are disabled by default Click the corresponding link to enable the advanced settings Once enabled the advanced settings can be disabled by clicking the disable link This section lets you define additional user defined mail headers following the X Header convention as described in RFC822 These mail headers will be added to the mail headers of the message during delivery Header Override This allows you to override the value of the To header for all recipients Normally the To header will contain the recipient s address and optionally also his name so that for each recipients an individual To header is used If a sender override for the To header is defined the same value will be used for all recipients The value you specify will be used without any changes i e you have to make sure to provide a value that is valid for the To header following the MIME header rules Note The To header override is ignored if the recipients type is Send to an Existing m3 LISTSERV list of the type Send job as standard list message to list members X Headers This allows you to define additional sender defined mail headers following the X Header convention as described in RFC822 Enter the header name including the leading X which is mandatory in the X Header Name
505. ted from the very beginning of the report period until the end of the interval This means that the curve may only rise but never fall However as events get more and more sparse with each proceeding report period the curve will become less and less steep until it tapers out into an almost horizontal line O In the Include Data Sources For section select the type and the bundling of events to appear in the report Open Up Events This option bundles all open up events together into one variable charted on the report Click Through Events Select one of these options Separate data sources per link This option creates separate variables for each click through event that is tracked Bundle all links in one data source This option bundles all click through events together into one variable charted on the report LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 175 Section 12 Completed Jobs Action Tracking Events Select one of these options Separate data sources per link This option creates separate variables for each action event that is tracked Bundle all links in one data source This option bundles all action events together into one variable charted on the report In the Additional Statistics section check any of the following options to have additional statistics appear in the report Number of Sent Messages This option adds the number of messages that were sent with the
506. tem drop in can not be used in messages that use conditional blocks of the style BB EB The only system merge fields beginning with amp allowed in the message are amp TO amp URLENCODE and amp INDEX 16 5 Multiple Selection Fields WARNING The system drop in for the multiple selection fields has been deprecated It New is still available for backwards compatibility with existing email jobs For LISTSERV Maestro 4 0 please use the Formula Calculation system drop in Calc with the Count and SetToStringWithMaxLen functions as well as the lt gt lt lt gt and gt set comparison operators Table 16 1 Multiple Selection Field Replacements Previous Versions Version 4 0 and higher Multiple Selection Field Count use Calc with the Count function Multiple Selection Field Enumerated use Calc with the SetToStringWithMaxLen function LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 243 Section 16 Advanced Use of System Drop Ins Previous Versions Version 4 0 and higher Multiple Selection Field Advanced use Calc with the lt gt lt lt gt and Set Operators gt set comparison operators You can also use the Count amp FIELD 0 function to check for the empty set Normally multiple selection fields cannot be used for mail merging Mail merging is only compatible with fields tha
507. templates are shared among all members of a group Sender Profiles These options are only available if the system administrator has given the user permission to define sender profiles Sender profiles are shared among all members of a group A group member does not need permission to create new sender profiles in order to use existing profiles Drop In Content Elements These options are only available if the system administrator has given the user permission to create new drop in content elements Drop ins are shared among all members of a group A group member does not need permission to create new drop ins in order to use any existing drop ins Change Password This option is only available if the system administrator has given the user permission to change his or her password e Print This option will print the current page 15 1 Managing Content Templates To open the Manage Content Templates screen click on Utility gt Content Templates The Manage Content Templates screen lists all currently available content templates for editing and other management of the templates To access this screen click on the Utility menu from the Toolbar and then select Content Templates The user defined templates are the content templates that can actually be used in the content definition of a mail job These templates are located at the top of the Manage Content Templates screen Figure 15 1 Managing User Defined Templates Manage
508. terface may be displayed with fonts that appear too small To display the user interface with the original font sizes please set the Netscape or Mozilla browser to a text zoom factor of 13096 Go to the View menu select Text Zoom and then Other Input the value 130 HTML Upload Uploading of an HTML page as the content of a HTML mail message happens with a Java based upload applet This applet is executed on the client computer where the Netscape or Mozilla browser is running and it is started automatically by the browser when the Upload HTML button is clicked For Netscape and Mozilla on Linux to be able to start and run this Java applet you must have the Java 1 4 or later plugin installed The applet will not work with the Java 1 3 plugin Please go to Sun s Java pages at http java sun com or to the homepage of your browser to learn how to install the Java plugin LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 321 Appendix F Using Netscape or Mozilla Browsers with a Linux Client LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 322 Appendix G Tips for Creating a Successful Email Marketing Campaign Build your list internally even if it takes time so the quality of your recipient list remains at a high level Keep an accurate audit of how your company received permission to contact the subscribers of the lists some people forget they signed up to receive information Make membership to your l
509. th LISTSERV Maestro A system template can not be used for content definition directly but they can be copied and used as a base for a new user defined template LEN Note For information on creating message templates see the Interface Customization Manual for LISTSERV Maestro 15 2 Managing Sender Profiles To open the Manage Sender Profiles screen click on Utility Sender Profiles This screen displays a list of all saved profiles Figure 15 2 The Manage Sender Profiles Screen Manage Sender Profiles All defined profiles for your account Click on a profile to edit delete it Profile Title Date Time saved Manager Sep 11 2006 Sample Sep 11 2006 Test Sep 11 2006 To add a new profile to the list click on Utility New Sender Profile To edit an existing profile click on the title of the profile you want to edit Fill in the following fields Profile Title Enter a title that will identify the profile when it appears on the saved profiles list Email Address Enter the email address of the sender of the message Sender Name This is an optional field but if it is filled in then the sender s name will appear in the from field of the email message If the sender name is left blank then the from field will be filled in with the email address LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 226 Section 15 Utilities Reply To Address This is an optional field Include an email addres
510. th of the converted set does not exceed a certain limit For example the maximum of 900 characters if the formula is used in a Calc system drop in or 100 characters if the formula is used in the derivation rule of a derived profile field Return Type Text Arguments set This argument can be of type Number Set or Text Set and its the set that is to be converted into a text maxlen This argument can be of type Number and its the maximum length for the resulting text If a positive maxlen is supplied then the returned text will never be longer than this value although it may be shorter if there are not enough elements in the set If 0 or a negative maxlen is supplied the returned text will always be an empty text string omissionText This argument can be of type Text If at least one of the elements from the set has to be left out from the enumeration because of the specified maxlen then this omissionText will be appended to the resulting text to signify that some values have been left out this argument is optional 5 Note The length of the omission text also counts against the given maximum length So w if an omission text is to be appended because some values have been left out but with the omission text the result would then be too long then even more values will be left out until there is enough space to fit in the omission text too If you do not want an omission text to appear at all then specify an e
511. that the moment for an email job delivery be determined outside of LISTSERV Maestro For example if the message content is defined as a drop in file that is generated by an external process then the job should not be delivered until this file has been successfully completed Because of circumstances like this you now have the ability to schedule the email job s delivery for a future time that will be determined after the email job has been approved Note To enable an email job for this type of delivery see Section 8 2 Scheduling Delivery of a Job 9 6 1 Triggering the Delivery Manually To manually trigger the delivery of an email job go to the Ongoing Jobs screen and click on the job s ID This opens the Ongoing Job Details screen From here click on the Mail Job menu and select Trigger Job Delivery Click OK to confirm the delivery User s Manual LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 146 Section 9 Testing and Authorizing Delivery To manually trigger the delivery of an A B Split Job go to the Ongoing Jobs screen and click on the A B Job ID The A B Split Job Details screen opens From here click on the Mail Job menu and select Trigger Delivery of Authorized A B Split Job Variants Click OK to confirm the delivery Figure 9 10 Manually Triggering the Delivery of an A B Split Job MailJob Report Recipient Warehouse Utility Back To Logout 3 New B Open Jobs 8 Ongoing Jobs M3 Completed Jobs
512. the Datasets option on the Recipient Warehouse menu is active For more information on the Dataset menu see Section 2 1 The Toolbar By clicking this option you will open the Recipient Dataset screen Figure 14 1 The Recipient Datasets Screen Recipient Datasets This page contains all recipient datasets in your warehouse Click on a recipient dataset to open it Dataset Name Description Members Sample dataset just a sample 10 000 To open a dataset click on its name The options available for the dataset vary depending on the permissions granted to your account These permissions include Customize Subscriber Pages If this permission is granted for your account then you will be able to customize any subscriber pages associated with the dataset and its hosted lists This means that from the Recipient Dataset Details screen you will be able to access the Membership Area Layout tab and the Subscriber Access URLs option will be active on the Dataset menu For more information of customizing subscriber pages see the Interface Customization Manual For more information on the Subscriber Access URLs option see Section 11 Giving Subscribers Access to URLs in the Data Administrator s Manual Add Remove Subscribers If this permission is granted for your account then you will be able to add new member to the dataset or new subscribers to the hosted lists LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual
513. the RSS feed The abstract must contain only plain text and will be included in the message as an additional text file attachment with the file name abstract txt using the same character encoding language setting as is used for the main body of the message Note This feature is only available for jobs where the recipients type is set to Send to an existing LISTSERV list as a standard message RSS Abstract The message you enter must be plain text only and should be a short and concise overview about the full message content In addition you should not rely on text formatting like indentations or linebreaks as RSS feed readers may not display these correctly Click OK to submit your message or Cancel to return to the Define Message screen without submitting any changes LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 102 User s Manual Section 6 Defining amp Editing the Message for an Email Job The abstract will be added to the message in the form of a special attachment that is of the text type and that uses the filename abstract txt This attachment will be recognized by LISTSERV when the message is posted to the list and LISTSERV will retrieve the text from the attachment and use it as the RSS abstract for the submitted message Notes This attachment will also be visible to all subscribers of the list who receive the W message as a normal email In this case the attachment will be displayed in the
514. the field has a value false if not Return Type Boolean Arguments e amp MERGE FIELD type irrelevant This argument must be the name of a merge field complete with the starting amp and the closing It can not be a constant value a number text boolean or set If this function is used in a Calc system drop in of a job with recipients of type Upload a Recipient Text File or Select Recipients from a database or target group recipients that base on one of these types then you can use any of the merge fields that exist in this job as an argument for the IsSupplied function The function will then return true if the given merge field was empty either in the uploaded comma separated text file or in the corresponding database cell If however this function is used in a Calc system drop in of a job with target group recipients that are based on a dataset or a hosted recipients list or if the function is used in the condition tree of such a target group then you can not specify merge fields which are defined as mandatory or with the type boolean because such fields do by definition always have a supplied value So using them with this function LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 291 Section 18 Calculation Formulas A does not make sense as the function would always return true for these fields anyway Examples IsSupplied amp FIELD NAME SecondaryVal
515. the following syntax Multi not FIELD NAME OP COMPARE SET TRUE TEXT FALSE TEXT The directive is case sensitive and requires this exact syntax and the correct drop in enclosing tags Note The brackets around the word not are not part of the syntax but they are used W to denoted that the word not itself is optional meaning that it can be included without brackets or not Replace FIELD_NAME with the name of the multiple selection field being used as the merge field The content of this field for any given subscriber defines the content of the first set of the comparison Replace oP with the set operator you want to employ for the comparison Available operators are without the quotes e Equality Checks if the two sets are equal Two sets are equal only if they contain exactly the same elements e lt Subset Checks if the first set is a subset of the second set The first set is a subset of the second set if the first set is fully contained in the second set all elements from the first set also are in the second set Note If two sets are equal then the subset condition is also true meaning that the two equal sets are always also trivial subsets of each other Except for the trivial case of equality the first set is smaller than the second set gt Superset Checks if the first set is a superset of the second set The first set is a superset of th
516. the four groups and add the point balances for each individual BB amp CURRENT POINTS 800 Content for recipients eligible for both a watch and digital camera Congratulations You have already collected amp CURRENT POINTS points This means you are eligible to receive both a free watch and digital camera Pick up your gifts at your nearest SuperMarket and don t forget to bring your bonus card with you After collecting your gifts you ll still have Calc amp CURRENT POINTS 800 points left ELSE BB amp CURRENT_POINTS gt 500 Content for recipients eligible for widget or digital camera Congratulations With your amp CURRENT_POINTS point balance you are eligible for a free watch which will leave you with Calc amp CURRENT POINTS 300 points remaining You also qualify for a free digital camera which will leave you with Calc amp CURRENT POINTS 500 points remaining ELSE BB amp CURRENT_POINTS gt 300 Content for recipients eligible for widget only You are on track With your current point balance of amp CURRENT POINTS you are eligible for a free watch which will leave you Cale amp CURRENT POINTS 300 points or you can collect Calc 500 amp CURRENT_POINTS more points to qualify for a digital camera ELSE Content for recipients eligible for no gifts yet Keep going You already have amp CURRENT POINTS collected Only another Calc 300
517. the function descriptions for details Usage To include a function in a formula simply type the function name possibly followed by an argument list in parenthesis See the function description for details concerning whether arguments are required by a certain function and what they mean E Note Function names are case sensitive and any parenthesis enclosing the argument w list must immediately follow the function name without any space in between Examples Abs 20 Max 15 amp AGE ToLower Convert this string to ALL Lowercase Min 10 11 amp SIZE A amp SIZE B Available Functions The currently available functions are described in Formula Functions New 18 3 7 Target Group Parameter Expressions Restriction Target group parameter expressions are only allowed if the formula is used in the condition tree of a Dataset or Hosted Recipient List target group They must not be used in a formula of a Calc system drop in Type Either Number or Text depending on how the parameter is specified see below Usage A target group parameter is a parameter that is specified during target group definition but whose value is not yet known at that time The parameter will later be filled out with content by a user choice made in the recipients wizard when the target group is used for recipient definition To include a target group parameter in a formula simply type the name of the parameter enclosed in double curly br
518. the matching mail type will be included Select Ignore if you do not want to filter over the mail type Figure 12 2 Advanced Filter Settings Completed Jobs Advanced Filter Settings Define filter settings to restrict the displayed list of jobs that have been completed Filters are inactive All jobs that have been completed will be displayed Filters are active Only jobs that have been completed and match the following filters will be displayed Job ID starts with Job Title contains Date Time of Sending From Ito mm dd yyyy hh mm Recipients Count Range From i to gl Job State Ignore Owner lt Ignore gt Mail Type lt Ignore gt Leave a filter empty or select lt Ignore gt to ignore it for filtering For a range filter with From and to leave both fields empty to ignore it Leave empty only one field to define a range with only the given lower or upper bound Note If you define any filter settings and later set the filter to inactive then the filter w settings will still be remembered which means you can easily activate them again at a later time 12 2 Auto Repeat Sequences in the Delivered Jobs List Only the first job of an auto repeat sequence is normally shown in the list of completed jobs This is to avoid making the list overly long filled with many jobs with the same job title but with different Job IDs and delivery times The first job of a sequence is marke
519. the next LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 290 Section 18 Calculation Formulas e countrycode This argument can be of type Text and its an uppercase two letter 150 3166 country code specifying the country for the locale For example see here http www iso org iso country codes iso 3166 code lists htm for one list of the 150 3316 country codes If Ilangcode countrycode are specified they are used to create a locale for the given language and country and any locale specific text in datetext will be expected according to this locale Examples ToMillis February 22 2004 MMMM dd yyyy parses the given date using the default U S locale ToMillis Februar 22 2004 MMMM dd yyyy Germany parses the given date using the pre defined locale for Germany ToMillis februari 22 2004 MMMM dd yyyy de AT parses the given date using a custom locale for language de German and country AT Austria If IsDate amp FIELD MMMM dd yyyy ToMillis amp FIELD MMMM dd yyyy 9 checks if FIELD contains a date that can be parsed with the given pattern and the default U S locale and if so returns the numerical representation of this date otherwise returns the default zero 0 IsSupplied IsSupplied amp MERGE_FIELD Function Checks if the merge field with the given name has a value or not Returns true if
520. the same as the previous job Click Next gt to continue 5 4 3 Source Details The Source Details screen varying depending on the type of recipient definition that was copied Make changes to the selections if necessary Click Next gt to continue 5 4 4 Recipients Details The Recipients Details screen will be dependent on the type of recipient definition that was copied Some recipient definitions do not use a Recipients Details screen It is possible to make changes in the selections available on the Recipients Details screen or leave the selections the same as the previous job Click Next gt to continue 5 4 5 Summary The Summary screen will be dependent on the type of recipient definition that was copied 5 5 Upload a Recipients Text File Recipients can be added to LISTSERV Maestro by uploading a text file Text files can be formatted as plain text with the extension TXT or as a comma separated values file with the extension csv For information on how to format text files see Appendix C About Comma Separated Format Recipient Files 5 5 1 Options The first screen that opens in the Define Recipients wizard is the Options screen 5 5 2 Source The Source screen that opens contains two options Define recipients now creates a static list of recipients at the moment of definition that will not change unless re defined LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual E Section 5 Defining Recipients of an
521. these addresses The same address may be used in more than one row The subject line for a test message can be changed Changing the test subject line will not affect the subject line of the final message The optional test line allows the user to enter a line of text that will appear above the body of the message when it is delivered Use this to recognize test messages and different versions of test messages If nothing is entered into the optional test line box then no text is added to the test messages A test line will never be added to a final email job Notes If the message is an HTML message with a text alternative then a new option on the Delivery Test screen lets a separate email be sent to each test address with alternative text If this new option Send additional plain text mail with alternative text is checked then the test mail will be sent out in two versions The first version will be the normal HTML mail including the text alternative and the second version will be a plain text mail that contains only the alternative text Each test delivery recipient will receive these two mails allowing the test recipients to view both the normal HTML mail as well as what the alternative text would look like for a recipient where the email client strips away the HTML part and only displays the text alternative When sending a test for a job with Forward to a Friend enabled several copies of the test will be sent to each address the
522. time If the job was supposed to stop auto repeating at a time that has passed before the system startup then the system will not find a next available delivery time for re scheduling In that case the job will fail with a message to that effect LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 133 Section 8 Sender and Delivery Options LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 134 Section 9 Testing and Authorizing Delivery is a large job being distributed to many recipients or a message with large amounts of data Large jobs take up a lot of server time and space and affect many email hosts and individual recipients Sending out a less than perfect message can create a very negative reaction among recipients and damage an institution s credibility and reputation As a safeguard LISTSERV Maestro will not allow an email job to be authorized before a test of the job has been sent out and approved Any changes to contents recipients or sender require a new test to make sure that the changes were effective I tis critically important to test an email job thoroughly before sending it especially if it 9 1 Delivery Testing for a Job To test an email job click on the Delivery Test icon on the Workflow diagram or the Test link in the Test Status section of the Summary diagram Figure 9 1 The Delivery Test Screen Delivery Test Message Spam Rating Check if your configured spam filters would classify the messa
523. time period set on this screen By default LISTSERV Maestro uses the send time of the original job as the start time and the send time of the current job as the end time By changing one or both of these default settings it is possible to narrow the number of recipients of the current job because they will have had a limited amount of time to react Tip Use the Time Period Details screen as a means of measuring the reaction to a time D based offer in an email message For example a message could contain a link to a discount coupon with an expiration date By setting the time period to the range of time that the coupon is valid it would be possible to collect tracking data on those who clicked on the link within the time frame so that a follow up could be sent It would also be possible to send a follow up message to those who did not click within the time frame with another offer or extension Select a Start Time use the original job s send time or enter in another date time Next select an End Time use the new job s send time or enter in another date time Select the time zone that the time values are relative to from the drop down menu This selection is only necessary if the start and end times have been input and are not the original or current jobs times Click Next gt to continue 5 3 4 Recipient Details Once LISTSERV Maestro knows which recipients to select from the previous mailing then the next steps are to define the
524. tion 17 Using Conditional Blocks The syntax for a basic LISTSERV Maestro conditional block looks like this bb condition to be evaluated text to be included when the condition is met eb The ELSE command is used to execute the code in the block if the condition is false Instead of not including any text if the condition is false a different text can be included For example if you wanted to add the recipient s name to the salutation of a message so the greeting starts with Dear fullname but not all of the recipient records have a name entered in the fullname field then the use of a conditional block can ensure a salutation for all messages Those recipients that have a name in the fullname field condition is true would receive a message with their name inserted and those that do not have a name in the field condition is false can have a generic greeting inserted into the message instead Such a conditional block might look like this Table 17 2 Example of a Conditional Block bb amp fullname Begin block directive Ampersand and column name represents the recipient data to perform the operation on Operator characters that represent the operation performed on the data In this case the conditional expression checks that the value in the fullname column is not equal to an empty string or is not blank Dear amp fullname The text to be inserted if the condition is true
525. tions for the Open Jobs Screen LISTSERV Maestro 3 0 Mail Job amp New B Open Jobs amp ongoing Jobs e not been authorized for delivery Click on the Job ID to resume working on the selected si iii i i Report Recipient Warehouse Utility LISTSERV Back To Preferences Logout Mg Completed Jobs Multiple Job Actions gt Edit Category Of All Selected Jobs Edit Team Collaboration Of All Selected Jobs Y Advanced Filter S Delete All Selected Jobs Select All Job ID Aail Type Authorization Due By Unselect All 9610304 Sam Disable multiple Job Actions Nov 15 2006 08 00 00 AM 0610114 October Newsletter holly Plain O 0609078 Sample Job holly Plain O 0608294 Test Job 2 holly HTML Aug 31 2006 08 00 00 AM D60504C This job is overdue jht Plain May 4 2006 07 13 00 AM 0605048 Another job which is due in the future jht Plain Jun 18 2006 06 15 00 AM An open sample job with a due date Ene 0605044 quite a while in the future jht Plain Jan 1 2007 12 10 00 PM 10 3 The Open Job Journal LISTSERV Maestro now provides you with a Job Journal that lists all previous events in the selected job s history beginning with the job s creation in the system All changes to the job are recorded together with information about the user who performed the change and what part of the job was changed In addition each record is reported with
526. title and a job ID C reating and sending customized email messages with LISTSERV Maestro is a The message is created and recipients are defined Tracking is set up if desired The sender of the message is defined e Testing takes place The message is scheduled for delivery Final approval is recorded and when the scheduled time arrives the message is delivered Delivery and tracking data if requested can then be retrieved as messages are received and opened by recipients 4 1 Starting a Job To begin creating a new email job click Mail Job New from the Toolbar By default the individual who initiates a new email job becomes the owner of that job A job owner e Automatically has the rights privileges to all the different functions of the job from assigning a job title to final approval for delivering the message e 15 the only account holder that can change the Job Title and Job ID e 15 the only account holder that can designate team members that are allowed to participate in creating the job called Team Collaboration e 15 the only account besides the Administrator account that can delete a job The first step to creating a new job is to assign it a Job Title and a Job ID Prefix A Job Title is the way individual users identify specific jobs by name The Job Title can be composed of letters and numbers and may contain spaces The Job ID is generated by the system to ensure each ID is unique
527. tm for one list of the 150 3316 country codes If langcode and countrycode are specified they are used to create a locale for the given language and country and any locale specific text in datetext will be expected according to this locale Examples IsDate February 22 2004 MMMM dd yyyy parses the given date using the default U S locale IsDate Februar 22 2004 MMMM dd yyyy Germany parses the given date using the pre defined locale for Germany IsDate februari 22 2004 MMMM dd yyyy de AT parses the given date using a custom locale for language de German and country AT Austria SubscribeTimeMillis SubscribeTimeMillis Function Returns the time when the subscriber has joined the dataset or subscribed to the hosted recipient list which is referenced by the target group in whose context the formula is used represented in milliseconds since Jan 1st 1970 00 00 00 GMT Restriction Can only be used in formulas in the condition tree of a Dataset or Hosted Recipient List target group or in a Calc system drop in together with recipients based on such a target group Will not be accepted in formulas for a different recipients type or in a formula of a derivation rule of a derived profile field in a dataset or hosted list Return Type Number Arguments None Examples SubscribeTimeMillis LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual
528. to mailings they come in two general types Constant URL parameters Parameters that are the same for all URL visitors A typical use of a constant parameter is to select a certain page or part of a page The following imaginary URL would tell the server to show the electronics page and the 15t item on that page http host domain path page electronics amp item 15 Individual URL parameters Parameters that are different for each individual visitor A typical use of an individual parameter is to tell the server about the identity of the visitor The following imaginary URL would tell the server that the user with the ID usr15 is visiting the page The URL also contains a constant parameter that tells the server that it is supposed to show the home page http host domain path visitorID usrl15 amp page home Different visitors would have different values of the visitorID parameter For example the following URL would tell the server that this time the visitor has the ID usr217 http host domain path visitorID usr217 amp page home LISTSERV Maestro allows the user to track URLs with or without parameters as well as URLs with constant or individual parameters Since URLs with individual parameters need to have a different value for the parameter for each recipient writing the text of the message could pose a significant challenge This challenge is overcome by using field merging where it is possible to c
529. to prepare a single job for recipients who prefer HTML and those who prefer plain text respecting each recipient s choices as well as saving time and reducing the chance for errors while sending multiple jobs In order to use the Conditional Content feature it must first be enabled To enable conditional content click on the Change link that appears directly under the tabs of the text box on the Define Message screen when HTML content with alternatives is selected The Conditional Content Settings screen opens Select the Enable conditional content option Once enabled it is necessary to type in the condition that determines which recipients receive which type of mail LISTSERV Maestro uses the standard LISTSERV syntax to create the condition See Section 17 Using Conditional Blocks for more information on constructing conditions The condition needs to include at least one merge field from the recipient data so that the condition acts like a variable whose true false result is different for those recipients receiving each of the different message formats Figure E 1 Conditional Content Settings for AOL Conditional Content Settings Enable or disable conditional content delivery for the job The current content definition contains HTML with AOL format and plain text alternatives Please define which content type shall be sent to which recipients C Disable conditional content Send multipart HTML with alternatives to all recipients
530. tracking information by switching between the available tabs If the message is an HTML message with a plain text or AOL format alternative then you may also view these alternatives Use the available download buttons and links to download the HTML body and or attachments HTML files will be downloaded in a ZIP format compressed archive Depending on the type of the attachment it will either be saved to a disk or opened directly in your Internet browser LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual I71 Section 12 Completed Jobs If drop in content is enabled for the message then you can toggle resolution of drop in elements with the Resolve Drop Ins option allowing you to display the drop in placeholders instead of their drop in content If errors have been encountered while LISTSERV Maestro tries to replace the drop in placeholders with the drop in content then an error message is displayed and the un replaced drop in placeholders are highlighted in the message preview If the message contains links that are tracked for click through tracking either in the plain text body the HTML body or any of the alternatives you can toggle highlighting of the tracked links with the Highlight tracked links option Also for a message with link tracking you can use the Show Click Rates option to view the click rate of each tracked link directly here in the content If the option is enabled checked then a marker pin will be pinned
531. tro version 4 0 User s Manual 161 Section 11 Ongoing Jobs e Owner If applicable select an owner from the drop down menu Only jobs with the matching owner will be included Select Ignore if you do not want to use this filter Mail Type Select one of the mail types HTML or Plain to define a mail type filter Only jobs with the matching mail type will be included Select Ignore if you do not want to filter over the mail type Figure 11 3 Advanced Filter Settings Ongoing Jobs Advanced Filter Settings Define filter settings to restrict the displayed list of jobs that have been authorized for delivery Filters are inactive All jobs that have been authorized for delivery will be displayed Filters are active Only jobs that have been authorized for delivery and match the following filters will be displayed Job ID starts with f Job Title contains Date Time of Sending From to mm dd yyyy hh mm Job State lt Ignore gt v Owner Ignore Mail Type Ignore Leave a filter empty or select Ignore to ignore it for filtering For a range filter with From and to leave both fields empty to ignore it Leave empty only one field to define a range with only the given lower or upper bound Note If you define any filter settings and later set the filter to inactive then the filter settings will still be remembered which means you can easily activate them again at 7 a later ti
532. ts To define these events see Section 13 1 2 Adding a Data Source LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 177 Section 12 Completed Jobs Figure 12 10 The Forward to a Friend Report Completed Job Details Summary Reports Forwards Forward to a Friend Statistics LL 107 15 37 7 39 5 16 1 9 2 6 0 Total Level 1 Level2 Level3 Level4 5 Forward to a friend mailings forwards requested by users Conversions membership area joins through forwarded mailings The Total column shows all forwards and conversion of this mail job which the Level columns break down to forwards and conversions on a certain forwarding level Executed Jun 13 2007 05 52 07 PM i amp 12 7 Using the Job Comparison Report w The Job Comparison report lets you dynamically compare the tracking events for two or more jobs up to 12 jobs can be included Job Comparison reports can be run to compare separate standard jobs or to compare the variants of an A B Split Job which can help you figure out the best variant for the job To compare two or more standard jobs go to the Completed Jobs screen click on Mail Job select Multiple Job Action and then select Enable Multiple Job Actions Select the jobs that you want to compare and then select Mail Job gt Multiple Job Action gt Job Comparison Report The Job Comparison Report Settings Screen opens To compare the variants of an A B Spli
533. ts then it may be more efficient and easier to test if the recipients are split up among multiple jobs with fewer conditional blocks rather than trying to fit many different messages into one job with a complex conditional block structure 17 1 Syntax for Conditional Blocks The syntax of a conditional block is composed of directives and operators A conditional block is coded by using the BB begin block the EB end block and the ELSE directives Comments can be added without appearing in the final message by placing a before the text containing the comment Each directive must be on a line by itself starting as the first character of the line Conditional directives are not case sensitive Table 17 1 Conditional Directives bb Begins a conditional block Must begin any block and must contain the condition to be evaluated on the same line Conditional else If the condition specified in bb evaluates false else then execute the code in this part of the block eb End conditional block Must be the last line of any block g5 Precedes comment lines A conditional block always starts with the BB directive followed by a condition on the same line The EB directive ends the conditional block Fields used in a condition are preceded by an ampersand lt but are not followed by a semicolon LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 255 Sec
534. ts Details screen the SQL statement is automatically executed to test its validity An Operation in Process screen will appear until the operation is completed Once completed a preview of 10 recipients will be displayed An error message will appear if there are any problems with the SQL statement or connection to the database If recipients will be retrieved now the SQL statement will be re sent to the database when entering the Summary screen in order to build the full recipient list If recipients will be retrieved just before sending the SQL statement will be re sent to the database right before the scheduled sending time The next steps are to define the column that identifies the email address decide whether to use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking and to edit the column headers if desired The Recipients Details screen is split into three sections to accommodate these steps 5 6 4 1 Usage of Recipients Data LISTSERV Maestro needs to know if additional recipient data will be used for mail merging and tracking or whether this information is to be ignored and the job sent as bulk email If the Use additional recipient data for mail merging and tracking option is selected columns from the database can be used in the email message to create personalized messages These columns can then also be used to identify recipients for more detailed tracking reports For more information on using mail merging see Section 6 9
535. ttings To test bounce settings send a test message to an undefined address Look at the bounce report if LISTSERV is handling bounces and download the address to make sure it corresponds to the one used in testing If bounces are being sent to another address go to that address and examine the bounced message Remember to also test both the From address and the Reply To address if the latter is specified To test the From address and the Reply To addresses try replying to both from the test message and examine the results 9 1 1 Checking the Message for Spam Important Spam checking your email jobs is an advanced feature In order to get the L A Soft provided SpamAssassin check you must be running LISTSERV 16 0 and you must have a current maintenance Spam checking your email forwards the currently defined email content augmented with the sender settings such as the From address and name to the spam filter that is configured at your LISTSERV host The spam filter creates a report that includes a decision whether or not the message is classified as spam The report contains valuable information about what aspects of the message might cause it to be classified as spam Email messages of a large email job will almost certainly pass through a spam filter on their way to the intended recipients Therefore we recommend that you check the spam rating of your message from such spam filters to evaluate if your message may be classified as s
536. ue SecondaryValue amp MERGE FIELD secondaryColumnName Function This is an alternative method to retrieve the selected value of a single select profile field or the selected values of a multiple select profile field If such a profile field is included in the formula as a standard merge field simply by supplying its merge field name amp NAME then what you get is the currently selected entry name for single select or a set of the currently selected entry names for multiple select While this is usually the desired behavior in special cases a different behavior may be required If the lookup table on which the profile field is based has secondary columns defined then you might want to retrieve the matching secondary values instead This is what is done with this function It retrieves the currently selected secondary value as a return value of type Text for single select or the set of currently selected secondary values as a return value of type Text Set for multiple select of the specified single multiple select profile field From which secondary column the values are retrieved is specified with the secondaryColumnName argument Note If this function is used to retrieve the secondary values of a multiple select profile field then the resulting set may have less elements than there are currently selected values for the profile field This is because secondary values are not necessarily unique So two or more of
537. uery to a database using SQL Structured Query Language The system communicates with a database over a network using database drivers and plugins The database must be accessible to LISTSERV Maestro over the network and some configuration is required by the system administrator for the connection to succeed 5 6 1 Options The first screen that opens in the Define Recipients wizard is the Options screen Select the Select Recipients from a Database option located in the Define Recipients section Click Next gt to continue 5 6 2 Source LISTSERV Maestro has the ability to communicate directly with a database over a network This is achieved by using database plugins Database plugins are available from L Soft and should be installed by the system administrator To make a connection to a database select the appropriate plugin for the database from the drop down list provided on the Source screen If there is any uncertainty about the plugin selection contact the system administrator the database administrator or see the LISTSERV Maestro Administrator s Manual Figure 5 19 Source for Select Database Plugin Define Recipients Options Source eT Source Information about the recipients source in a database Database Connection Database Plugin Select 7 Oracle 8i Thin Driver Database Plugin Add a SELECT statement here Contact your data administrator for help creating a SQL statement The
538. upplied by the sender If LISTSERV handles bounces bounce details can be downloaded on the Job Summary screen Bounces can also be retrieved from a file called NOLIST jobname changelog located in LISTSERV s main directory If bounced mail is being sent to another address and not processed by LISTSERV make sure that the address is a valid email address Be aware that bounced mail not handled by LISTERV will not be available for reporting purposes or for easy download It will have to be collected from the other mailbox and processed accordingly Select either Handle bounced messages automatically or Send bounced messages to If Send bounced messages is selected then enter the address where you want the bounced messages to be sent 8 1 3 DomainKeys Settings LISTSERV Maestro allows you to use DomainKeys signatures to authenticate that the messages sent for a specific email job do indeed originate from the domain in the From address Major ISPs already check every incoming mail to see if it is signed with a valid DomainKeys signature Once DomainKeys has become an accepted standard for message origin verification the current policy of only informing the recipient about the DomainKeys verification result in an additional header entry may change and an ISP may opt to not even deliver the message to the recipient or to mark it as coming from an unsure origin Therefore in order to achieve good deliverability signing messages with a valid
539. upported browsers 2 system requirements 2 understanding the Interface 5 using character sets 305 using international character sets 306 using Mozilla with a Linux client 321 using Netscape with a Linux client 321 with AOL 317 Logging In 3 Mail Headers advanced sender settings 121 Merge Fields using in an email message 96 with international character sets 307 Message Templates managing 225 setting the default 24 system defined 226 user defined defined 225 Messages adding an attachment 94 advanced sender settings 121 creating 75 creating from HTML 88 creating from text 87 defining the sender 119 DomainKeys signing 120 editing 75 enabling RSS Abstract support 102 enabling the HTML Editor 88 handling bounced messages 120 saving sender as a profile 121 setting the DIGEST option 47 setting the INDEX option 47 setting the language character set 95 setting the MAIL option 47 setting the NOMAIL option 47 using conditional blocks 97 using drop in content 86 using merge fields 96 using URL parameters 98 Microsoft Excel Add In downloading 216 installing 216 removing 219 using 216 217 Mozilla using with a Linux client 321 N Netscape using with a Linux client 321 O Ongoing Jobs 159 filter settings 161 multiple job actions 163 working with delivery failures of auto repeat jobs 162 Open Jobs 153 filter settings 154 multiple job actions 155 Outbox icons 160 retry sending 161 revoking send authorization 160 stop sendi
540. urrently on the Open Jobs screen awaiting its scheduled delivery time can have its delivery authorization revoked just like a normal job If authorization is revoked the job will be put back into the Resume Jobs list where it can be edited again If a job is re authorized for future delivery the job may have its standing changed in respect to the auto repeat sequence it was part of before the authorization was revoked Here are the possible standings job is the first job of an auto repeat sequence This means that no delivery has taken place for this job because it was the first job of the sequence and was already revoked before its scheduled delivery time When re authorized the job will simply continue to be the first and still only job of the same auto repeat sequence it belonged to before The job is not the first job of the auto repeat sequence but has not been changed since the delivery authorization was revoked This means that this job is already an automatically created copy that is part of an auto repeat sequence The delivery authorization of this job was revoked but the job has not changed since then When re authorized the job can continue as part of the same auto repeat LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 150 Section 9 Testing and Authorizing Delivery sequence or it can start a new auto repeat sequence This choice will have to be made on the Authorize Delivery screen The j
541. urther and go to your personalized web page at amp PERS_URL Special offer for people who turn 18 bb amp age 18 Now that you are 18 you can finally do what you have been waiting for all your life sign up for your very own XYZweb online cash management account We are waiving the first year s fee if you apply within the next 2 weeks Apply now at http www XYZ Web com bday 1234 amp 18badgrz eb Two randomly selected peopl very day get a free T shirt Note amp index is randomized with every run If we ran the job twice the prize would go to different people bb amp index lt 2 Congratulations You have won a free XYZweb T shirt eb Another 10 randomly selected people get a free baseball cap bb amp index 2 and amp index 12 Make that a free pair of sunglasses in Texas bb amp country USA and amp state TX Congratulations You have won a free pair of XYZweb sunglasses else Congratulations You have won a free XYZweb baseball cap eb eb Special for AOL users bb amp to aol com Did you know that you can access XYZweb s store directly from AOL Click on keyword XYZWeb and land on your personalized page eb LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 259 Section 17 Using Conditional Blocks The resulting message to a person using AOL and turning 18 would read Figure 17 2 Resulting Recipient Plain Te
542. user accounts certain user accounts or just your user account on the Dashboard Figure 2 2 The Dashboard Dashboard Data retrieved at Feb 27 2008 04 25 37 PM Refresh Currently In The System Open Jobs 14 Directly Distributed Recipients 299 694 Datasets 0 Ongoing Jobs 2 Postings To LISTSERV Lists 0 Hosted Lists 0 Completed Jobs 580 Hosted Recipients 0 Reports 9 of which tracked jobs 578 en Remaining Quota 6 589 Shows only objects in your group which are visible to your account Ivi Sample Sum of Events Report Bar Chart x Sample Event Distribution Report Cumulative lxi over time 700 350 0 From Sep 8 2007 06 30 00 To Sep 9 2007 11 00 00 448 897 PM AM Unique events Refresh bounces for jobs in this report Accumulated Refresh bounces for jobs in this zl report vi s E a 22 Recently Visited Job 070831E Newsletter Ivi Shows only objects visited in this session B Jobs Due Next xj In 308 days at Dec 31 2008 12 00 00 AM DEMO 070713D Sample Job with Forward to Friend and Conversion Tracking In 308 days at Dec 31 2008 07 00 00 AM DEMO 070723I A Sample A B Split Job Emphasize Articles In 308 days at Dec 31 2008 07 00 00 AM DEMO 070723I B Sample A B Split Job Emphasize Tech Tips more show up to m jobs Shows only jobs in your group which are visib
543. ust be a valid path on the server running LISTSERV Maestro In the Name field enter a name that will serve as the placeholder in the message Next select either Plain Text or HTML Text for the format of the drop in In the File Name field enter the path and file name Finally click the File Encoding drop down LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 231 Section 15 Utilities menu and select the type of file encoding Click the Test File Name link to test the new file name Click OK to save the new drop in content element Click Cancel to discard any changes and return to the Manage Drop In Content Elements screen Click Delete to delete the drop in URL The content of this type of drop in element is loaded from a text file accessed by an http or ftp URL defined here The URL must be accessible from the server and have an http https or ftp protocol See the LISTSERV Maestro Administrators Guide or the system administrator for more information Figure 15 8 Edit Drop In Content Element URL Edit Drop In Content Element Name Description Type URL v The drop in contains Plain Text O HTML Text Any nested drop ins are enclosed in and URL File Encoding West European ISO 1 v Test URL Note The given URL must be a valid http https or ftp URL that is accessible from the server running LISTSERV Maestro If a username and password is required include it in
544. ut only if a certain maximum time interval between reading the e mail and visiting the web page has not been exceeded see cookie lifetime below See the help page and the LISTSERV Maestro manual for more details Activate Recipient Action Tracking Cookie based tracking If recipient action tracking is activated then the tracking URLs of all tracked jobs which are delivered while the setting is active will cause a tracking cookie with the name ATC 7u4nqd to be set in the recipient s browser Cookie Lifetime Expires when recipient closes browser The cookie lifetime determines how long the recipient s browser will remember that the recipient has viewed or clicked the tracked e mail so that an action tracking event can be generated if the recipient then visits one of the pages that is marked with an action tag Action Tags Contact e36ddk Show Tag Code Rename Delete Landing Page 1nyiq8q Show Tag Code Rename Delete Purchase frp3ij Show Tag Code Rename Delete Add Action Tag To rename or delete the action tag simply click on the corresponding Rename or Delete link 19 3 Adding Action Tracking Code to Your Web Pages Once you ve added your action tags click on the Show Tag Code link for each tag to get the code that needs to be inserted into the HTML code for all web pages that you want to mark with action tags Figure 19 2 Action Tag Code v Activate Recipie nt Action Tracking Cook
545. utomatically Refresh now 13 2 2 Report Settings For certain reports it is possible to adjust the specific settings that define it The Show Settings link lets you adjust the interval size and period of time for the report The Interval Size defines the size of the intervals that the whole report period is divided into Each interval on the x axis corresponds to the size unit selected here For each interval the corresponding report value during this interval is plotted against the y axis You can choose between the interval sizes of 1 hour 1 day 1 week or 1 month Figure 13 17 The Show Settings Section on a Report Job Statistics Completed Jobs Distribution over Time Interval Size 1day Display Period Show Fixed Period 30 04 2006 00 00 to 07 08 2006 23 59 Select OK The Display Period defines the period that will be shown in the report There are two methods for defining this setting LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 200 Section 13 Tracking Reports Show Fixed Period The period is defined by entering explicit from and to dates and times 5 Note There is a certain maximum size of the report period that must be exceeded W with the given from and to dates The actual maximum size of the period depends on the currently chosen interval size see above When the given period is divided into the individual intervals using the given interval size then the
546. ve a standard tracking report that contains the selected jobs and data sources You can then execute and view this report via the normal Tracking Reports list at any time without having to go through the job comparison report interface again This option is only available if you have the necessary user rights and if at least one job is currently selected Note If you are working with a small window size then the job selection panel may w overlap the actual reporting tab In this case to be able to view the full reporting tab without having to scroll horizontally simply hide the job selection panel by clicking the Hide Selection Panel link atthe top right of the panel Of course while the panel is hidden you can no longer change the selection of jobs and data sources so to show the panel again click the Show Selection Panel link that appears below the report on the reporting tab whenever the selection panel is hidden 12 8 The Completed Job Journal O LISTSERV Maestro now provides you with a Job Journal that lists all previous events in the selected job s history beginning with the job s creation in the system All changes to LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 183 Section 12 Completed Jobs the job are recorded together with information about the user who performed the change and what part of the job was changed In addition each record is reported with a timestamp and the list shows the newest entries first
547. ved from 4 columns in the spreadsheet called ID EMAIL FNAME and LNAME select ID AS CUSTID EMAIL FNAME LNAME AS FULLNAME from Demo recipients 5 6 5 Summary The Summary screen lists all the selections made in the Define Recipients wizard From here it is possible to use the Back button to re enter the wizard and make changes LISTSERV Maestro will validate the recipient list selected from the database checking for errors in the email addresses that would prevent the email from being delivered From this screen it is possible to download the validated recipient list and the list containing recipients who have been rejected If available a sample of the recipient list will appear at the bottom of the screen Tips Although initially it may take some assistance from the system administrator or data T administrator selecting recipients from a database is a much faster method of defining recipients for a job when compared to uploading a text file Because recipient data comes directly from a database it becomes unnecessary to export the data upload a large text file and parse the file therefore saving time and system resources To re use SQL statements or build parameters into SQL statements making them more flexible consider creating and using recipient target groups See Section 5 1 Send to a Recipient Target Group for information on using recipient target groups see the Data Administrator s Manual for h
548. very immediately the job will be re scheduled to the next available delivery slot of the auto repeat sequence it belongs to The job will remain in the Ongoing Jobs list as authorized for delivery but now with a new delivery time that occurs after the system startup If there is no such delivery slot available because the end condition for the auto repeat has already been met the threshold time has passed the job will be marked as failed with a corresponding error message and will immediately be transferred to the list of delivered jobs as explained in Section 11 2 Auto Repeat Jobs and Delivery Failures For example If a job is scheduled to be delivered at 8 00 with an auto repeat delay interval of 12 hours the job is supposed to repeat itself at 8 00 and 20 00 of each day but the system is down at that time then during the next system startup the job will be re scheduled from 8 00 to 20 00 Or if the next system startup occurs after 20 00 of that day the job will be LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 132 Section 8 Sender and Delivery Options re scheduled to 8 00 of the next day or even 20 00 of the next day if necessary and so on until a delivery time is found that occurs after the system startup During the whole process the job will not fail and no new job copies are created The system simply takes the job that should have been delivered earlier and re schedules it for the next available delivery
549. w uses a merge field value a number that is used in subtraction formulas with constant numbers to calculate the replacement values Scenario 1 A supermarket chain has a customer card bonus point system where customers are awarded points for every purchase After collecting a certain number of points customers can use their points to trade for bonus items The bonus items with the highest values require more points The recipient data has a column CURRENT POINTS LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 250 Section 16 Advanced Use of System Drop Ins that contains the current total points for each subscriber By using a calculation formula in conjunction with data in the CURRENT_POINTS column content such as You currently have X many points This means that you only need Y points more to get a free watch or only Z points more to get a free digital camera can be created The supermarket decides that customers must earn 300 points for a free watch and 500 points for a free digital camera From this information and depending on the value of CURRENT POINTS there are four groups of customers Those not eligible for either a watch or a camera 0 299 Those eligible only for a camera 300 499 Those eligible for a watch or a camera 500 799 Those eligible for both 800 In combination with LISTSERV s conditional blocks the following personalized content can be created to address each of
550. wing LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 20 Section 2 Understanding the LISTSERV Maestro Interface Figure 2 8 Creating a Dashboard Dashboard 2 Data retrieved at Mar 13 2008 08 46 19 AM Refresh Currently In The System ES Open Jobs 1 Directly Distributed Recipients 158 Datasets 1 Ongoing Jobs 1 Postings To LISTSERV Lists 1 Hosted Lists 1 Completed Jobs 5 Hosted Recipients 38 Reports of which tracked jobs 3 Tracking Events 1 157 22 Recently Visited No objects visited so far Shows only objects visited in this session Jobs Due Next Currently there are no jobs due or no jobs with a due date configured amp Current And Upcoming Deliveries In 48 hours at Mar 15 2008 08 00 00 AM 6 070619A Weekly Newletter show up to jobs f 9 Be 4 Mg Recent Deliveries 533 days ago at Sep 27 2006 08 00 00 AM 4 0608274 Test Job 554 days ago at Sep 6 2006 11 15 30 AM 060906A Newsletter 564 days ago at Aug 27 2006 08 00 00 AM 060810D Test Job more show up to s jobs For details on customizing the newly created Dashboard see Section 2 2 1 Customizing the Dashboard 2 2 4 Switching Dashboards If you have more than one Dashboard and would like to display a different Dashboard other than the one currently displayed then you can simply click on the Dashboard menu and select Switch Dashboards Th
551. wing schedule type Deliver immediately when authorized Default Time Zone Use the following time zone Use my local time zone 3 3 Report Preferences The following option is available to you in order to customize new reports New Report Set a variety of default report options including Report Type Time Period Time Zone Download Encoding and Team Collaboration Figure 3 9 The Report Definition Preferences Screen Report Definition Preferences Set your individual report definition preferences on this page Default Report Type Let the system use the last Report Type 9 Use the following Report Type Event distribution over time Default Period Type Let the system use the last Period Type Use the following Period Type Report period is automatically sized to fit the registered events Default Time Zone Let the system use the last Time Zone Use the follawing Time Zone Use my local time zone E Default Download Encoding Let the system use the last Download Encoding Use the following Download Encoding Select v Default Team Collaboration Click on the following link to change the team Edit Edit and Execute Only Execute LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual ME Section 3 User Preferences 3 4 Dataset Preferences The following option is available to you in order to customize datasets
552. wo the year is truncated to 2 digits otherwise it is interpreted as a Number see above For parsing if the number of pattern letters is more than two the year is interpreted literally regardless of the number of digits So using the pattern MM dd yyyy the text 01 11 12 parses to Jan 11 12 AD For parsing with the abbreviated year pattern y or y y LISTSERV Maestro must interpret the abbreviated year relative to some century It does this by adjusting dates to be within 80 years before and 20 years after the current time For example using the pattern MM dd yy on Jan 1 1997 the text 01 11 12 would be interpreted as Jan 11 2012 while the text 05 04 64 would be interpreted as May 4 1964 During parsing only strings consisting of exactly two digits will be parsed into the default century Any other numeric string such as a one digit string a three or more digit string or a two digit string that is not all digits for example 1 is interpreted literally Therefore 01 02 3 or 01 02 003 are parsed using the same pattern as Jan 2 3 AD Likewise 01 02 3 is parsed as Jan 2 4 BC Month If the number of pattern letters is one or two the month is interpreted as Number if it is or more it is interpreted as Text Therefore if the month is interpreted as Number or Text the applicable Number Text interpretation rules apply see above For example
553. xpressions If it does an error message will be displayed about this during test delivery Type Optional merge field expressions can either be of type Number or of type Text depending on their context and content see Type Determination below for details Usage Optional merge fields are fields that may be undefined empty for at least some recipients in the recipient list If such a field would be used normally in a formula it would not be possible to calculate the result of the formula for those recipients Therefore such possibly undefined fields must be included as optional merge field expressions not as standard merge field expressions An optional merge field expression is written in the following way amp FIELD NAME DEFAULT The whole expression must be enclosed in brackets and Between the brackets the name of the merge field to be addressed appears first enclosed with amp and then the default content that will be used for all recipients where the merge field itself is undefined The default that replaces DEFAULT as given above must either be a constant number or a constant text literal Examples amp NAME no name amp NAME amp STATE n a amp ACCOUNT BALANCE 0 w Note The second example defines an empty text as the default for Type Determination Whenever any such merge field appears in a formula it will first be replaced with
554. xt Message Happy birthday To celebrate the occasion XYZweb is pleased to credit your account with 10 00 in birthday credits You can spend these cred its on anything in our online store but there s a catch They will expire in a week if you do not use them So wait no further and go to your personalized web page at http www XYZWeb com bday home home htm1 782 3339950 1258814 Now that you are 18 you can finally do what you have been waiting for all your life sign up for your very own XYZweb online cash management account We are waiving the first year s fee if you apply within the next 2 weeks Apply now at http www XYZWeb com bday 1234 amp 18badgrz Did you know that you can access XYZweb s store directly from AOL Click on keyword XYZWeb and land on your personalized page The resulting message to a person from Texas and randomly selected would read Figure 17 3 Resulting Recipient Plain Text Message Happy birthday To celebrate the occasion XYZweb is pleased to credit your account with 10 00 in birthday credits You can spend these cred its on anything in our online store but there s a catch They will expire in a week if you do not use them So wait no further and go to your personalized web page at http www XYZWeb com bday home home htm1 104 1119951 0252744 Congratulations You have won a free pair of XYZweb sunglasses LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 260
555. xt file then simply use the same charset for sending as was used during the initial upload And if the recipients information was selected from a database then use the same charset as was used by the database ask the database administrator for this information if it is unclear In summary recipients that are uploaded as a text file or are selected from a database by the Maestro User Interface then merge value characters that have no representation in the charset that was chosen for the mail text will be displayed as To avoid this problem make sure the message body is encoded with the same charset as the recipient list If recipients are defined by sending to an existing LISTSERV list a hosted LISTSERV list or by letting LISTSERV select from a database then the Maestro User Interface will not see the actual recipients or their merge values and cannot do any special charset encoding on them Instead LISTSERV will simply merge the bytes from the recipients source from the LISTSERV list or from the database LISTSERV connects to into the mail text Consequently make sure that the merge values in the original recipients source LISTSERV list or LISTSERV DBMS already have the correct charset for the mail they are merged into For example in emails sent with ISO 8859 1 West European all appearances of the byte 196 in the merge values will be interpreted as the umlaut A even if the merge value is actually a Greek word where the
556. y quote escaped and quote enclosed version of this literal would be This is my string literal Which would when used in the formula calculation once again appear like the un escaped version This is my string literal LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 297 Section 18 Calculation Formulas LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 298 Section 19 Action Tracking recipients perform after they have read your email message and followed the links to the target website For this to work properly you need to embed pre defined action tags into the HTML code of your web pages Whenever a recipient visits one of these pages using a link from your email message then the corresponding action tracking event is registered by LISTSERV Maestro A ction Tracking is a cookie based method to track actions and page visits that 19 1 Activating Important Before you can use this feature in the User Interface the administrator needs to enable it for you To activate Action Tracking in the User Interface click on the Report menu and then select Recipient Action Tracking The Recipient Action Screen opens Check the Activate Recipient Action Tracking box and then use the Cookie Lifetime drop down menu to define the cookie s lifetime The Cookie Lifetime determines how long the recipient s browser will remember that the recipient viewed clicked on the tracked email The cookie s lifetim
557. y test is run so be sure and test thoroughly From here it is possible to use the lt Back button to re enter the wizard and make changes Click Finish to save the recipients definition and return to the Workflow diagram 5 8 Previewing the Recipient Count If you use certain recipient types when defining an email job then you can preview how many recipients would receive the email job if it were delivered now The following recipient types can be previewed e CSV just before sending Maestro database select just before sending Target group based on just before sending Target group based on Maestro database select just before sending Target group based on HRL If one of these recipient types is selected then the Click Here link is available on the Summary screen so you can preview your recipient count Figure 5 26 Define Recipients Summary Screen with New Link Define Recipients Options Source Source Details Recipients Details Summary 49 cancel Summary A summary of the recipients information Click the Finish button to save this as a new recipients definition for your job Recipients File Server Path D Development Maestro Preview user subscribersdataset txt Load Date Time Recipients will be uploaded just before sending Click here to determine recipient counts if delivery were now Special Purpose Columns E mail Column EMAIL Name Column FNAME Usage of Recipients Data
558. y time To define the A B split job s variants separately follow the directions in the sections below 8 2 4 1 Defining for A B Splits Jobs On the A B Split Job Details screen click the Edit link in the A B Split Job section The Change A B Split Job Information screen opens In the Advanced Settings section click on the Variant Job Delivery drop down menu and select Individual delivery settings for each variant job LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 127 Section 8 Sender and Delivery Options Figure 8 9 Setting Individual Delivery Settings for Each Variant Job Change A B Split Job Information General Settings Job Title AB Split with Differernt Delivery Times Job Category No Category Define New Category Job ID Prefix placed before the system generated Job ID Job Type A B Split Job v Advanced Settings Variant Job Delivery Deliver all variant jobs at the same time Deliver all variant jobs at the same time Individual delivery settings for each variant job g addresses optional Delivery Notification of the notification e mail Variant Jobs Authorization Due By Date mm dd yyyy Time hh mm Time zone to be applied to the date and time specified above Use my local time zone v Note Leave the date and time field empty if you do not want to define an Authorization Due By
559. ypes of properties that determine the kind of data within them such as text numbers menu selections dates and so on The data administrator designs the datasets within a recipient warehouse defining each field and the type of data it holds The recipient dataset also contains mailing lists created by the data administrator that use the recipient data for job definition The data is shared across all mailing lists that are created within the dataset Individual lists within the dataset are allowed to have additional fields of data that pertain just to those lists DBMS Stands for Data Base Management System A complex set of programs that control the organization storage and retrieval of data for many users Data is organized into fields records and files A database management system must also control the LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 325 Glossary of Terms security of the database Examples of Database management systems are Oracle Sybase and Datacom A DBMS provides the possibilities for users to connect LISTSERV to a database back end and hence send out personalized messages to customers according to demographic information and preference Delimiter The character or symbol that is used to separate one item from another In text files that are imported into databases commas are often used as delimiters E Email Job In LISTSERV Maestro an email job is the creation of a customized list of rec
560. ystem resources The database can be continually updated until the time the job is sent ensuring that the most current data is used for the job Recipient target groups are shared among group members and can be reused for multiple jobs Parameters can be inserted into recipient target groups so that regular account holders have some control over what recipients are retrieved for each job Using parameters reduces the number of individual queries that need to be written for jobs The data administrator does not need to be involved with any other parts of email jobs e Specific recipient target groups can be removed from use without deleting them They can be reinstated whenever desired Recipient target groups can be organized into categories for easy recognition For more information on creating recipient target groups see Section 12 1 Creating Recipient Target Groups in the Data Administrators Manual LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 223 Section 14 The Recipient Warehouse LISTSERV Maestro version 4 0 User s Manual 224 Section 15 Utilities advanced user settings specific to their account The following options are T he Utilities menu on the Toolbar allows individual users to save and change their available Content Templates These options are only available if the system administrator has given the user permission to administer content templates Once enabled content

LISTSERV Maestro 4.0 User's Manual - L-Soft

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents